Issuu

School Sports Club Sports Fitness Therapy

2026 - 2027

Welcome to our new international catalogue for 2026-2027, created together with our main supplier, Sport-Thieme. The catalogue is presented in English to support all three of our offices in Norway, Sweden and Finland, while also contributing to a more sustainable solution by reducing resource consumption. Inside, you will find a wide range of equipment designed to inspire activity and movement, whether you are equipping an elite handball team, planning an outdoor trip with friends, looking for ways to bring more physical activity into the classroom, or upgrading equipment for a swimming facility. To name just a few.

Please collect used paper for recycling

Balls............................................................. 15–35 Footballs, handballs, basketballs, volleyballs, beach volleyballs, rugby, soft balls, exercise balls, medicine balls, therapy balls and compressors

Teamsport .................................................. 36–72 Team equipment, club supplies, football, handball, basketball, volleyball, beach volleyball, floorball, hockey, baseball, table tennis, badminton, pickleball and tennis

Equipment...................................................73–84 Transport trolleys, equipment and locker cabinets, changing benches, teaching materials, first aid, scoreboards, sound systems, safety and ball stop nets

Athletics .....................................................85–95 Measuring, timekeeping, running accessories, hurdles, high jump, pole vault, long jump, javelin throw, shot put, discus throw, long throwing, hammer throw and throwing training

Swimming .................................................96–110 Children’s swimming, swim training, pool noodles, water fun, aqua fitness and pool equipment

Gymnastics equipment .............................111–151 Gymnastics apparatus, vaulting equipment, trampolines, vaulting boxes, gym benches, swing equipment, children’s gymnastics, mats, gymnastics, ballet and mirrors

Fitness equipment ...................................152–191 Fascia training, yoga, Pilates, balance training, resistance bands, tubes, small fitness equipment, weight training, dumbbells,

The Klubben Service Pages 4–5

martial arts, flooring, cardio and strength training

Therapy....................................................192–222 • Physiotherapy and movement therapy ..............193–207 Therapy bands, hand trainers, foot trainers, balance cushions, sensorimotor training, tapes, massage, practice equipment, coordination training, slacklines and trampolines

• Psychomotor skills .............................................. 208–216 Mats, crawl tunnels, movement games, Pedalos, scooter boards, balancing games, beanbags, sports tiles, building blocks and ball pits

• Sensory development .......................................... 217–222 Sensory integration, swings, ceiling mounts, wall mounts, therapy balls and Snoezelen

Leisure games .......................................223–235 Active schools, game ideas, throwing games, trend sports, balance, juggling, ride-on vehicles, trampolines, darts, billiards, table football and air hockey

Ordering and service guide ...................236–242 Terms and conditions, data protection information, manufacturer information, index, ordering and shipping information

Your benefits There are many benefits to shopping with us. With over 20,000 products in our range, you can find everything you need in one place, making purchasing simple and efficient. Our products are of high quality, tested and trusted, so you can feel confident that you are getting some of the best equipment on the market.

MULTILINGUAL SUPPORT You can contact us in Norwegian, Swedish, or Finnish, making it easy to get help in your preferred language.

MORE CONFIDENCE All products come with a warranty of at least 3 years. Some warranties are even longer.

MORE TIME TO DECIDE Take your time to put our products to the test! You have 100 days from receipt of the goods to return an

MORE SUPPORT From written quotes to product advice over the phone –

item, should the product not meet your expectations.

we provide a seamless customer experience tailored to your needs.

MORE CHOICE

Our extensive experience and knowledgeable team ensure that you receive reliable guidance and the products suited to your requirements.

www.klubben.no

Offering more than 20,000 products for more than 70 sports, we are one of the leading suppliers for the public sector and sports clubs

www.klubbensport.se

www.klubbensport.fi

Personal advice Do you need advice about a product or do you have questions about your order? We are happy to help!

+47 62 95 06 10 +46 (0) 8 644 73 10 +358 (0)10 279 7600

Placing an order ORDER CONVENIENTLY

PAY WITH EASE

Norway

... on account

www.klubben.no

... in advance

info@klubben.no

+47 62 95 06 10

Payment options for online orders:

Sweden

www.klubbensport.se

... by VIPPS (Norway)

info@klubbensport.se

+46 (0)08 644 73 10

... by Klarna

Finland

... by credit card

... by online payment service

www.klubbensport.fi

info@klubbensport.fi

+358 (0) 10 279 7600

OPENING HOURS

Vi skaper aktivitet

Norway and Sweden Mon - Thu: 08:00-16:00

Vi skapar aktivitet

Fri: 09:00 - 15:00 (CET/CEST) Finland Mon - Fri: 09:00 - 16:00 (EET/EEST)

www.klubben.no

Me luomme liikettä ja aktiivisuutta www.klubbensport.se

www.klubbensport.fi

Chosen by Klubben With many years of experience in swimming, sports, play and physical activity, we carefully select products focused on quality, functionality and everyday use. Products with the Klubben logo represent trusted choices for schools, clubs and activity environments, chosen through experience and made for lasting use.

DragonSkin Grip Softball Set | Gold, Silver & Bronze

Soft and easy-to-grip balls designed for throwing, catching and coordination training. Ideal for schools, therapy and activity-based games.

DragonSkin Softball Set | 6 pcs

Soft and durable balls for play, dodgeball and coordination activities. Perfect for schools, group games and active learning.

Gold, silver, bronze

267426

Set

16 cm | 6 pcs

215306

Set

Bronze

267424

Each

18 cm | 6 pcs

215308

Set

Silver

267423

Each

16 cm | 12 pcs

215307-12

Set

Gold

267417

Each

18 cm | 12 pcs

215308-12

Set

www.klubben.no

www.klubbensport.se

www.klubbensport.fi

NEW! Klubben Dunk Basketball

Durable match and training basketball with excellent grip and control. Suitable for both indoor and outdoor play. Size: 6, 7 24864X

Each

Klubben Brasil football

Durable football for asphalt, gravel and rough outdoor surfaces. Made from recycled rubber with controlled low bounce for better ball control. Size: 4, 5 260764X

Each

Klubben Hyper Basketball

Durable training basketball with good grip and consistent bounce. Designed for regular practice and school sports. Size: 5, 6, 7 2486X

Each

Klubben Aztec football

Soft and durable training ball for schools, leisure play and everyday training. Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. Size: 3, 4, 5 241383X

Each

Klubben Street Basketball Hoop

Fixed Outdoor System. Heavy-duty fixed basketball system designed for schoolyards and outdoor courts. Built for durable everyday use and all-weather play. 296794S

Each

Klubben Street Soccer

Durable football for asphalt, gravel and rough outdoor surfaces. Reduced bounce for better control and grip. Size: 3, 4, 5 241385X

Each

Klubben Multiball

Soft and versatile balls in four colours, ideal for play, coordination and group activities in schools and kindergartens.

www.klubben.no

15 cm

JIA10010

Each

21 cm

JIA10020

Each

15 cm | 4 pcs

JIA10010-4

Set

21 cm | 4 pcs

JIA10020-4

Set

15 cm | 12 pcs

JIA10010-12

Set

21 cm | 12 pcs

JIA10020-12

Set

www.klubbensport.se

www.klubbensport.fi

NEW!

Outdoor Table tennis table Klubben | SC300

Robust outdoor table tennis table designed for schools, parks and recreational areas. The 5 mm SMC playing surface and solid steel frame provide durability and stability for daily outdoor use. Weather-resistant materials ensure low maintenance and long service life in all seasons. The table includes a galvanized steel net and can be permanently anchored to the ground for added safety. Table size: 274 x 152,5 x 76 cm Weight: 93 kg

297623

www.klubben.no

Competition Table Tennis Table Klubben | ITTF Approved Professional ITTF approved table tennis table for training and competition play. The 25 mm MDF playing surface ensures consistent ball bounce, while the stable steel frame provides excellent durability and playing stability.

The foldable design with 8 transport wheels, including 4 lockable wheels, makes the table easy to move and store. Suitable for clubs, schools and sports halls. Table size: 274 x 152,5 x 76 cm. Weight: 121 kg. Net not included

Each

296741

www.klubbensport.se

Each

www.klubbensport.fi

Table tennis premium net | Klubben

Table tennis balls | training 144 pcs

Features sturdy steel posts, precise tension adjustment and reliable stability. Complete net and post set included.

Training table tennis balls supplied in a practical bag with 144 white balls. Suitable for schools, clubs and intensive training sessions where large quantities of balls are needed. Durable quality for regular practice and multi-player use.

279913

2546605

1107832

ITTF Approved. Table tennis net set for training and competition play.

Each

Table tennis racket Top Energy P40+ ITTF-approved table tennis racket designed for school, recreational and club play. The 2.0 mm sponge and high-quality rubber provide excellent control, spin and speed for developing players. Comfortable handle and durable construction make it suitable for regular training and leisure use. 240441

Each

www.klubben.no

Set

Table tennis racket Klubben Guard Pro P40+ Durable table tennis racket designed for schools, clubs and recreational play.

The balanced construction provides good control and playing comfort, making it suitable for beginners and developing players. Ideal for regular training and leisure use.

240442

Each

www.klubbensport.se

Training table tennis balls supplied in a practical bag with 144 orange balls. Suitable for schools, clubs and intensive training sessions where large quantities of balls are needed. Durable quality for regular practice and multi-player use. Set

Table tennis racket Klubben Outdoor Premium

Durable outdoor table tennis racket designed for schools, parks and recreational play. Weather-resistant materials provide long-lasting performance for outdoor use, while the balanced construction offers good control and playing comfort. Suitable for regular training and leisure activities outdoors. 279912

Each

www.klubbensport.fi

Fairtrade Sports Balls We are proud to be the first sports equipment supplier in Norway to offer our own Fairtrade-certified sports balls. In December 2025, Klubben AS became Fairtrade Norway’s first licensee for sports balls. KLUBBEN AS BECAME FAIRTRADE NORWAY’S FIRST SPORTS-BALL LICENSEE This initiative is part of our long-term commitment to sustainability and responsible sourcing. Fairtrade certification ensures that the balls are produced in line with internationally recognised standards for fair working conditions, including no child labour, fair wages, and safe working environments. By choosing Fairtrade balls, you do not only get high-quality equipment – you also contribute to better livelihoods for the people who produce them.

www.klubben.no

www.klubbensport.se

www.klubbensport.fi

NEW!

Fairtrade Soccer Ball - Training

Durable and versatile training ball, suitable for schools and clubs. Made with a robust 3-layer PVC construction for consistent performance in all weather conditions. Sizes: 3, 4 and 5 296111X

Each

Fairtrade Beach Volleyball – Soft

Soft and durable ball designed for recreational play, schools, and training. The cushioned surface provides a comfortable ball touch, making it ideal for beginners and frequent use. The robust 18-panel construction ensures stable shape and long-lasting performance, while the ball is suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. 296120

Each

www.klubben.no

Fairtrade Street Soccer Ball

Durable ball designed for play on hard surfaces such as asphalt, gravel, and artificial turf. The reduced bounce provides excellent control for quick passing and tight ball handling in small spaces. Size: 4 296129X

Each

Fairtrade Indoor Soccer Ball – CoreX

Specially developed indoor training ball with reduced bounce for improved control and precision. The soft, suede-like surface ensures smooth rolling and excellent touch on indoor floors. Sizes: 3, 4 and 5 296115X

Each

Fairtrade Volleyball – School Soft

Fairtrade Handball – School

Size: 5

Sizes: 00, 0, 1, 2, 3

Soft and easy-to-handle volleyball, ideal for schools, beginners, and training environments. The microfiber surface and reduced weight provide excellent cushioning and ball control, making it comfortable for frequent use.

296122

Each

www.klubbensport.se

Durable training handball developed for schools and indoor use. The PU surface made from recycled PET bottles provides a good, secure grip without the need for resin, making it ideal for beginners and everyday training.

296123X

Each

www.klubbensport.fi

NEW!

Klubben Football Goals FOOTBALL GOALS DESIGNED FOR EVERYDAY TRAINING

A new goal range developed for clubs that value quality, safety, and functionality in every detail. Available in multiple sizes with optional wheel systems for easy handling on training grounds and stadium facilities. Built for Training and Match use Manufactured in accordance with EN 748 and developed for long-lasting performance.

MODEL

GOAL FRAME

SIZE

11v11

100/105 mm

7.32 x 2.44 m

7v7

100/105 mm

5x2m

5v5

70/80 mm

3x2m

•

Robust aluminium profile

•

Stable construction

•

Stocked in Norway for fast delivery

www.klubben.no

Free-Standing Football Goals

For training and match play. A professional range of free-standing football goals developed for clubs, schools, and sports facilities. Available in three sizes for 11v11, 7v7, and 5v5 football. Designed for daily training sessions and match use with focus on stability, safety, and long-lasting performance. 5v5

296721S-U

Each

7v7

296719S-U

Each

11v11

296716S-U

Each

www.klubbensport.se

www.klubbensport.fi

Free-Standing Football Goals | 360° rotating wheels

Free-Standing Football Goals | Level-lifting wheels

5v5

296721S

Each

5v5

302494S

Each

7v7

296719S

Each

7v7

302495S

Each

11v11

296716S

Each

11v11

302496S

Each

ACCESSORIES & SPARE PARTS Our football goals can be customised with a range of accessories, including 360° rotating wheels, lifting wheels and securing weights for easier handling and improved safety. We also offer spare parts such as net hooks and replacement nets, helping to extend the lifespan of the goals and reduce unnecessary waste. By making maintenance and repairs simple, we support a more sustainable and long-lasting use of sports equipment.

BazookaGoal | 120x75 cm

BazookaGoal pop-up football goal. Portable and ready in just 10 seconds. Features a durable recoil frame and high-quality net built to withstand powerful shots and intensive use. Ideal for both individual and team training. 188071

Each

www.klubben.no

BazookaGoal XL | 150x90 cm

Portable pop-up football goal with playing area for 3v3 games, shooting drills, and small-sided training. Sets up in seconds with a durable recoil frame and high-quality net built to withstand powerful shots and intensive use. 236370

Each

www.klubbensport.se

BazookaGoal XXL | 180 x 90 cm

Portable pop-up football goal with XXL playing area for advanced small-sided games, shooting drills, and team training. Sets up in seconds with a durable recoil frame and high-quality net built to withstand powerful shots and intensive use. 3186422

Each

www.klubbensport.fi

Full range supplier of Mikasa Balls Klubben is a full range supplier of Mikasa Balls offering complete solutions with official match balls, training equipment, beach volleyballs, and accessories trusted in Olympic Games and international championships. Discover more from Mikasa online

Basketball Mikasa BQ1000/BQC1000

Volleyball Mikasa V300W

FIVB-approved indoor volleyball developed for championship-level play. Its aerodynamic 18-panel construction and Single Dimple surface provide excellent grip, stable flight, and precise ball control. The microfiber and PU cover with anti-sweat functionality ensures a soft touch and reliable performance during intense matches and training sessions. Size: 5

FIBA-approved basketballs developed for top-level match play and competitive training. Featuring a premium MICROFIBER synthetic leather surface, they provide excellent grip, precise ball control, and outstanding durability for both indoor and outdoor courts. Size: 6, 7

Size 6

280304

Each

3355002

Size 7

2554802

Each

www.klubben.no

www.klubbensport.se

Beach Mikasa Volleyball BV550C

The official FIVB beach volleyball. Its soft dimpled surface provides excellent grip, ball control, and stable flight, while the TwinSTLock technology improves water resistance and durability. Designed for professional performance, the BV550C also features a sand-resistant valve and environmentally conscious materials with recycled nylon and water-based inks.

3435508

Each

www.klubbensport.fi

Balls

Daniel Reiche, regional league player at FSV Schöningen and product manager, at Sport-Thieme since 2019

Teamsport

Equipment

“As a product manager, I enjoy testing our own sports products during training and actively contributing to their further development.”

Athletics Swimming Fitness Equipment Bewegungstherapie Gymnastics EquipmentPsychomotorik Spielplatzgeräte

The full range of balls online: sport-thieme.com

Klettern

In this catalogue you will find a selection of our most popular items.

Leisure Games

16–18 19 20–21 22–23 24–25 26 27 28 29 30–31 32 33 34 35

More than 20,000 products online

Sinnesförderung

Balls

c sport-thieme.de · Aktuelle Preise und Angebote online

sport-thieme. com/

Service

Beratung und Bestellung: d 05357 18181

Footballs New

New

4 Official Match Ball of the 2026 FIFA

World Cup

4 Minimal swerve and enhanced

accuracy 02 New! Adidas Football “Trionda Pro” FIFA Quality Pro certified. Flowing design inspired by the “La Ola” wave. Seamlessly thermally bonded for precise flight. Textured surface for superior ball control. Made of polyurethane (PU) with a butyl bladder. Size 5. Weighs 420–440 g. 71 398 3209 Each

01 New! Adidas Football “Bundesliga 26/27 Torfabrik Pro” Structured surface for precise flight and improved ball control. With butyl bladder. Bonded and stitched, made of polyurethane (PU). Size: 5.

Manufacturer: Adidas, see page 240

71 404 2903

Each

Manufacturer: Adidas, see page 240

More Adidas footballs online at: sport-thieme.com Adidas footballs

Bonded, textured surface for optimal playing characteristics

03 Derbystar Football “Bundesliga Brilliant Replica 2025/2026” Official replica of the “Bundesliga Brillant APS 2025/2026”. FIFA Basic-approved. Durability thanks to dual-bonded construction. Optimal bounce and play characteristics. Enhanced grip with diamond texture. Equipped with SR bladder. Made from polyurethane (PU) with diamond texture. Size: 5. 430 g.

04 Derbystar Football “Soccer Fair Light” Robust training football for indoor and outdoor use. Particularly tight thanks to 32 bonded panels made of durable soft PVC. With Fairtrade certificate. Size 4.

05 Derbystar Football “Soccer Fair TT”

71 275 9483 Each

71 282 8510 Each

Hard-wearing Fairtrade training ball. Latex bladder for ideal playing characteristics even in wet and cold conditions. Made of bonded PU panels. Size 5. 71 282 8523 Each

Manufacturer: Derbystar, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Footballs

Teamsport

Equipment

01 4 Top-level training ball

02 4 Extra-thick PU outer cover 4 Excellent match ball Athletics

Set 1x

Hybrid technology

Hybrid manufacturing combines bonding and stitching technologies to create a thick and very robust outer layer with deeper, protected seams to minimise water absorption. Hybrid balls are significantly more hardwearing and boast excellent playing characteristics.

10x Swimming Gymnastics Equipment

Kids

4 Lightweight and long-lasting

4 Ideal for school sport 4 Durable and long-lasting 4 Soft and flexible

Fitness Equipment

Kids

Size 4 71 345 1218 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More Sport-Thieme footballs online: sport-thieme.com Sport-Thieme footballs

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Outdoor training ball. High-quality and robust due to special hybrid manufacturing. Durable shell made from recycled polyurethane (PU) (equivalent to 7–11 PET bottles). Size 3 71 328 5507 Each Size 4 71 328 5510 Each Size 5 71 328 5523 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Service

Size 5 71 345 1221 Each

Size 5 71 345 1117 Each

06 Sport-Thieme Football “School”

Leisure Games

For training with children and teens. Sizes 4 and 5 with reduced weight, making them easier on the joints and resulting in excellent flight characteristics. Excellent-grip whatever the weather thanks to golf ball texture. Made of PU using hybrid technology. 290 g. Size 3 71 345 1205 Each

For training with children and teens. Size 5 with reduced weight: easier on joints and excellent for gradual improvement of strength and technique. Excellent-grip thanks to golf ball texture. Made of highquality PU using hybrid technology. 350 g. Size 4 71 345 1104 Each

Therapy

04 Sport-Thieme Football “CoreX Kids X-Light”

05 Sport-Thieme Football “CoreX Kids Light”

Training, Futsal and Indoor Footballs Indoor footballs

Size 4

Size 5

03 Sport-Thieme Indoor Football “CoreX Indoor”

Size 4 71 345 1003 Each

High-quality indoor football with reduced bounce. Hand-stitched made of soft synthetic suede.

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

06 Sport-Thieme Futsal Ball “CoreX Kids X-Light”

07 Derbystar Futsal Ball “Apus Light”

Size 5 71 345 1016 Each

Futsal balls

4 Game ball

04 Sport-Thieme Futsal Ball “CoreX Pro”

05 Sport-Thieme Futsal Ball “CoreX Kids Light”

Very robust youth training ball for improving ball control. Reduced bounce ensures optimum handling. Made of polyurethane (PU) using hybrid technology. 290 g.

Match ball with reduced bounce. Made with hybrid technology, features fine-grain PU cover. Size 4. 71 345 0808 Each

Robust youth training ball for ball control drills. Reduced bounce ensures perfect handling. Made of polyurethane (PU) using hybrid technology. Size 4. 350 g. 71 345 0606 Each

Size 3 71 345 0707 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Size 4 71 345 0710 Each

An excellent training ball for children and teens with greatly reduced bounce and low net weight. The hard-wearing ball is designed to withstand heavy use and offers superb playing characteristics. The butyl bladder prevents air seepage. Made of water-repellent, high-gloss polyurethane (PU). Size 4. 370 g. 71 344 7303 Each Manufacturer: Derbystar, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Special Balls for Schools, Nurseries and Clubs Set Our choice

Teamsport Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Soft Foam Ball Set “Topseller” Athletics

• 4 Sport-Thieme “Softi” Skin foam balls in different colours, dia. 16 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme “Mini” Skin foam handball, dia. 16 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme “Special” Skin foam ball, dia. 21 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme mesh storage bag 71 281 3501 17-piece set Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Incl. mesh storage bag

Soft multi-purpose balls 05

4 Best in terms of grip

02 Sport-Thieme Football “Softgrip”

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

With reduced bounce for artificial turf and hard surfaces. Abrasion-resistant and durable thanks to multi-layer construction: several stitched layers of Cordley, polyester and cotton. Size 4: approx. 400 g. Size 5: approx. 420 g. Size 4 71 274 8708 Each Size 5 71 274 8711 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Blind Football articles online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

06 Sport-Thieme Soft Foam Ball “PU Football” The popular PU football from Sport-Thieme is ideal for beginners. The foam ball has a smooth surface, making it particularly hygienic. Due to its high quality, the ball is suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Available with a diameter of 15 and 20 cm. Different sizes with weights ranging from 155–310 g. 15 cm

Size 5 71 265 6003 Each

Yellow-black 71 282 4202 Each 20 cm Yellow-black 71 282 0923 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Service

Blind football

For intensive use. Optimal playing characteristics on asphalt and concrete. Stitched rubber outer, therefore particularly abrasion-resistant. Reduced bounce. Size 4 71 265 6016 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Leisure Games

04 Sport-Thieme Football “CoreXtreme”

05 Sport-Thieme Football “Softair” Durable soft soccer ball with excellent bounce properties. Ideal for timid children. Features a soft, stitched surface made of EVA foam. Size 4. 150–170 g. 71 269 2904 Each

Therapy

Great leisure-time ball for nurseries and primary schools. Suitable for hard surfaces. Soft material prevents injuries. EVA foam cover. Size 4. 350 g. 71 287 2214 Each

03 Sport-Thieme Football “Street”

Fitness Equipment

Gymnastics Equipment

Hard-pitch and street footballs

Swimming

All our bestsellers in a set. Items included: • 1 Sport-Thieme multipurpose foam ball, dia. 15 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme “Extra Strong” foam ball, dia. 15 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme “PU” multipurpose foam ball, dia. 15 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme “PU” foam volleyball, dia. 20 cm • 1 Volley “Mini” foam handball, dia. 16 cm • 1 Volley “Special” foam ball, dia. 21 cm • 4 Volley “Softi” foam balls in different colours, dia. 16 cm

Handballs 02

4 Fairtrade-certified

training ball 4 Ideal for institutional sports

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

03 Select Handball “Fairtrade Pro”

4 Very robust with excellent

playing characteristics

4 Durable and flexible thanks to

handcrafted stitching

4 Bottom layer made from 40%

02 Sport-Thieme Handball “Fairtrade”

recycled PET bottles

01 Sport-Thieme Handball “Pro” Made from a 1.5 mm thick polyurethane (PU) surface and a bottom layer consisting of 40% recycled PET bottles. It offers excellent grip, is hand-stitched, and features a latex bladder. Contains 10% recycled material by total ball

weight. Suitable for training and competition. Resin-free. 300325 g or 400-425 g. Size 2 71 385 6505 Each Size 3 71 385 6518

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Fairtrade-certified training ball. Excellent-grip even with sweaty hands. Incredibly durable thanks to its SR bladder and polyurethane (PU) outer. Size 0 71 345 3807 Each Size 1 71 345 3810 Size 2 71 345 3823

Sport-Thieme exclusive. High-quality Fairtrade game and training ball with consistent flight properties. Great grip thanks to golf ball-textured surface. Hand-stitched PU ball. Suitable for use with resin. EHF-certified. Size 0: dia. 15 cm, approx. 240 g. Size 1: dia. 16 cm, approx. 310 g. Size 2: dia. 17.5 cm, approx. 350 g. Size 3: dia. 19 cm, approx. 450 g. Size 0 71 347 8602 Each Size 1 71 347 8615

Each

Size 2 71 347 8628

Each

Size 3 71 347 8631

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer: Select, see page 240

Soft handballs Size 00 Size 0

04 Sport-Thieme Handball “Catchy” Designed especially for kids. Made from 1 mm polyurethane (PU) using 40% recycled PET bottles. Filled with 100% recycled material. Comprising 65% recycled content by total weight. Unlike traditional balls, this one is filled with recycled fibre material instead of air. The soft filling ensures an excellent grip and makes it easy to catch.

05 Molten Handball “Squeezy”

Size 00 71 385 9009

Each

Size 0 71 385 9012

Each

Size 1 71 385 9025

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Handball goals online: sport-thieme.com Handball goals

Suitable as a ball for fun and games for children and young people. Certified by the IHF for the “Handball At School” programme, intended for children up to 8 years old. Ideal for skills training. The surface is easy to press and can be grasped well by small hands. Filled with a padded filling, which means it does not rebound during play. Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. Can be used wit-

hout resin. Made from 100% polyurethane (PU). Circumference: 44 or 47 cm. Weight: 190 or 210 g. Size 00 71 346 4801

Each

Size 0 71 346 4814

Each

Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

Soft handballs online: sport-thieme.com Soft handballs

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Handballs Training handballs 02 01

Teamsport Equipment

4 Good grip 4 Specifically designed for

use in schools

4 Bottom layer made

from 40% recycled PET bottles

Size 2 71 335 2814

Each

Size 3 71 335 2801

Each

More handballs online at: sport-thieme.com Handballs

Surface made of 1 mm polyurethane (PU) from 40% recycled PET bottles. 14.8% recycled weight content in the entire ball. Thanks to its excellent grip and SR bladder, it's perfect for school sports. Machine-stitched, designed for indoor use. Resin-free. Size 0 71 385 6808 Each Size 1 71 385 6811

Each

Size 2 71 385 6824

Each

Size 3 71 385 6837

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Especially durable thanks to the SR bladder 4 Specially Designed for Kids 4 Bottom layer made from 40% recycled PET bottles

03 Sport-Thieme Handball “Kids” Training ball with a special design for children. Surface consists of 1 mm polyurethane (PU) made from 40% recycled PET bottles. 14.8% recycled content by total ball weight. Features excellent grip and includes an SR bladder. Machine-stitched. Suitable for indoor use and should be used without resin.

Size 00 71 385 6909

Each

Size 0 71 385 6912

Each

Size 1 71 385 6925

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Gymnastics Equipment

Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Handball “School”

Swimming

Official tournament ball for the German youth games. Also great for training as made of soft material. The size conforms to IHF guidelines for a game without resin. Size 1: 290–315 g. Size 2: 325–375 g. Size 3: 425–475 g. Size 1 71 335 2827 Each

Athletics

01 Molten Handball “School Master”

Fitness Equipment

Size 0 Size 1 Size 2

Therapy

4 Very durable surface 4 Bottom layer made from 40% recycled PET bottles

Each

Size 1 71 266 9511

Each

Size 2 71 266 9524

Each

Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Surface consists of 1.2 mm polyurethane (PU) made from 40% recycled PET bottles. 14.8% recycled content by total ball weight. It offers a good grip and has an SR blader. Machine stitched and ideal for indoor training. For playing without resin.

Size 0 71 385 6606

Each

Size 1 71 385 6619

Each

Size 2 71 385 6622

Each

Size 3 71 385 6635

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Service

Indoor training ball with excellent bounce characteristics. Improved shock absorption makes catching the ball easier. Welded rubberised surface. Size 0: 260 g. Size 1: 310 g. Size 2: 350 g.

Size 0 71 266 9508

Leisure Games

04 Molten Handball "C7 - HC3500

05 Sport-Thieme Handball “Com”

Basketballs

4 Extra padding for

optimal grip

4 Top-level compe-

tition quality

Size 7 71 297 0325

02 Baden Basketball “Elite Pro easyCredit BBL”

Each

03 Baden Basketball “Rival DBB”

Designed by players for players. It features enhanced microfibre leather with Cushioned Control Technology (CCT), a symmetrical panel system, and a deep-set valve. Complete with the official BBL logo. Made from synthetic leather. Size: 7. 600 g. 71 386 7509 Each

The official game ball of the German Basketball Federation. Comes with a symmetrical panel system and is printed with the official BBL logo. Made from microfibre synthetic leather with a butyl bladder. Size 7. 600 g. 71 386 7408 Each

Manufacturer: Uhlsport GmbH, see page 240

Our range of basketballs, backboards, hoops and complete basketball systems online at: sport-thieme.com Basketball

Real leather

05 Molten Basketball “BG4550 DBB”

04 Wilson Basketball “Evolution”

Size 6 71 268 9119

Each

Top match ball with 12 panels. Designed for indoor use. Made from synthetic leather with a natural leather look. The new surface concept and improved cushioning layer make the ball softer, more grippy, and easier to control. FIBA-approved, DBB-certified. Size 6 71 377 1600 Each

Size 7 71 268 9122

Each

Size 7 71 377 1613

One of the most popular American indoor basketballs. With an easy-grip surface for optimal ball control and feel. Artificial leather surface. Orange-Black

Manufacturer: Amer Sports, see page 240

Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

Each

06 Molten Basketball “BG5000” Official indoor game ball of the World Basketball Federation FIBA. Excellent grip with water-absorbing natural leather texture. High-density cushioning layer gives the ball a softer feel – for enhanced ball control. FIBA-approved, DBB-tested. Size 7. 71 263 5213 Each Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Basketballs School basketballs 4 Excellent-grip

composite cover Teamsport

4 High-quality and

durable

4 Handles like a pro-

fessional ball

Hard-wearing training ball for daily use in schools and clubs. Suitable for inside and out. Superb grip thanks to highquality composite cover. Size 3 71 265 1806 Each

01 Molten Basketball “School Master” Size 7 71 263 0133

Each

Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

Each

Size 7 71 265 1835

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Training basketballs

5 of each

Set

Size 5 71 265 1819

Size 6 71 265 1822

Athletics

For indoor and outdoor use. Composite cover with parallel pimples for improved grip. Size 6 71 263 0120 Each

Equipment

02 Sport-Thieme Basketball “School”

1x Swimming

04 Sport-Thieme Basketball “Training”

Juniors (size 5) 71 191 5017

Set

Youth (size 6) 71 191 5020

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Size 3 71 108 5147

Each

Size 5 71 108 5150

Each

Size 6 71 108 5163

Each

Size 7 71 108 5176

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Training basketballs Kids

Fitness Equipment

Put together with children and teens in mind. The set includes: •5 Sport-Thieme “Champion” basketballs • 5 Sport-Thieme “Training” basketballs, 04 • 1 Sport-Thieme ball storage bag

Gymnastics Equipment

Durable training and streetball with superb bounce properties. For indoor and outdoor use. Hard-wearing rubber cover. Size 3: 315 g. Size 5: 520 g. Size 6: 540 g. Size 7: 610 g.

03 Sport-Thieme Basketballs and Bag “Youth”

Kids

Therapy

Reverse

4 Extra

light

05 Molten Basketball “SB4-DBB” 71 265 3004

Each

Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Size 3 71 292 2209

Each

Size 4 71 292 2212

Each

Size 5 (light) 71 292 2225

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Service

Its small size and low weight make this basketball perfect for training sessions with under 8s. Size 4. Diameter: 21 cm. 290 g.

Reduced weight for training with children. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Excellent-grip nylon surface for easy handling. Size 3: 280 g. Size 4: 310 g. Size 5: 410 g.

Leisure Games

06 Sport-Thieme Basketball “Kids”

Volleyballs Training and competition balls

03 Mikasa Volleyball “V345W Light” Perfectly balanced match ball for top performance. Dimple technology for maximised grip power. Non-slip even during long rallies. FIVB-approved and with DVV 1 certificate. Size 5. 71 335 5002 Each

Game ball with optimal playing characteristics. Honeycomb surface for particularly stable flight behaviour, increased grip and precise passing. Very soft synthetic leather. FIVB and DVV 1 certificates. Size 5. 71 108 2021 Each

Official DVJ (German Youth Volleyball) school tournament game ball for lower and middle school levels. Suitable for both indoor and beach volleyball courts. Made of synthetic leather with excellent grip and soft ball contact. Reduced weight. With DVV and FIBA certification. Size 5. 210 g. 71 284 4103 Each

Manufacturer: Hammer Sport AG, see page 240

Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

Manufacturer: Hammer Sport AG, see page 240

01 Mikasa Volleyball “V300W”

02 Molten Volleyball “V5M5000”

Volleyballs for learners in schools and nurseries

04 Mikasa Volleyball “VS170W-Y-BL Light”

05 Mikasa Volleyball “V360W-SL”

Excellent choice for introducing children aged 4+ to the sport. Lightweight and easy to control due to slower speed. Made of soft EVA foam allowing children to play without any pain. FIVB-approved. Size 5. Approx. 170 g. 71 235 8925 Each

Weight-reduced training volleyball for 6–12 year olds. Very robust thanks to stitched 18-panel design. Made of soft polyurethane (PU) for maximum durability. Very pleasant to handle. FIVB Official Supplier. Size 5. 200–220 g. 71 374 3401 Each

Soft yet hard-wearing EVA cover for worryfree play. Can also be used for dodgeball and similar. Size and weight conform to FIVB guidelines. FIVB Official Supplier approved. Size 5. 71 335 5103 Each

Manufacturer: Hammer Sport AG, see page 240

06 Mikasa Volleyball “VS123W”

Reduced-weight volleyballs for learners

4 15% lighter 4 Machine-stitched

07 Molten Volleyball “V5M2000-L”

4 Ideal ball for learners 4 Slow-motion effect

08 Sport-Thieme Volleyball “Light” Light volleyball for beginners, children and older people alike. Easy to control thanks to slow motion effect. Machinestitched PU cover. Size 5. 190 g.

Durable, reduced-weight training ball. Ideal for learning the correct technique. Stitched composite cover. Size 5. Approx. 210 g. 71 254 4700 Each

71 285 2007

Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Discover more volleyballs online: sport-thieme.com Each

Volleyballs

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Volleyballs and Beach Volleyballs School volleyballs

Teamsport

Top bewertet sport-thieme.com Equipment

Beach

01 Molten Volleyball “School Master”

Athletics

Soft and abrasion-resistant for passes that are gentle on the arms. Seamlessly bonded composite cover. DVV-2-certified. Size 5. 71 307 6705 Each Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

Swimming

03 02

4 Excellent-grip composite

cover

Gymnastics Equipment

4 Machine-stitched

Fitness Equipment

More beach volleyballs online: sport-thieme.com Beach Volleyballs

Beach volleyballs Price tip

4 Pleasantly

soft

Therapy

4 Easy to

see

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

4 Ideal for schools and clubs

05 Molten Beach Volleyball “School Master”

06 Sport-Thieme Beach Volleyball “Beach Soft”

Soft material for ideal playing comfort. Machine-stitched. Deeper seams for enhanced durability. Made of soft, synthetic material. DVV Beach 2 certificate. Size 5.

Hard-wearing training ball for indoor and outdoor use. Weather- and seawater-resistant. Foamed plastic. Hand-stitched. Size 5. Approx. 290 g.

71 313 8609

71 108 5727

Manufacturer: Molten Europe GmbH, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Service

Particularly high-quality and durable. Weather- and seawater-resistant. Stripes make ball and spins easy to see. Made of soft artificial leather. Machine-stitched. Size 5. 71 286 2503 Each

Leisure Games

04 Sport-Thieme Beach Volleyball “Beach Pro”

American Football and Rugby American football

4 With green guides for enhanced 4 With Accurate Control lacing visibility 4 Excellent grip due to grained surface 4 Green grip guides assist hand-eye

01 Wilson American Football “GST Speedskin”

Wilson ‘Hylite’ football

Sport-Thieme ‘American’ football

03 Sport-Thieme American Football “American”

02 Wilson American Football “Hylite” Green grip guides across the exterior help the athlete develop their throwing and catching techniques. With extra cushioning for increased grip. See table for available versions.

Durable training and match ball with a nylon carcass. Dimpled rubber cover for excellent grip. See table for available versions.

Size

Diameter

Length

Weight

Designed for

Material

Suitable for

Colour

15.0 cm

26 cm

350 g

Training

Composite leather

Under 12s

15.5 cm

27 cm

380 g

Training

Composite leather

16.5 cm

28 cm

420 g

Training

6 7 6 7 9

15.0 cm 15.5 cm 15.0 cm 15.5 cm 16.5 cm

26 cm 27 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm

340 g 380 g 350 g 380 g 420 g

Training Training Training Training Training

Wilson ‘GST Speedskin’ football

hands

coordination

Specifically designed for training. Very similar to the official NFL game ball. Rough surface provides excellent grip for throwing and catching. Durable synthetic leather cover ensures long-lasting use. See table for available versions. Ill. Description

4 Great for various warm-up games 4 Smaller balls are ideal for children’s

01: Manufacturer: Amer Sports, see page 240

Brown

Product code 71 305 9858

Each

13–15

Brown

71 305 9861

Each

Composite leather

16+

Brown

71 305 9887

Each

Polyurethane (PU) Polyurethane (PU) Rubber Rubber Rubber

Under 12s 13–15 Under 12s 13–15 16+

Brown & green Brown & green Brown Brown Brown

71 335 2410 71 335 2407 71 271 4400 71 271 4413 71 271 4426

Each Each Each Each Each

02: Manufacturer: Amer Sports, see page 240

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Rugby

04 Gilbert Rugby Ball “G-TR4000” Durable training ball made of 3 layers of rubber. Textured with a patented triangular grip pattern for improved handling. See table for available versions.

05 Gilbert Rugby Ball “Omega”

06 Sport-Thieme Rugby Ball “Training”

High-quality ball for competitive use. With rubberised “Gilbert Grip” surface for outstanding grip. Size 5. Diameter: 17.5 cm. 440 g. See table for available versions.

Robust training ball for school and club use. 3-layer rubber surface with mini pimples for high grip. See table for available versions.

Ill.

Description

Size

Diameter

Weight

Designed for

Material

Suitable for

Colour

Product code

Gilbert ‘G-TR4000’ rugby ball Gilbert ‘Omega’ rugby ball Sport-Thieme ‘Training’ rugby ball

4 5 5

17.0 cm 17.5 cm 17.5 cm

370 g 440 g 440 g

Training Training Matches

8–13 14+ 14+

Red and white Black and white Blue, black and white

71 264 5810 71 264 5823 71 108 8465

Each Each Each

3 4 5

16.5 cm 17.0 cm 17.5 cm

340 g 370 g 440 g

Training Training Training

Rubber Rubber Rubber compound Rubber Rubber Rubber

Under 8s 8–13 14+

White, blue and green White, blue and green White, blue and green

71 261 1701 71 261 1714 71 261 1727

Each Each Each

05 06

04: Manufacturer: Kiwisport GmbH, see page 240

05: Manufacturer: Kiwisport GmbH, see page 240

06: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Rugby goal posts online at: sport-thieme.com

Rugby

More ball sports, such as basketball, German Prellball, fistball, dodgeball and Völkerball (a variant of dodgeball) online: sport-thieme.com

More American footballs online: sport-thieme.com

Balls

Football

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

ø 40 cm

Balls

Slow-Motion Balls and Ball Storage ø 25 cm

Teamsport

4 They fly through the air

as if in slow motion

Diameter of 40 cm 71 269 0012 Pair Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Megaform, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Trolley “Ball-Carrier” Folding with finger trap protection, transport wheels and tear-proof nylon container. LxWxH: 65x65x88 cm. 168-litre capacity. Max. load: 15 kg. For up to approx. 20 size 5 balls. 6.2 kg. Contents not included.

71 130 8714 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Ball Carrying Bag “Repono” Easy to carry as with 2 adjustable straps (can be carried like a backpack). With hook-and-loop fastener. 100% nylon. Hxdia.: 100x40 cm. For 10 size 5 balls. 300 g. Contents not included. 71 106 9714 Each

Athletics

For learning to catch and for play during training sessions with both children and adults. Easily inflatable by foot pump or mouth. Smooth surface made from durable polyurethane (PU). Each pair includes one ball in purple and one ball in light green. ø 25 cm 71 269 0009 Pair

Equipment

01 Slow-Motion Balls “Easy Catch”

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

10-year guarantee Swimming

4 For approx.

30 balls (size 5)

4 Stackable

Gymnastics Equipment

Blue Red

for increased lifespan 4 Folding mesh bag for quick and easy storage

Durable, folding mesh bag. Hxdia.: 90x23 cm. For 26 size 5 balls. approx. 1 kg. Contents not included. 71 286 6404 Each

05 Sport-Thieme Ball Bin “All-in” For transport and storage. Lockable. Ventilation holes on 3 sides. Weatherproof plastic. WxHxD: 58x107x73 cm. Capacity: 240 l. For at least 15 footballs. 13.5 kg. Incl. 2 S-hooks and 1 snap hook. Empty. Blue 71 270 7802 Each Red 71 270 7815 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More ball storage bags and transport trolleys available online at: sport-thieme.com

06 Sport-Thieme Ball Storage Trolley “Stackable” Stackable, for more space in the equipment room. Made of steel wire with 4 castors. HxWxD: 95x70x55 cm. 10 kg. Capacity: 245 l for approx. 30 size-5 balls. Max. load: 40 kg. Lockable. Contents and padlock not included. 10-year guarantee! With net 71 397 9509 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Service

Without net 71 131 1512 Each

Ball storage

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Leisure Games

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 For up to 15 balls

Therapy

04 Sport-Thieme Ball Storage Bag “Maxi”

Fitness Equipment

4 For storage of up to 26 size 5 balls 4 Hard-wearing mesh fabric

Air-Filled Soft Balls Match ball “Supersoft XXL”

Size 5, 420 g

New Football “Supersoft”

Handball “Supersoft”

Size 4, 315 g

4 ExcellentVolleyball “Supersoft”

01 New! Sport-Thieme “Supersoft” Softball

Very soft, air-filled balls made from a special material mix. This makes them particularly popular in daycare centers and primary schools. Even in the event of a missed catch or a hit against the body, the balls remain soft and do not cause pain – similar to foam balls, but more durable with improved bounce and flight characteristics. Sport-Thieme “Supersoft” ball Match ball Mini Handball Volleyball Football Match ball XXL

grip and hardwearing

Match ball “Supersoft Mini”

ø 12 cm 18 cm 15 cm 16 cm 19 cm 21 cm 20 cm 22 cm 30 cm

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Volleyball “Softgrip” Also ideal for target practice in football and handball, as well as for beginner volleyball training. The balls offer excellent grip, which is especially beneficial in handball and dodgeball. The air pressure can be adjusted via the needle valve; reducing the pressure decreases the bounce. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. See table for available versions. Product code 71 399 4304 71 399 4317 71 399 3200 71 399 3213 71 399 3402 71 399 3415 71 399 3301 71 399 3314 71 399 3008

Weight 80 g 120 g 250 g 320g 250 g 260 g 300 g 400 g 360 g

Price per item Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Durable ball for learning to catch and for break times. Can be used for all ball sports. Soft, excellent-grip EVA foam cover. Size 4, 315 g 71 276 4216 Each Size 5, 420 g 71 276 4229 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

A wide selection of soft balls online: sport-thieme.com Soft balls

03 Sport-Thieme “Neogrip” Neoprene Balls “Palm” volleyball Football

“Beach” volleyball

4 Pleasant feel 4 Air-filled, meaning level of bounce can be adjusted 4 Soft yet hard-wearing Neogrip Football “Palm” volleyball “Beach” volleyball

The air-filled training and leisure balls are great for indoor and outdoor use – in the playground or the sports hall! The soft neoprene balls allow you to play without worry. With additional rubber strips for improved grip. Bladder with neoprene cover and needle valve. Size 5 (diameter approx. 22 cm). See table for available versions.

Diameter

Weight

Colour

Product code

approx. 22 cm approx. 22 cm approx. 22 cm

300 g 290 g 290 g

Blue/turquoise Green/blue Yellow/orange

71 259 6004 71 264 8200 71 264 8213

Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Excellent-grip surface 4 Hard-wearing closed-cell PU outer 4 Suitable for indoor and outdoor use 4 Can be wiped clean and disinfected

Teamsport

01 02

Equipment

12 05

Balls

Sport-Thieme Skin Balls

Athletics

13 14 01–14 Sport-Thieme Skin balls

Swimming

The Sport-Thieme Skin balls are foam balls that have a special coating made from resilient, closed-cell polyurethane. The balls can therefore easily be wiped clean and disinfected. The different foams used have been designed to meet the various needs of schools and club sports, offering varying degrees of firmness and different levels of bounce. The tough outer skin is very grippy and introduces children to sports such as handball, football and volleyball in a fun and safe way. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use (but not on tarmac). See table for available versions.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Weight

Bounce

Colour

Product code

Softi

02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Super Super Allround Mini-Handball Special Volleyball Extra-Handball Funplay

16 cm 16 cm 16 cm 16 cm 7 cm 9 cm 18 cm 16 cm 21 cm 21 cm 15 cm 13.5 cm

83 g 83 g 83 g 83 g 16 g 32 g 133 g 165 g 200 g 348 g 175 g 75 g

Low Low Low Low Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Low

71 271 3902 71 271 3915 71 271 3928 71 271 3931 71 269 6906 71 269 6919 71 271 3700 71 271 3801 71 271 3609 71 263 6405 71 263 6809 71 269 6805

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

10 11 12 13 14

Maxi Softi Night Football Soccer Knautschi

25 cm 16 cm 26 cm 21 cm 9 cm

275 g 83 g 150 g 290 g 17 g

Good Good Excellent Excellent Low

Blue Yellow Red Green Neon: red, blue, purple, yellow, green and orange (assorted) Blue White White Neon yellow Red Blue, red, green, purple, yellow and orange (assorted) Neon red Fluorescent Neon purple Neon orange Neon orange

71 269 7101 71 269 3109 71 269 3200 71 269 7000 71 269 3008

Each Each Each Each Each

Fitness Equipment

Diameter

Gymnastics Equipment

Ill. Sport-Thieme Skin ball

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 Therapy

Set

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Items included: • 12 Sport-Thieme “Skin Softi” foam balls, no. 01 (3 blue, 3 yellow, 3 green and 3 red) • 1 Sport-Thieme mesh storage bag c sport-thieme.com

71 271 5706

13-piece set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Service

Soft foam balls

Leisure Games

A wide selection of soft foam and foam balls online: sport-thieme.com

15 Sport-Thieme Soft Foam Ball Set “Skin Softi”

Recreational and Gymnastics Balls Great all-rounders

ø 21 cm

ø 18 cm

4 For various sports and exercises 4 Excellent bounce characteristics 4 Robust ball for training and leisure

01 Sport-Thieme Ball “Multi-Ball” Training balls online: sport-thieme.com Training balls

ø 16 cm

Excellent bounce with non-slip, textured surface for various sports. Can be used in water. Made of strong rubber on nylon carcass. With needle valve. See table for versions and prices. Blue Yellow Green Red Multicoloured

ø 18 cm, 310 g 71 109 2918 71 109 2921 – – – – Each

ø 21 cm, 400 g – – 71 109 2309 71 109 2312 71 109 2325 71 109 2338 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

5-year guarantee

4 Good bounce characteristics 4 Skin-friendly and shape-retaining 4 Ideal for school and popular sports

02 WV Exercise Ball Rubber For throwing and catching exercises. Particularly durable, even after long periods of storage. Can also be used in water. Made of natural rubber. 5-year guarantee!

ø 14 cm

Colour Light blue Orange Yellow Green Purple Red

ø 16 cm, 320 g Blue 71 109 8600

Each

Yellow 71 109 8613

Each

Green 71 109 8626

Each

Red 71 109 8639

Each

Multicoloured 71 109 8642

Each

Manufacturer: KSG, see page 240

Blue Red Yellow

4 Ideal for learning the basic technique 4 Ideal for beginner training for children

03 Sport-Thieme Mini Basketball “Playground” Universal playing and training ball in a basketball design. Suitable for use in water. Dimpled exterior for optimal grip. Nylon carcass with rubber outer material. ø: 14 cm. 160 g.

Blue 71 324 0306

Each

Red 71 324 0319

Each

Yellow 71 324 0322

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Brilliant performance High-gloss gymnastics balls for leisure, training and competitions 4 Excellent bounce characteristics 4 Outstanding surface feel

Top rated sport-thieme.com

01 ø 16 cm

White Yellow Gold Orange Red Hot Pink Purple Blue Pearl Green Black

01 Sport-Thieme Exercise Ball “300” Good-grip high-gloss surface. Excellent bounce. Suitable for use in water. Made of Ryton. Max. load: 200 kg. 16 cm in diameter. 300 g.

Set ø 16 cm

White 71 264 2000

Each

Yellow 71 264 2013

Each

Gold 71 264 2026

Each

1 of each

Orange 71 264 2039

Each

White Black

Red 71 264 2042

Each

Hot Pink 71 264 2055

Each

Lilac 71 264 2068

Each

Blue 71 264 2071

Each

Pearl Green 71 264 2084

Each

Black 71 264 2097

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

ø 19 cm

ø 16 cm

1 of each

Hot Pink Gold Pearl Green

02 Sport-Thieme Set of Gymnastics Balls “Premium” A complete set for a wide range of gymnastics routines. The set includes: • 1 Sport-Thieme “300” gymnastics ball, 16 cm in diameter, white • 1 Sport-Thieme “300”gymnastics ball, 16 cm in diameter, black • 1 Sport-Thieme “420” gymnastics ball, 19 cm in diameter, Hot Pink • 1 Sport-Thieme “420” gymnastics ball, 19 cm in diameter, gold c sport-thieme.com

Blue Red Yellow

ø 19 cm

• 1 Sport-Thieme “420” gymnastics ball, 19 cm in diameter, Pearl Green • 1 WV gymnastics ball, 16 cm in diameter, blue • 1 WV gymnastics ball, 16 cm in diameter, red • 1 WV gymnastics ball, 16 cm in diameter, yellow • 1 WV gymnastics ball, 19 cm in diameter, green 71 264 6204 Set of 9 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Medical Balls, Slam Balls and Throwing Balls Made in Germany

4 Exceptionally durable thanks to a

filling made of rubber and expanded polystyrene 4 Various sizes: Suitable for both children and adults

4 Wide selection of

different weights

01 Sport-Thieme Medicine Ball “Gym”

02 Sport-Thieme Medicine Ball “Classic”

Air-filled, with needle valve and great bounce properties. Hygienic and wipeclean. Grained rubber surface. See table for available versions.

Weight 0.5 kg 1 kg 1.5 kg 2 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 6 kg 8 kg 10 kg

Hand-stitched. Made of natural cowhide. Filled with rubber granulate and polystyrene. See table for available versions.

01 Sport-Thieme ‘Gym’ Medicine Ball

02 Sport-Thieme ‘Classic’ Medicine Ball

Product code

ø – 19.5 cm 19.5 cm 19.5 cm 22 cm 22 cm 23.9 cm 23.9 cm 28.6 cm 28.6 cm

– 71 295 4716 71 295 4729 71 295 4732 71 295 4745 71 295 4758 71 295 4761 71 295 4774 71 295 4787 71 295 4790

– Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Dia. – 19 cm 19 cm 22 cm 24 cm 28 cm 29 cm – – –

– 71 342 2205 71 342 2218 71 342 2221 71 342 2234 71 342 2247 71 342 2250 – – –

Durable, abrasion-resistant, easy-care and wipe-clean. For indoor and outdoor use. Made of latex-free Ryton. See table for available versions. More medicine balls online: sport-thieme.com Medicine Balls

03 Togu from Ruton Medicine Ball ø – 21 cm 28 cm 28 cm 28 cm 34 cm 34 cm – – –

– Each Each Each Each Each Each – – –

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Togu Medicine Ball from Ruton

Product code – 71 109 6617 71 109 6620 71 109 6633 71 109 6646 71 109 6659 71 109 6662 – – –

– Each Each Each Each Each Each – – –

03: Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

Sling and Throwing Balls Real leather

New

4 Reinforced

strap

04 WV Sling Ball

05 New! Sport-Thieme Sling Ball “Classic”

With leather strap sewn in. Unsusceptible to moisture. Meets DTB competition guidelines. Made of thick-walled rubber. 800 g 71 108 8902 Each

Excellent handling thanks to reinforced strap. Hand-stitched. Made of leather. Filled with cork and polystyrene. 800 g 71 108 8537 Each

1,000 g 71 108 8915

Each

1,000 g 71 108 8540

Each

Throwing Balls

Each

1,500 g 71 108 8553

Each

Throwing Rings

1,500 g 71 108 8928 Manufacturer: KSG, see page 240

Throwing balls and rings Page 95 or online: sport-thieme.com

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Anthracite, ø 18 cm Blue, ø 22 cm Ruby Red, ø 26 cm

Balls

Soft fitness and spiky massage balls 4 Ideal for gym exercises

Teamsport

Green, ø 19 cm Grey, ø 22 cm Blue, ø 25 cm

Top rated sport-thieme.com

01 Togu Redondo Ball “Soft”

22 cm 71 176 0037

Each

26 cm 71 176 0040

Each

25 cm dia., blue 71 149 1539

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

All of the soft balls on this page: • Are supersoft and comfortable • Have freely adjustable pressure • Strengthen your stomach, neck, legs and glutes • Are waterproof

Swimming

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

22 cm dia., grey 71 149 1571

Soft balls

Athletics

Can also be used for gripping exercises thanks to its elastic surface. Level of inflation can be adjusted. Made of Ryton. Latex-free. Max. load: 120 kg. Incl. straw for air regulation, presentation box and exercise instructions. 18 cm 71 176 0053 Each

Very soft exercise ball with a non-slip surface. Ideal for gymnastics exercises. Air pressure can be adjusted individually using a plastic tube. Made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). ø 19 cm: 120 g. ø 22 cm: 200 g. ø 25 cm: 280 g. Supports up to 90 kg. 19 cm dia., green 71 149 1568 Each

Equipment

02 Sport-Thieme Exercise Ball “Soft”

Set Gymnastics Equipment

4 24 balls with bag

4 For massaging and

grip exercises

With firm dimples to combat tension. Suitable for finger massages and gripping exercises. Usable in water. Made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). See table for available versions. Abb. Sport-Thieme massage ball 03 Firm

Soft

Diameter

Pink Turquoise Yellow Orange Blue Orange Green Yellow Red Blue

6 cm 7 cm 8 cm 9 cm 10 cm 5.5 cm 7 cm 8 cm 9 cm 10 cm

Product code 71 264 8301 71 264 8314 71 264 8327 71 264 8330 71 264 8343 71 264 8402 71 264 8415 71 264 8428 71 264 8431 71 264 8444

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

04: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

3 of each

2 of each

05 Sport-Thieme Prickle Stimulating Balls with Bag The set includes: • 12 firm Sport-Thieme massage balls (3x 6 cm, 3x 7 cm, 2x 8 cm, 2x 9 cm, 2x 10 cm) • 12 soft Sport-Thieme massage balls (3x 5.5 cm, 3x 7 cm, 2x 8 cm, 2x 9 cm, 2x 10 cm) • 1 Sport-Thieme storage bag made of 100% nylon, Hxdia.: 21x28 cm 71 265 0702 Set Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Massage balls

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Sport-Thieme massage ball “Duo” online: sport-thieme.com 71 383 4103

c sport-thieme.com

More soft fitness balls online: sport-thieme.com Soft Fitness

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Service

Massage balls are perfect for use in physiotherapy, stimulating circulation, alleviating pain or carrying out grip exercises. Massage balls are available in different versions, various colours and a range of diameters as well as different levels of firmness.

Leisure Games

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

With soft dimples for a gentle massage or as a hand exerciser. Can also be used in water. Made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). See table for available versions.

Therapy

Colour

04 Sport-Thieme Prickle Stimulating Ball “Soft”

Fitness Equipment

03 Sport-Thieme Prickle Stimulating Ball “Firm”

Ball Pumps and Ball Compressors 4 Flexible hose protects

the needle valve

Set 01 Sport-Thieme Ball Pump with flexible hose and valve needle

03 Sport-Thieme Ball Pump Set

For any ball with a needle or patented valve. Lxdia. (cylinder dimensions): 28x270 mm. Pressure: 1 bar. Incl. valve needle.

The set includes: • 2 Sport-Thieme ball pumps, 01 • 3 valve needles • 3 adapters • 1 flexible hose for protecting the valve needles • 1 storage box

71 348 4500 Each

71 272 7208 Each

71 110 0408

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Inflates any ball with a needle valve. Nickel-plated with VG 5.2 thread. Lxdia. (cylinder dimensions): 270x28 mm. L (hose): 90 cm. Max. 4.83 bar. Incl. adapter and valve needle.

02 Sport-Thieme Ball Pump

Set of 10

06 Our choice 4 Compact

and handy 4 Powerful, compact,

and fast charging

07 Sport-Thieme Air Compressor “Mobile”

04 4 With pressure gauge

06 Sport-Thieme Hand Pump Sport-Thieme Quick Mini Hand Pump 04 Sport-Thieme Hand Pump “Team” With flexible air hose for effortless inflation. For any ball with a needle or adapter valve. Lxdia. (cylinder dimensions): 500x32 mm. Max. 7 bar. Approx. 400 cm³ per stroke. Incl. valve needle and 3 different adapters. 71 109 9300 Each

Dual-function pump for quickly and easily inflating balls with a needle valve. Lxdia.: 210x24 mm. Max. 2 bar.

Fits in any sports bag. Power: 12 V/3 A. Voltage: Charger 5 V/2 A. Display: HD LED color display. Inflation efficiency (reference for car tires): approximately 8-14 minutes from 0 to 2.5 bar. Battery capacity: 2x 2,000 mAh. 7.4 V. Operating temperature: -10 °C to 45 °C. Charging method: Type-C. Charging time: 3 hours. Made of ABS material. Dimensions (LxWxH): 153x62x45 mm. Weight: 337 g. Includes storage bag.

71 107 0200 Each

71 377 9604 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Ball Pump “Manometer” Small and compact handpump made of plastic. Ready to use straight away. With built-in manometer for checking the air pressure. LxWxH: 22x6x4.5 cm. Pressure: 2 bar. Incl. valve needle. 71 294 0902 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Accessories for ball pumps online: sport-thieme.com

Further ball compressors available online: sport-thieme.com

Accessories for ball pumps

Ball compressors

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sitting and Exercise Balls Your ball size

Teamsport

Diameter 45 cm 50 cm 55 cm 60 cm 65 cm 70 cm 75 cm 80 cm

User height 135–152 cm 152–164 cm 157–169 cm 164–176 cm 169–181 cm 176–188 cm 181–192 cm 188–200 cm

Equipment

Sizes overlap due to individual anatomy, arm and leg length as well as personal preference.

4 Maximum load 500 kg 4 Anti-burst

75 cm in diameter 71 107 4589 Each Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

More exercise balls online: sport-thieme.com Exercise Balls

For use at the workplace or for seated exercise routines. Durable and extremely resilient. Notches for TheraBands or tubes. Made of polyethylene (PE). Diameter: approx. 45 cm. Ball not included. 71 109 7304 Each

02 Sport-Thieme Exercise Ball Highly elastic exercise, sitting and drum ball. Ergonomically optimised sizes. Made in Germany. Made of resilient Ryton. Max. load: 500 kg. • 50 cm in dia.: approx. 1,000 g • 60 cm in dia.: approx. 1,100 g • 70 cm in dia.: approx. 1,300 g • 80 cm in dia.: approx. 1,600 g

50 cm 71 265 4108 Each 60 cm 71 265 4111 Each 70 cm 71 265 4124 Each 80 cm 71 265 4137 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Fitness Equipment

03 Sport-Thieme Ball Base

colours

Accessories

Therapy

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Sport-Thieme Stacker Exercise Ball

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For storage and transportation. Made from powder-coated steel. H: 182 cm. Ring ø: 100 cm. Suitable for 9 exercise balls (ø: 42–75 cm). Balls not included.

Leisure Games

Stacking Assistant for Organised Training Rooms. Resistant to cold and heat. Comes with a hook-and-loop fastener. Made of plastic. Dimensions (Hxø): 15x40 cm. Designed for 3 gymnastics balls. Balls not included. 71 106 9916 Set of 3

05 Sport-Thieme Trolley Exercise Ball

Service

71 401 5824 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Gymnastics Equipment

65 cm in diameter 71 107 4547 Each

4 Fashionable, transparent

Swimming

Latex-free professional product from Body Intelligence Concept (B.Co). Does not bounce as much as a conventional exercise ball. With Anti-Burst System. Max. load: 500 kg. ø 45 cm: 900 g. ø 55 cm: 1,000 g. ø 65 cm: 1,250 g. ø 75 cm: 1,600 g. 55 cm in diameter 71 107 4576 Each

Athletics

01 Togu Powerball “ABS”

ø 50 cm, pink ø 60 cm, apple ø 70 cm, blue ø 80 cm, purple

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Balls

Jannis Wienke (Key Account Manager Germany), and Niels Lemke (Sports Equipment Service), basketball players and members of the Sport-Thieme team since 2015 “Team sports bring people together! In addition to the sporting activity, they’re also about sharing experiences with each other and promoting team spirit.”

Teamsport

More than 20,000 products online

37–38 39 40–41 42 43–49 50 51 52 53 54–57 58–59 60–61 62–67 68–69 70 71–72 36

This catalogue contains a selection of our most popular products. Our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com Teamsport

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sport-Thieme Team Bibs

Teamsport Equipment Athletics

4 Breathable mesh fabric 4 Exceptional fit

Easy team identification, perfect for training. 100% polyamide. See table for available versions.

02 Sport-Thieme Team Bib “Reversible”

Swimming

01 Sport-Thieme Team Bib “Premium”

03 Sport-Thieme Team Bib “Stretch Premium”

02 “Premium”

Manufacturer

Teenagers 53x70 cm 71 277 9209 71 277 9212 71 277 9225 71 277 9238 71 277 9241 Each

01 ‘Reversible’ Adults 59x75 cm 71 277 9300 71 277 9313 71 277 9326 71 277 9339 71 277 9342 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

71 277 9414 – – – Each

71 277 9401 – Each

Sets

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Teenagers 50x65 cm 71 286 5948 71 286 5951 71 286 5964 71 286 5977 – Each

Adults 55x70 cm 71 286 6000 71 286 6013 71 286 6026 71 286 6039 – Each

New

10 of each

Children Teens Adults

04 04 “Premium” 20 Yellow/green 71 396 7603

20 Red/blue 71 396 7616

20 Orange/blue 71 396 7629

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Service

Manufacturer

Children 45x60 cm 71 286 5805 71 286 5818 71 286 5821 71 286 5834 – Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Team bibs Sport-Thieme team bib set No. of bibs Colour Product code

03 “Stretch Premium”

Adult 72x55 cm – –

Leisure Games

Further team bibs available online: sport-thieme.com

Adult 72x55 cm

Therapy

Children 50x60 cm 71 277 9108 71 277 9111 71 277 9124 71 277 9137 71 277 9140 Each

Fitness Equipment

Sport-Thieme Identification Bib Size WxL approx. Product code

4 Extremely durable and tear-resistant 4 Closed-pore stretch fabric 4 Premium quality

4 Two-ply mesh fabric 4 Reversible

Great-fit team bib. 100% polyester. See table for available versions.

Gymnastics Equipment

Tear-resistant, reversible bib for adults. 100% polyester. LxW: 72x55 cm. See table for available versions.

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Team Sashes 4 Particularly hard-wearing

thanks to high-quality workmanship

4 Very comfortable

01 Detail

Also take a look at: Marking cones, page 40

Version Red Yellow Green Blue Price per piece Versions can be freely combined: from 20 pieces

Children 71 277 7001 71 277 7014 71 277 7027 71 277 7030 Each

Adults 71 277 7102 71 277 7115 71 277 7128 71 277 7131 Each

Accessories Sets 10 of each

New

Red Yellow Blue

4 30 team sashes

10 of each

New

Red Yellow Green Blue

4 40 team sashes

02 New! Sport-Thieme Team Sashes “3 Teams”

03 New! Sport-Thieme Team Sashes “4 Teams”

30 easy-to-change team sashes made of 100% polyester. 10 of each colour. Incl. ventilated nylon storage bag. W: approx. 5 cm. Approx. 1.1 kg. Children, L: 55 (110) cm 71 396 6509 Set

40 bright team sashes made of 100% polyester. 10 of each colour. Incl. ventilated nylon bag for storage. W: approx. 5 cm. Approx. 1.4 kg. Children, L: 55 (110) cm 71 396 7401 Set

Adults, L: 65 (130) cm 71 396 6512 Set

Adults, L: 65 (130) cm 71 396 7414 Set

Storage solution for approximately 20 team vests or bands. Equipped with hooks for easy hanging. Made of metal with a polyvinyl chloride (PVC) coating. LxWxH: 185x125x3 mm. Approx. 38 g. 71 318 3104 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Sport-Thieme Hanger Bib and Sash

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Floor Markers Numbers 1–10 Corner

Teamsport

Hands Discs Arrow Feet

Equipment

Line

Square

Textured surface

Numbers 1–50

4 Non-slip and durable 4 Allows for uninterrupted running Athletics

Set

Letters A–Z

2 of each

02 Sport-Thieme Floor Marker 01 Sport-Thieme Flat Markers “Numbers and/or Letters”

Letters A–Z 71 280 2725 Set Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Also take a look at: Marking cones with numbers and letters, page 224

03 Sport-Thieme Flat Markers “Discs”

Set components: • 2 discs each in blue, red, yellow and green, No. 01 71 293 2503 Set of 8

More floor markers and sets online at: sport-thieme.com 71 293 2301

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Arrow Corner Hand Foot Square Line Version Disc Dimensions ø 23 cm LxW 35x7 cm LxW 35x9 cmLxW 26x26 cm LxW 18x8 cm LxW 20x7 cm LxW 23x23 Blue 71 293 2008 71 293 3001 71 293 4004 71 293 5007 71 293 6000 71 293 7003 71 315 6357 Red 71 293 2011 71 293 3014 71 293 4017 71 293 5010 71 293 6013 71 293 7016 71 315 6360 Green 71 315 6373 – – 71 293 2024 – – – Yellow 71 315 6386 – – 71 293 2037 – – – Price per unit Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 Manufacturer

Gymnastics Equipment

Numbers 1–50 71 280 2712 Set

See table for available versions.

Swimming

Markers for educational and movement games. Printed on one side. Made of rubber. ø: approx. 22.5 cm. 3.5 mm thick. Numbers 1–10 71 280 2709 Set

For learning technique and tactics. For nurseries, schools and clubs. Made of durable rubber.

Fitness Equipment

04 GEAtape Floor Marker

Red

71 388 5707

Each Base price / m Each

Each

Yellow

71 388 5710

Each

71 130 1133

Each

Green

71 388 5723

Each

71 130 1146

Each

Blue

71 388 5736

Each

71 130 1104

Each

Colour

Red

71 130 1159

Each

Yellow

71 130 1162

Black Blue

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Good to know for no. 04 For a tennis court, you’ll need approx. 5 rolls and for school badminton, about 3 rolls.

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Service

Manufacturer: GEAtape GmbH, see page 240

Leisure Games

Product code

White

Therapy

This marking tape will stick to all smooth floors as long as they are dry and free from 4 Made of rubber – can therefore dust and grease. It is especially flexible and be re-used facilitates curve marking without any folds. The durable tape can be removed easily, lea05 Sport-Thieme Marking Tape ving no residue. Roll length 33 m, 50 mm wide. “10-Metre” See table for available versions. Durable and non-slip on smooth floors. Can be cut as desired. Made of rubber. Each Colour Product Base price / m L: 10 m. W: 4 cm. code See table for available versions.

Training Aids 03

New

02 01

4 02 and 03 are particularly flexible

Marking cones Indestructible marking and border cones for various exercises and games. Extremely practical and versatile. Made of unbreakable polyethylene (PE). Choice of various colours and sizes. Can be conveniently stacked. All items made of extremely robust, fully weatherproof materials. Ill. 01

Product Set of marking cones

Set of ‘Flexible’ marking cones

Sport-Thieme ‘Flex’ marking cone

Description A practical training aid for schools, clubs and leisure sport. Very flexible cones – particularly hard-wearing. Ideal for children’s sport. Flexible plastic marking cone – perfect for children’s sport.

Height 7.5 cm

15 cm

23 cm

30 cm 04

Sport-Thieme marking cone

Extremely sturdy, unbreakable and made of weatherproof polyethylene.

23 cm

Set of Sport-Thieme marking cones

Same as 04 but in a set with additional colours.

23 cm

New! Sport-Thieme Activity Cone “Multi”

With holes for inserting 25-mmdiameter sticks or flat hoops.

30 cm

New! Sport-Thieme Same as 06 but in a set. Marking Cones “Multi” Sport-Thieme ‘Red and Luminous red with white stripes. White’ marking cones

30 cm 50 cm 35 cm 50 cm

01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 04: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 07: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

37 cm

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 05: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 08: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 of each

Durable and lightweight. Does not break upon landing on the hurdle. Made of plastic. Set Components: • 4 yellow hurdles (W x H: 45x15 cm) • 4 blue hurdles (W x H: 45x23 cm) • 4 red hurdles (W x H: 45x30 cm) Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Product code

Set Price

71 130 0824

–

Set of 50

71 382 1406

–

Set of 10

71 325 3508 71 325 3511 71 325 3524 71 325 3537 71 325 3540 71 325 3553 71 325 3566 71 325 3579 71 130 0664 71 130 0651 71 130 0677 71 130 0680

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

– – – – – – – – – – – –

71 385 2402

–

Set of 10

71 385 2415

–

Set of 10

71 391 2704 71 391 2717 71 391 2720 71 391 2733 71 396 2709 71 396 2712 71 304 9206 71 304 9219

Each Each Each Each – – Each Each

– – – – Set of 12 Set of 12 – –

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 06: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

New

09 Sport-Thieme Set of Hurdles “Flexible”

71 304 1505

Colour(s) 10 of each: green, yellow, red, blue and pink 2 of each: orange, blue, red, yellow and green Red Yellow Blue Green Red Yellow Blue Green Orange Yellow Orange Yellow 2 of each: orange, blue, red, yellow and green Red Yellow Blue Green Yellow Red Red/white Red/white

Sets

Set of 12

10 New! Sport-Thieme Training Hurdle “adjustable” Versatile hurdle for running, jumping, and sprinting exercises. Adjustable to five different heights. Rectangular segments can be folded in and out. Easily collapsible for compact transport. Made of plastic. (LxWxH): 48x20/25/33/40/45 cm. 0.5 kg. 71 395 5101 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

11 Sport-Thieme Set of Hurdles “Flexi” 11

6 self-righting hurdles in one-piece design. For indoor and outdoor use. Sturdy and flexible plastic. LxWxH: 45x15x15 cm. Approx. 245 g each. 71 316 2705

Set of 6

Discover more training aids and complete sets online: sport-thieme.com Training aids

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Training Aids and Coordination Training

Teamsport

Kegel H: 46 cm

01 Kegel H: 30 cm

Equipment Athletics

12x

1x 1 of each Green Red Blue

Swimming

12x 1x 4 of each

6 of each

Yellow Orange Green Red Blue

For training coordinative and technical skills indoors or on artificial turf. Plastic pole, rubber base. Pole –L: 150 cm, dia.: 2.5 cm, weight: 600 g. Base – LxW: 22x27 cm, weight: 4.1 kg.

03 Sport-Thieme Training Aid Set “Movement” Set of 4

Set of 8 71 318 6217

Set of 8

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Sport-Thieme Coordination Ladder “Agility”

• 12 cotton skipping ropes (L: 2.50 m) • 12 team bands (6x yellow, 6x green) • 1 coordination ladder (L: 4 m) with a bag • 3 relay batons • 1 whistle with cord 71 368 6805

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Fitness Equipment

Set of 4 71 318 6204

Practical set size for school and club sports. Set components: •6 gymnastic sticks (L: 1.20 m) • 20 coordination hoops (ø 38 cm) with hookand-loop connectors and storage bag • 12 marking cones (H: 50 cm) with holes

Gymnastics Equipment

02 Sport-Thieme Set of Slalom Poles “Indoor”

Each

8m 71 137 3921

Each

Double ladder Each

8m 71 137 3976

Each

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Single ladder Double

4 Rounded rungs ladder 4 Can be used inside and out 4 Adjustable Quadruple ladder 4x2 m 71 137 3989

04 Each

Service

4m 71 137 3963

Quadruple ladder

Leisure Games

4m 71 137 3934

Therapy

With ground pegs and suction cups to secure to grass as well as hall floors. Quadruple ladder consists of 4 two-metrelong elements, which can be folded up. Made of high-quality fabric and plastic rungs. W (rungs): approx. 40 cm. Approx. 1.5 kg. Incl. carry bag. Single ladder

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Dummies and Football Training New

01 4 Durable and stable due to spring joint 4 With spring joints 4 Resistant to heat and cold

01 New! Sport-Thieme Free-Kick Mannequins “Training” Perfect for free-kick and slalom training. Temperature-resistant. With flexible spring joint absorbing impacts. Each dummy with

4 steel pegs for excellent stability. Plastic dummy. WxH: 60x180 cm. Approx. 6 kg.

Base for Power Shot training dummy set, 01 online at: sport-thieme.com

71 394 0105

71 394 0206

Set of 3

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Top rated sport-thieme.com

4 High levels of stability 4 Height adjustment in 10-cm

increments

02 02 Sport-Thieme Mini Football Goal foldable Training goal for football, street hockey and other sports. Easy to transport and set up due to special folding mechanism which can effortlessly and securely be locked in place. The net is attached to the goal with an allround net bar. Incl. anti-trap protection, ground anchors for securing to grass pitches and suction cups for attaching to smooth indoor floors. The frame is made of powdercoated steel tubing. Polyethylene net. 90x60x70 cm, approx. 5 kg 71 115 1712 Each 135x100x110 cm, approx. 8 kg 71 115 1738 Each

4 Foldable, incl. anti-trap

protection

For Your Safety 4 02 incl. free ground anchors Freestanding goals, including mini goals, must always be secured to prevent tipping during use.

4 Can be used with football boots

03 Sport-Thieme Jump-Strength Trainer “Original” Stable, 6-piece jump box designed for jump strength and plyometric training in football. Can also be used with spikes. Adjustable in 10 cm increments. Made from birch plywood. Top surface features Regupol covering (approximately 12 mm thick). LxWxH: approximately 65x67x12.8–66.8 cm. Supports up to approximately 150 kg. Weighs around 32 kg. 71 121 4619 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More dummies online: sport-thieme.com

More football training items online: sport-thieme.com

Training dummy

Football Training

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Recreational Goals

Teamsport

4 Narrow spacing between struts,

thus extremely sturdy

4 Ideal for street hockey 4 Incl. ground anchors Equipment

Athletics

Mounting Tabs

Swimming

Internal dimensi- Internal dimensions Internal dimensions (WxHxD): (WxHxD): ons (WxHxD): 240x160x100 cm 180x120x65 cm 120x80x65 cm

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03066.Z01

Gymnastics Equipment

Our choice

Version with basketball backboard

Fitness Equipment

Interior dimensions (WxHxD): 120x80x65 cm

Goal complete with continuous bracing at the top

4 Thick-walled tubing 4 Incl. 6 ground anchors Exceptionally sturdy and stable due to its sub- 4 Diameter of struts 3.5 cm

02 Sport-Thieme Mini Heavy-Duty Football Goal made of steel

71 383 1407 Each Approved by PRÜF- UND ZERTIFIZIERUNGS GMBH, certificate no.: 110876G Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

When used on hard surfaces, goals have to be anchored to the concrete foundation for safety reasons. Mini-training store online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

03 Sport-Thieme Heavy-Duty Football Goal fully welded Sturdy and solid design for use on school and public playgrounds. Standard variant complies with DIN EN 15312, the norm for multi-purpose sport equipment in public areas. With 4 welded-on attachment brackets for ground anchoring (anchors included). Also available with 2 ball cut-outs. Choice of basketball backboard, hoop and net for all variants. Fully welded and free-standing. Made of aluminium. WxH: 3x2 m. Square tubing (80x80 mm). Goal depth: 0.7 m. See table for versions and prices. Variant Frame Product code Checked by /Certificate No. Manufacturer

c sport-thieme.com

Standard Oval tubing Square tubing 120x100 mm 80x80 mm 71 338 6213 71 338 6200 Each Each

With basketball backboard Square tubing Oval tubing 120x100 mm 120x100 mm 71 338 6301 71 338 6314 Each Each

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03062.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Service

Mini Training Store

Interior dimensions (WxHxD): 3x2x0.6 m

Leisure Games

For your safety

Therapy

stantial weight (40 kg). Fully welded, hot-dip galvanized, and designed to stand in ground sleeves. Made of steel. Dimensions (WxHxD): 120x80x65 cm. Post profile (60x40 mm).

Sport-Thieme Football Goals

4 Excellent durability even

after years 4 Manufactured in Germany 4 Fast delivery

Top-notch football goals! The exceptionally durable Sport-Thieme football goals are manufactured from either a square profile (80x80 mm) or an oval profile (120x100 mm). They are made in Germany, TÜV-/GS-certified, and continue to impress with their excellent durability even after years of use.

More football goals online: sport-thieme.com Football goals

Individual parts of a football goal Goal depth, top Crossbar

Net suspension

Corner joint

Full-length net bracket

Short net bracket

Net

Post

Net attachment

Ground anchoring*

Base frame Transport wheels* Carrying handle*

Ground socket*

Goal depth, bottom

* Accessory

Base frame

Goal frame: crossbar + 2 posts

For Your Safety

Further Recommendation:

How safe are your goal posts? – Legal requirements Nets

Net fastenings

Transport equipment

Anti-tip devices

SimplyFix Integrated Net Fastening

PlayersProtect Impact Protection

Transport castors

Welded carrying handles

Football goal accessories online: sport-thieme.com

Football goals

Mobile goal posts are sufficiently stable if they do not tilt under the effects of a horizontal force of 1100 N on top of the crossbar. In addition, the GUV standardises the marking of goal posts. According to the applicable standards, each set of goal posts must be provided with a warning, which stipulates that they are designed exclusively for ball games – and that it is prohibited to use the net or the goal posts as a climbing frame. Depending upon the type of goal posts, different weights are required to correspond to the GUV and the DIN standards.

Goal Type Youth Football Goal (5x2 m) Full-Size Goal (7.32x2.44 m)

Goal Depth 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m

Counterweight 200 kg 125 kg 100 kg 170 kg 100 kg

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

It just takes 4 steps to find your goal

In our online shop, you'll easily find the right football goal: sport-thieme.com

Not all football goals are the same. They come in different sizes, and the way their crossbar and posts connections also differs, to name just two examples.

Football goals

The 4 steps outlined below will help you find the right goal for you. 2.

Goal size

Version

Goal frame

Assembly

The perfect football goal for you! Page, No.

Free-standing, mobile

sport-thieme.com: Product code {*1135406*} 71 113 5406

–

sport-thieme.com: Product code {*1158801*} 71 115 8801

Page 46, No. 02

Square profile

Bolted

Oval profile

Fully welded

Oval profile

Welded Mitre

–

sport-thieme.com: Product code {*1157808*} 71 115 7808

Bolted

–

sport-thieme.com: Product code 71 {*1135914*} 113 5914

Welded Mitre

–

sport-thieme.com: Product code {*1150807*} 71 115 0807

Square profile Youth Football Goals 5x2 m

–

Fully welded

Oval profile

– Page 46, No. 01

Base Frame Safety

Page 47, No. 01

Base Frame Safety

Page 47, No. 02

Base Frame Safety + SimplyFix

–

Athletics

In ground sockets

Bolted

Oval profile

Features Equipment

Mini Football Goals 3x2 m

In ground sockets

Square profile

Teamsport

Balls

Sport-Thieme Football Goal Finder

71 338 6503, sport-thieme.com: Product code {*3386503*}, Swimming

71 328 6904,{*3286920*} 71 328 6920 {*3286904*},

Bolted

Page 48, No. 02

Welded Mitre Oval profile

Page 48, No. 04 –

Bolted

Full-Size Goals 7.32x2.44 m

Welded Mitre

–

Fully welded

71 242 1113 {*2421113*} Page 48, No. 01

Sustainable: made from 80% recycled aluminium

Page 49, No. 01

Base Frame Safety

Page 49, No. 02

Base Frame Safety + SimplyFix

–

1. Goal Size: Small pitch, youth or full-size goal?

71 242 1100, sport-thieme.com: Product code {*2421100*},

Fitness Equipment

Oval profile

71 115 0504, sport-thieme.com: Product code {*1150504*}, 71 115 0517 {*1150517*}

Welded Mitre

Free-standing, mobile

Integral Net Holding Rail "Quick-Net-Rail"

Gymnastics Equipment

In ground sockets

Page 48, No. 03

sport-thieme.com: Product code {*3386604*} 71 338 6604

4. Design: Screwed together

Youth football goal, 5x2 m

3. Goal Frame: Square or oval tubing? 80

120

Square profile

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Oval profile

c sport-thieme.com

Crossbar features solid corners which slot into the posts. This assembly is then screwed together. The assembly increases the goal’s stability and durability.

Oval tubing

Fully welded All individual goal parts (posts, crossbar, net brackets and base frame) are welded together. This makes the construction super sturdy. The connection between the crossbar and posts is reinforced with a cast corner piece, which is inserted before the parts are welded, making the goals even more durable and stable.

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Service

Free-standing, mobile

100

In ground sockets

Solid corner assembly

Square tubing

Leisure Games

2. Version: Mobile or in ground sockets?

Full-size goal, 7.32x2.44 m

Therapy

Small pitch goal, 3x2 m

Crossbar and posts are screwed together in two places. Extremely stable, precision-fit cast aluminium corner joints.

Small Football Goals Anti-tip football goals without additional ground anchoring

Our choice

1. Goal size 2. Version 3. Frame 4. Assembly

Small pitch goals, 3x2 m Free-standing, mobile Oval tubing Fully welded

Our choice!

120 100

The perfect football goal: mobile, secure, robust and durable. The innovative aspect of this goal is its ground frame – whereas mobile training goals usually have a conventional ground tube, the “Safety” football goal

Easy to move

Goal depth top/bottom Net attachment

has a welded-on fillable weight tube. In compliance with TÜV, DIN and GUV regulations, the weight tube should be filled with quartz sand. Once filled, the goal stands securely, yet is still mobile. See table for available versions. To be filled with quartz sand (not included)

01 Safety

Full-length net brackets (ø 50x3 mm) 0.80 m / 1.50 m

Net hooks in frame Frame

75 50

01 Sport-Thieme Small Football Goal “Safety”

Goal Frame: Oval Profile (120x100 mm)

Model Design / net suspension

Colour Accessories (incl.) Product code Manufacturer

System tubing (75x50 cm) Unpainted aluminium 75 net hooks 71 286 2109 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Free-standing, with bolted mitre joints and full-length net brackets 1. Goal size 2. Version 3. Frame 4. Assembly Model Design

5-year guarantee

02 Sport-Thieme Small Football Goal, free-standing

80 80

Goal frame: square tubing (80x80 mm)

Only when used with ground anchors

80 mm profile. Silver anodized. New, reinforced design for even greater durability and strength. Supplied complete with net brackets and net hooks. 5-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Goal depth top/bottom Net attachment

Small pitch goals, 3x2 m Free-standing, mobile Square tubing Screwed together 02

Full-length net brackets (ø 40x2 mm) 0.80 m / 1.20 m

Net hooks in frame

Colour Base frame

Anodised matt silver

Tube (ø 30 mm)

Accessories (incl.) Product code

28 net hooks 71 113 5419 Each

Checked by /Certificate No.

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03063.Z01

Manufacturer

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Youth Football Goals Our choice

Teamsport Equipment Athletics

01–02 4 Welded-on weight tube 4 Ideal for use on artificial grass and hard surfaces

100

Easy to transport

SimplyFix net attachment standard ground tube, the “Safety” soccer goal features a ballast tube, designed to be filled with quartz sand. Goal size: 5x2 m, depth at bottom: 1.50 m, top: 80 cm, profile: 120x100 mm oval profile. See table for available versions.

The net is easy to attach thanks to the SimplyFix system milled into the goal’s frame. The net edging is fully inserted into the profile tubing. Hanging the net and taking it down is quick and easy – no fiddly net hooks (that can easily get lost) required! The net is perfectly

secured to the goal with equal distances between the attachment points, and looks great.

Fitness Equipment

Mobile, secure, durable, and stable. Fully welded soccer goal with transport wheels. The innovative element is the base frame. Where traditional mobile training goals have a

To be filled with quartz sand (not included)

Gymnastics Equipment

01–02 Sport-Thieme Youth Football Goal “Safety”

Goal Frame: Oval Profile (120x100 mm)

Swimming

120

Youth football goals, 5x2 m

1. Goal size 2. Version 3. Frame 4. Assembly

Free-standing, mobile Oval tubing Fully welded

Therapy

Our choice! Model

01 Safety

Design Goal depth top/bottom Net attachment

02 Safety incl. SimplyFix

Fully welded side parts (posts and net brackets), full-length net brackets, ø 50x3 mm 0.80 m / 1.50 m

SimplyFix

Base frame

71 243 5217 Each

Side frame Unpainted aluminium 2 transport wheels, 75 net hooks

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Base frame

71 279 0611 Each

Service

Manufacturer

Side frame Colour Accessories (incl.) Product code

Leisure Games

net hooks in frame Frame

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Full-Size Goals Full-size goal, free-standing, mobile, with loose net suspension

01 Sport-Thieme Full-Size Football Goal “Original” 120 100

Goal Frame: Oval Profile (120x100 mm)

Transport wheels

4 Made of 80% recycled aluminium 4 No plastic net hooks required thanks to

SimplyFix net attachment 4 For daily training sessions in schools and clubs

Free-standing, 80% recycled aluminium goal manufactured according to FIFA/DFB regulations. Reduced injury risk thanks to soft-pitch ground anchors. Suitable for biodegradable goal

1. Goal size 2. Version 3. Frame 4. Assembly

nets made of polylactic acid. Welded-on carry handles make transportation effortless. Net must be ordered separately. See table for available versions. Full-size goal, 7.32x2.44 m Mobile with base frame Oval tubing Solid corner assembly

Model Net suspension Goal depth top/bottom Net attachment

01 Without wheels 01 With wheels Loose net suspension 0.80 m / 1.50 m

SimplyFix net attachment The net is perfectly secured to the goal with equal distances between the attachment points, and looks great.

Full-size goals in ground sockets, with net brackets 02: Screwed Mitre 03 and 04: Welded Mitre Ultra-stable corner joints. For more information, see page 45

SimplyFix

Base frame

100 120

Colour Product code Manufacturer

Oval tubing (120x100 mm) Silver 71 328 6816 71 328 6803 Each Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02–04 Sport-Thieme Full-Size Football Goal Socketed and with Welded Corners even after years of use. With extra-strong and precision-fit cast aluminium corner joints. Quick and easy to assemble. See table for available versions.

Improved stability. DIN EN 748-certified. Complies with current FIFA and DFB regulations. Made of extremely weatherproof material. High load-bearing capacity –

1. Goal size 2. Version 3. Frame 4. Assembly Model Net suspension Goal depth at top Net attachment

Full-size goal, 7.32x2.44 m In ground sockets Oval tubing Screwed together 02

03 Short net brackets, ø 30 mm 0.80 m

Net hooks in frame

02–04 4 In ground sockets 4 Short net brackets 120 100

Goal Frame: Oval profile (120x100 mm)

Colour Accessories (incl.) Product code

Approved by / Certificate No. Manufacturer

Solid corner assembly

35 net hooks, ground sockets 71 115 0605 Each

Incorporated, machined Quick Net Rail

Anodised matt silver 35 net hooks, Ground sockets ground sockets 71 115 0706 71 115 0780 Each Each

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03063.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme , see page 240

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03063.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Full-Size Goals

Teamsport Equipment

4 Free-standing, to DIN EN 748 4 Ideal for use on artificial pitches and

hard surfaces

120 100

To be filled with quartz sand (not included)

Easy to transport

Swimming

Goal Frame: Oval Profile (120x100 mm)

01–02 “Safety” Football Goals

SimplyFix net attachment The net is easy to attach thanks to the SimplyFix system milled into the goal’s frame. The net edging is fully inserted into the profile tubing. Hanging the net and taking it down is quick and easy – no fiddly net hooks (that

meet DIN and GUV regulations is to fill the tube with quartz sand. The goal is then safe (and yet mobile) without requiring additional anchoring. See table for available versions.

Fitness Equipment

1. Goal size 2. Version 3. Frame 4. Assembly

can easily get lost) required! The net is perfectly secured to the goal with equal distances between the attachment points, and looks great.

Gymnastics Equipment

An excellent choice as mobile, safe, robust and long-lasting. Instead of a conventional ground tube, our “Safety” football goals boast an innovative base frame with a fillable, welded-on weight tube. All you have to do to secure the goal to

Athletics

4 Welded-on weight tube 4 Easy to transport 4 Fully welded

Full-size goals, 7.32x2.44 m Mobile with base frame Oval tubing Fully welded Our choice!

Model

Goal depth, top/bottom Net attachment

02 Safety incl. SimplyFix

Full-length net brackets, ø 50x3 mm 0.80 m / 2.00 m

Colour Accessories (incl.)

Base frame

Unpainted aluminium 2 transport wheels, 100 net hooks {*2435204*} 71 243 5204 Each Each

Product code

c sport-thieme.com

Side frame

Base frame

Unpainted aluminium 2 transport wheels, 100 net hooks {*2790608*} 71 279 0608 Each Transport wheels incl.

Service

Transport wheels incl.

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Leisure Games

Side frame

Special feature Manufacturer

SimplyFix

Net hooks in frame

Frame

Therapy

Net suspension

01 Safety

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Sport-Thieme Soccer Courts More Sport-Thieme soccer courts online: sport-thieme.com Soccer courts

Sport-Thieme Soccer Courts We work with you to plan your ideal soccer court for endless outdoor fun. Get planning and advice – all from a single source!

Installation Need installation services for your Sport-Thieme Soccer-Court? Feel free to contact us: +49 5357 181 503

01 Sport-Thieme Street Soccer Court “Flex” A mobile sports arena. Compact design for ease of transport and storage. Excellent advertising space (boards). Ideal for club, school and company events. Robust, weatherproof and quiet, complying with DIN EN 15312. Aluminium. Fully welded. 11x6 m: approx. 600 kg. 13x8 m: approx. 700 kg. 15x10 m: approx. 800 kg. 11x6 m 71 293 8804 Each

4 Incl. trailer on request 4 Mobile and versatile 4 Perfect for events

15x10 m 71 293 8820

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

1-m board + 2-m net

Entrance

02 Sport-Thieme Street Soccer Court “Arena Pro”

Shown with artificial turf

A permanent court for outdoor use. The boards are perfect for advertising and sponsoring, etc. Incl. a project-specific foundation plan. Two fully welded street soccer goals integrated into the board system. DIN EN 15312. Aluminium. 10x7 m: approx. 600 kg. 15x10 m: approx. 800 kg. 20x13 m: approx. 1,000 kg. 25x14 m: approx. 1,200 kg. 30x15 m: approx. 1,400 kg. Contact us for custom net dimensions.

10x7 m 71 293 7609

Each

15x10 m 71 293 7612

Each

20x13 m 71 293 7625

Each

25x14 m 71 293 7638

Each

30x15 m 71 293 7641

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Handball Training Free-standing Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

Teamsport

Extremely stable due to solid cast aluminum corner connectors Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Handball Goal with Fixed or Folding Net Supports ment using welded-on brackets. Available in an IHF version (incl. IHF certificate) or in a standard version (without IHF approval). Made of aluminium. LxW: 3x2 m. Special 80x80-mm profile tubing. Net not included. See table for versions and prices.

Design

01 Free-standing Standard

Corner joints

Cast aluminium

With folding net brackets

Black/silver Red/silver Blue/silver

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

1m 71 282 3209 71 282 3212 71 282 3225 Each 71 282 3007 71 282 3010 71 282 3023 Each

4 For enhanced workout

dynamics

Adjustable angles for optimal ball control. Foldable side arms for easy storage and transport. Versatile: suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. Non-slip floor protection for secure use everywhere. Frame/Net material: Steel/Polyethylene (PE).

1.25 m 71 282 3238 71 282 3241 71 282 3254 Each 71 282 3036 71 282 3049 71 282 3052 Each

4 For throw and goal-

keeper training

100x100 cm, approx. 9.3 kg 71 391 1509 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Gymnastics Equipment

Black/silver Red/silver Blue/silver

02 Sport-Thieme Tchoukball Frame “Rebound”

Swimming

Goal depth (bottom) With static net brackets

Athletics

Sturdy handball goal with strong, solid cast-aluminium corners and full-length net brackets. Complies with DIN 7897/ EN749. With static or folding net brackets. The goal is secured using two-point attachment (screwed through the net brackets) or four-point attach-

Fitness Equipment

measuring 3×2 m

buckles. Designed for a secure fit and to resist the large forces that arise from balls thrown at it. Choice of two variants. “Senior”, four 50-cm-diameter rings 71 247 7800

Set

Manufacturer: Bands & More, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

04 Sport-Thieme Goal Target Net 3x2 m For use in handball training to improve throwing technique. Made of robust polyester. Comes with hook-and-loop fasteners that allow it to be attached to any 3x2-m goal with ease. The 4 target holes each

have a diameter of approx. 35 cm and can withstand any throw or shot. 71 288 4905 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More handball goals online: sport-thieme.com Handball goals

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Service

For practising throwing technique indoors. Easy to set up and take down: just attach it to the handball goal. Consists of 4 target rings equipped with tensioning straps. The straps are attached to the goal posts using

attachment

4 Suitable for small field goals and handball goals

Leisure Games

03 Strab Football Target Wall Indoor “To-Go”

Therapy

4 Hook-and-loop fasteners for quick and easy

4 Effective shooting practice 4 Incl. carrying bag 4 Quick assembly and disassembly

Sport-Thieme Basketball Hoops and Backboards 4 Perfect for the playground

Incl. wall mount

01 Sport-Thieme Basketball Hoop “Standard 2.0” A sturdy classic that complies with DIN EN 1270 for indoor and outdoor use. Holes comply with DIN regulations. Made of solid steel. Hoop diameter: 45 cm. Max. load: 240 kg. Approx. 5 kg. Incl. nylon net with 12 attachment loops. With open net eyelets 71 287 9505 Set

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

2 types of net available:

With open net eyelets

With a safety net attachment 71 287 9518 Set

With safety net attachment

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2356 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Basketball Set “Flex” Puts you in control as to when the equipment can be used for play. The hoop cannot be removed from the wall mount without any tools. Items included: • 1 Sport-Thieme “Standard 2.0” basketball hoop, no. 01 • 1 Sport-Thieme wall mount • 1 basketball net With open net eyelets 71 116 1902 Set With a safety net attachment 71 116 1915 Set Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Basketball Hoop “Outdoor” Solid hot-dip galvanised steel. Inner diameter 45 cm. Measurements and drilled holes for the screws comply with DIN 7899. With 12 closed or open ring eyelets. Suitable nets: “Outdoor” or Hercules rope basketball net (not included). 71 117 3909

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2582 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com Basketball Suitable nets for indoor and outdoor hoops can be found online at: sport-thieme.com Basketball nets

04 Birch plywood 05 Glass fibre reinforced plastic GRP

04 Sport-Thieme Basketball Backboard “Multiplex” For indoor use only. White finish on both sides with sealed edges. Made of birch plywood. Undrilled. 90x60 cm, without target rectangle. 9, 16, 27 and 30 kg respectively. 90x60 cm, 18 mm 71 345 4406 Each 120x90 cm, 18 mm 71 345 4419

05 TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

05 Sport-Thieme Basketball Backboard “GFK” Lines as per regulations. Compatible with all outdoor units. 180x105-cm variant meets DBB and FIBA requirements. Fibreglass-reinforced plastic with solid wood core (16 mm). No pre-drilled holes. 20, 32 and 40 kg respectively. 120x90 cm, 27 mm 71 116 1029 Each

Each

180x105 cm, 18 mm 71 345 4422

180x105 cm, 37 mm 71 116 1016

Each

180x120 cm, 18 mm 71 345 4435

180x120 cm, 37 mm 71 116 1003

Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2356 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Basketball units for indoor and outdoor use The Sport-Thieme webshop is full of great-value basketball equipment for schools, clubs and leisure use. Ordering is quick and easy. Our extensive range includes high-quality basketball units consisting of a backboard, hoop and net. The equipment is available for both outdoor and indoor use, with or without a stand.

“Fair Play 2.0” Basketball units

Basketball units for permanent installations

Portable street basketball units

A wide selection of basketball systems online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Basketball units for recreational basketball

Basketball units

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Beach Volleyball Nets and Ground Sockets

01 Sport-Thieme Beach Volleyball Net “Comfort” Knotless net for leisure use. With integrated fibreglass/ polyester rods on the sides. Fast and convenient net tensioning. 6-point net attachment. 3 tensioning lines and quick-release fasteners on each side. Made of polyethylene. Mesh size: approx. 10 cm. Reinforced edging all the way round (approx. 50 mm wide).

4 6-point attachment • 8.50x1 m: For 16x8-m courts with the beach volleyball posts 10 m apart. • 9.50x1 m: For 18x9-m courts with the beach volleyball posts 11 m apart. 8.50x1 m 71 117 8337 Each 9.50x1 m 71 117 8324

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Beach Volleyball Net 16x8-m Court Knotless competition net with fibreglass/polyester rods incorporated into the sides. For posts 10 m apart. Made of polypropylene. LxW: 8.50x1 m. Mesh size:

approx. 10 cm. 4-point attachment with 2 tensioning lines and quick-release fasteners on each side. Reinforced edging all around (approx. 80 mm wide). 71 117 8311

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Made of cut-resistant

03 Huck Beach Volleyball Net From Dralo Cut-resistant net for leisure use. Plastic-coated variant is much softer to the touch if players happen to grab the net. For 18x9-m courts. Can also be used with standard volleyball posts. Made of galvanised steel wire (Dralo). WxH: 9.50x1 m. Mesh size: approx. 10 cm. Accessories online: sport-thieme.com

steel wire

Beach

4-point attachment with 2 tensioning cables on each side. Top edging is approx. 160 mm wide. Without coating 71 115 6427 Each Plastic-coated 71 116 3908

Each

Manufacturer: Manfred Huck GmbH, see page 240

Specifications No. 03:

Beach volleyball Don’t forget to order: Beach volleyballs, page 25

04 Sport-Thieme Beach Volleyball Net 18x9-m Court Knotless tournament net with fibreglass/polyester rods integrated at the sides. DVV 1 Beach approval. For courts with the posts 11 m apart. Polyester. LxW: 9.50x1 m. Mesh size: ap-

Plasticcoated

71 117 8308

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Tournament nets Beach

Without coating

prox. 10 cm. 4-point net attachment. 2 tensioning ropes and quick-release fasteners on each side. Reinforced edging all around (approx. 75 mm wide).

Tournament nets with DVV 1 Beach approval • International competitions • National and regional leagues

The same rules as for indoor volleyball tournament nets apply. Important: Point matches and tournaments must be played with a net bearing either DVV 1 or DVV 2 approval .

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Beach Volleyball Units Sets

Teamsport Equipment Athletics

Can be freely adjusted between 1.98 and 2.45 m

Top rated sport-thieme.com

For your safety

Please check whether your system needs approval.

02 4 Quick and easy net tensioning with Swimming

quick-release levers

Post padding is an absolute must-have for preventing injury. Don’t forget to order: Profile no. 01: 150x150x3 mm

01 Sport-Thieme Beach Volleyball Net Assembly “Stabil” Items included: • 1 pair of “Stable” beach volleyball posts

•

Profile no. 02: ø 83 mm

• 1 Dralo beach volleyball net • Ground sockets See table for available versions.

Post pad 03

Product code

– –

71 115 6430 71 115 6443 71 115 6456 71 115 6469

–

•

Fitness Equipment

Net without edging –

Gymnastics Equipment

Protective padding for square and/or oval posts no. 03

Set Set Set Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Beach Volleyball Net Assembly “Club”

Net length

Stand

8.50 m 8.50 m 9.50 m 9.50 m

for setting in concrete with ground sockets for setting in concrete with ground sockets

• 1 “Comfort” beach volleyball net Available with or without two 700-mm-long ground sockets. See table for available versions. Product code 71 232 8906 71 232 8919 71 115 8087 71 115 8090

Therapy

Items included: • 1 pair of “Club” beach volleyball posts

Set Set Set Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Beach volleyball posts online: sport-thieme.com Beach volleyball posts

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Accessory

71 116 1713

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Service

For beach volleyball posts measuring 80x80 mm and ø 83–120 mm. Hexagonal design. Durable padding material reduces the risk of injury. Weatherproof, hard-wearing cover. Length: approx. 200 cm. Equipped with hook-and-loop fasteners.

Leisure Games

03 Sport-Thieme Post Pad “Beach Volleyball”

Volleyball Posts 01 Sport-Thieme Wall-Mounted Volleyball Post “Walley”

To be attached using wall plugs or concreted onto a hall wall. With 3 adjustable eyelets. A practical must-have for every sports hall. Slim, 40x16-mm tubular aluminium (with rounded edges). Approx. 2 m long. Don't forget to order: tensioning device and wall rail padding (available online). 71 114 2802 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

With tensioning device

02 Sport-Thieme Volleyball Posts Hook-In

Counter post

Tubular steel with a diameter of 83 mm, 256 cm long. Designed for retrofitting or use in renovated halls. The posts can easily be set up and stored in an equipment room after play. There is no need for expensive floor adaptations or core drillings. With sliders for freely adjustable net height. As counter post 71 167 8303 Each With tensioning device 71 167 8316 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Net Posts “Universal”

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Great-value posts for school and recreational sports. Made of galvanised steel tubing with a diameter of 83 mm, 300 cm long. The height of the net can be freely adjusted – ideal for volleyball, tennis, fistball, etc. Each post has 3 adjustable sliders. Ground sockets must be ordered separately. 71 115 6603 Pair Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2577 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

With adjustable eyelets

Profile: ø 83 mm

Don’t forget to order: •V olleyballs, pages 24 • Volleyball nets, page 57

Set

Accessory

05 Sport-Thieme Post Pad for volleyball post wall rail

04 Sport-Thieme Post Pad Soft padding for reduced risk of injury. Weatherproof. L: 200 cm. With durable cover and hook-and-loop fastenings. For square, 15x15-cm basketball and volleyball posts.

71 116 1726 Each Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2582 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Consisting of 2 folding foam wedges. With holes for wall mounting. Core made of Neopolen light foam. With hook-andloop fastener on the back. Cover made of 550-g tarpaulin (72% polychloride, 27% polyester, 1% polypropylene), yellow. LxWxH: 200x10x8 cm. Easy to attach to wall. 71 154 5308 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

06 Sport-Thieme Volleyball Net Assembly “Universal” Complete volleyball set with posts, net, and ball – the versatile system for school and recreational sports. Set includes: •1 pair of Sport-Thieme “Universal” game posts, ø 83 mm, no. 03 • 2 ground sleeves for volleyball posts, ø 83 mm • 1 Huck volleyball net “DVV” • 1 Sport-Thieme volleyball “School 2021” 71 114 4000 Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Volleyball Nets Tournament nets

Tournament nets

01 Huck Volleyball Net “DVV 1”

In contrast to DVV 1 and DVV 2 nets, DVV nets have 50-mm-wide edging at the top and they only have some edging on the sides for attaching the antenna. Tournament nets with DVV approval • S chool sports and general sports Tournament nets with DVV 1 approval • International competitions • Bundesliga and German regional leagues Tournament nets with DVV 2 approval • German district leagues

Teamsport

Kevlar tensioning cable at the top (approx. 11.70 m long). Fibreglass/polyester rod integrated on the sides for a perfect fit. Knotless. See table for available versions.

02 Huck Volleyball Net “DVV 1 Plus” 01–04 4 Each net 9.5x1 m

GEPRÜFT TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

01 02

03 Huck Volleyball Net “DVV 2” Kevlar tensioning cable at the top (approx. 11.70 m long). Fibreglass/polyester rod integrated on the sides for a perfect fit. Knotless. See table for available versions.

(Please follow the guidelines provided by the relevant associations)

Equipment

Pulley at both ends of the Kevlar rope for precise net alignment. Kevlar tension rope at the top (L: approx. 11.70 m). Lateral integrated fibreglass polyester rods. Knotless. See table for available versions.

04 Huck Volleyball Net “DVV”

Athletics

Same as 03, but with a strip for attaching the antenna. See table for available versions.

Training nets

Swimming

4 Available at any length

With a tensioning rope on each side. Any length available as sold by the metre. Kevlar tensioning cable at the top (L: net length +2 m). Knotless. Fasteners must be ordered separately. See table for available versions.

4 Size of net: 10x0.7 m

4 Size of net: 9.5x1 m

06 Huck Volleyball Net “Training”, quick assembly

07 Huck Volleyball Net “Training Standard”

With 2 rubber loops on either side (approx. 50 cm long) for quick attachment to any type of post. Ideal when there's not much time for setting up. See table for available versions.

With UV-resistant edging. High-quality finish. Designed for frequent use. Nylon tensioning rope at the top (approx. 11.70 m long). See table for available versions.

Gymnastics Equipment

05 Huck Volleyball Net “Individual Training”

03 DVV 2 tournament net

04 DVV tournament net

05 Training net by the metre

06 Quick set-up training net

07 Training net

Suitable for Certificate Material Thickness Net dimensions Top edging Bottom edging Mesh size Net colour Attachment Fastening system Pulley Antenna attachment Product code

Competitions DVV 1 PP 3 mm 950x100 cm Polyester, 70 mm Polyester, 50 mm 10 cm Black 6-point Quick-release – – 71 115 8410 Each

Competitions DVV 1 PP 3 mm 950x100 cm Polyester, 70 mm Polyester, 50 mm 10 cm Black 6-point Quick-release

Competitions DVV 2 PP 3 mm 950x100 cm Polyester, 70 mm Polyester, 50 mm 10 cm Black 4-point Quick-release – – 71 115 8205 Each

Competitions DVV PP 3 mm 950x100 cm Polyester, 50 mm Polyester, 50 mm 10 cm Black 4-point Quick-release – 71 114 7403 Each

Training – PP 3 mm As desired Polyester – 10 cm Black 4-point Tensioning cord – – 71 115 7518 Each per m

Training – PE 2.5 mm 1,000x70 cm – – Raschel knit Green 4-point Rubber straps – – 71 115 7505 Each

Training – PE 2 mm 950x100 cm UV-resistant – 10 cm Black 4-point Tensioning cord – – 71 115 7404 Each

–

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2577

–

Manufacturer: Manfred Huck GmbH, see page 240

Checked by / Certificate No. Manufacturer

•

– 71 115 8407 Each

Manufacturer: Man- Manufacturer: Manfred Huck GmbH, fred Huck GmbH, see page 240 see page 240

•

Manufacturer: Man- Manufacturer: Man- Manufacturer: Manfred Huck GmbH, fred Huck GmbH, fred Huck GmbH, see page 240 see page 240 see page 240

Net accessories 08 Sport-Thieme Volleyball Tensioning Cable 11.70-m long (Kevlar-made)

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

08 Service

Suitable for all nets. As strong as a steel cable. With 2 loops. 11.70 m long. 71 115 5903 Each

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

09 Sport-Thieme Net Brackets For protective organised storage of 1 volleyball net or 3 badminton nets. Made of steel. Equipped with a swivel handle. 71 115 7000 Each

Leisure Games

02 DVV 1 tournament net with pulley

Therapy

01 DVV 1 tournament net

Fitness Equipment

Product

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Floorball

Fabian Walkemeyer, floorball player at TSV Grasleben and product manager, with Sport-Thieme since 2008. “Whatever your age – anyone can play floorball!”

Floorball Equipment for Schools and Clubs At Sport-Thieme, you'll find the complete range of equipment for floorball, also known as unihockey, including floorball sticks, balls, bags, and goals. This is a captivating variant on the game of hockey thanks to simple rules, fast-paced action, and low risk of injury. Floorball is easy to learn, making it ideal for children, teenagers, and adults in school and club sports. The many advantages • Floorball trains motion sequences for a variety of other sports (e.g. handball, tennis, volleyball, etc.) • Supports the development of team spirit • Does not require much space or many markings • Develops strength, endurance and speed • Easy to understand, simple rules guarantee fun right from the start • O ffers a wealth of different game variations and develops creativity • Suitable for all age groups, from nursery upwards [

]

Stand upright and hold the stick against your body. The ideal floorball stick should reach from the ground up to 5 cm above your belly button, including the blade. The table will also assist you in selecting the right stick.

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Left-handed Right-handed

Blade Blue Blade Black

4 Fibreglass-rein-

available

100 cm 95 cm 87 cm Trowel Blue 71 331 3406 71 331 3422 71 331 3448 Trowel Green 71 331 3419 71 331 3435 71 331 3451 Each Each Each

The correct grip

Blade Red Blade Black

4 3 shaft lengths

For teenagers and adults. Universal blade with an individually adjustable curvature direction and radius. Suitable for both righthanded and left-handed shots. Shaft made of polycarbonate. Blade made of polyethylene (PE). ø (Shaft Flex): 2.2 cm. See table for available versions.

Stick length: 70 cm 80 cm 85–87 cm 90–92 cm 95–97 cm 99–104 cm

Entry-level models feature a shaft made of polyethylene (PE) and are softer and more flexible. Higher-quality sticks come with a polycarbonate shaft. Meanwhile, competition sticks are usually made of carbon and reinforced with an additional fibreglass layer.

(Approximate figures. May vary from case to case and depending on state of health.)

Blade Blue Blade Green

01 Sport-Thieme Floorball Stick “Offense”

Floorball

Stick material

The right stick length

User height: 120–140 cm 141–150 cm 151–160 cm 161–175 cm 176–185 cm 185 cm +

The complete floorball range online: sport-thieme.com

4 Great entry-level

forced blade

stick for schools

02 Sport-Thieme Floorball Stick “Rush”

03 Sport-Thieme Floorball Stick “Captain”

Top ball control thanks to the reinforced blade. Suitable for teenagers and adults from 176–185 cm. Designed for both right and left-handed shots. Shaft made of polycarbonate. Blade made of polyethylene (PE). Lxø (Shaft): 95x2.6 cm. Red blade 71 331 3709 Each

For children and teenagers between 151– 160 cm. Suitable for both right-handed and left-handed shots. Shaft made from polycarbonate. Feet made from polyethylene (PE). Lxø (Shaft Flex): 85x2.8 cm. Blue blade 71 331 2908 Each

Black blade 71 331 3712

Black blade 71 331 2911

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Floorball Sets 12x

4 High-quality trai-

01 Unihoc Floorball Set “Street”

Product code 71 303 6600 71 303 6613 71 303 6626

Set Set Set

Manufacturer: Renew Group Sweden AB, see page 240

Shooter Left Right Left Right Left Right

Product code 71 345 4709 71 345 4712 71 345 4725 71 345 4738 71 345 4741 71 345 4754

Each Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Renew Group Sweden AB, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Shot Left Right Left Right

Product code 71 381 1115 71 381 1102 71 381 1131 71 381 1128

Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Unihoc Floorball Ball “Dynamic WFC” 06 Sport-Thieme Floorball Balls “Match” Official World Cup and competition ball. Textured surface and reinforced interior. Plastic. Diameter: 72 mm. 23 g. White 71 299 9106 Each

The set includes: • 10 white or red floorball balls White 71 116 8554

Set of 10

Orange 71 299 9119

Red 71 118 0031

Set of 10

Each

Manufacturer: Renew Group Sweden AB, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 Fitness Equipment

Accessories for No. 08

Therapy

07 Sport-Thieme Floorball goal wall “Target”

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Floorball Goal Nets online: sport-thieme.com

powder-coated steel tubing 08 Sport-Thieme Floorball Goal “Competition”

IFF-certified competition goal with goal and net, plus anti-slip feature. Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. Made of steel tubing (ø: 3.2 cm). Dimensions (WxHxD): 160x115x40/65 cm. Approximately 6 kg. 71 117 6403 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

pact storage

09 Sport-Thieme Floorball Goal “Training” Folding net brackets with snap lock for compact storage. For indoor and outdoor use. Tubular steel (2.2 cm diameter) with plastic floor caps. 6 and 6.5 kg respectively. 90x60x40 cm 71 117 4609 Each 140x105x40 cm 71 117 5804

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Service

Floorball

4 Folding – for com4 Incl. goal net & drop net 4 Official competition goal made of

Leisure Games

For competition floorball goals. 5 different hole sizes (10, 20, 25, 30, 40 cm). Easy attachment with hook-and-loop fasteners. Made of canvas. LxW: approx. 160x115 cm. Approx. 500 g. 71 386 5008

Gymnastics Equipment

04 Sport-Thieme Floorball Ball “Cr8ter”

Shaft Length 100 cm 100 cm 104 cm 104 cm

White Red

White Orange

Official IFF match ball. Grooved design for best flight properties. Plastic. Diameter: approx. 70 mm. Approx. 23 g. White 71 118 4307 Each Red 71 118 0028

Length of shaft 96 cm 96 cm 100 cm 100 cm 104 cm 104 cm

Top grip tape for excellent traction, even with sweaty hands. Speedhit blade for excellent ball control and more powerful, accurate shots. Shaft made from carbon composite, reinforced with fibreglass. Feet made of polypropylene (PP). Diameter (Shaft Flex): 2.9 cm. See table for available versions.

Swimming

White Red

Improved grip tape. Unity blade for excellent ball control, harder shots and improved accuracy. Carbon composite Flex shaft, reinforced with fibreglass. IFF-approved. Polyethylene (PE) blade. Shaft diameter: 2.9 cm. See table for available versions.

Athletics

Length of shaft 75 cm 87 cm 96 cm

03 Sport-Thieme Floorball Stick “Master”

02 Unihoc Floorball Stick “Unity Classic 29”

Equipment

For indoor and outdoor use. Suitable for left- and right-handers. Flex shaft, made of carbon composite. Straight blade made of robust nylon material for reduced abrasion on asphalt and concrete. Shaft diameter: 2.6 cm. The sets include: • 12 Unihoc “Street” floorball sticks • 6 Unihoc “Classic” floorballs See table for available versions.

Teamsport

ning stick for the ambitious player

Hockey and School Sports Hockey 01

Indoor head

03 Field head

Accessories 02 Sport-Thieme Hockey Stick “Force”

01 Sport-Thieme Hockey Stick “Classic” Strong with non-slip grip tape. For rightand left-handers in school and amateur sports. Extra-hard mulberry wood. For indoor and outdoor use. 33-inch for children, 36.5-inch for players over 150 cm tall. L (shaft): 74/83 cm. 33 inches (approx. 84 cm) Field 71 118 4509

Each

Indoor 71 118 4600

Each

Indoor 71 118 4613

Blue 71 336 1900

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Malik Hockey Ball “Allround”

Each

Professional field (white) or indoor (yellow) ball. Does not bounce. Smooth surface. Plastic. Diameter: approx. 70 mm. Approx. 150 g. White 71 118 1803 Each

Each

Yellow 71 118 1816

36.5 inches (approx. 93 cm) Field 71 118 4512

For indoor and field hockey. Non-slip grip tape. For right and left shooters. Made of solid plastic. L (shaft): 83 cm. Pink 71 336 0910 Each

Each

Manufacturer: THW Sport Equipment GmbH, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

School Sports Hockey

04 Sport-Thieme Field Hockey Goal Net “Goal” Made of high-strength polypropylene, knotless, green. Net size (WxH): 3.66x2.14 m, depth at top 90 cm, depth at bottom 120 cm. 71 118 8413 Pair Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Indoor Hockey Goal Net “Goal Indoor” Turns a handball goal (WxH: 3x2 m) into a hockey goal. Robust and knotless. High-strength polypropylene. WxHxD (top/bottom): 310x210x80/100 cm. 5.5 and 6.3 kg respectively. 2,5 mm, 2,5 cm 71 118 8501 Pair 3 mm, 4,5 cm 71 118 8514

Set 6 of each

06 Sport-Thieme Hockey Stick “School” Made from high-quality polyethylene. Head made from hard foam. Handle length including head approx. 89 cm. Yellow 71 116 8408 Each

Red 71 116 8411

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

07 Sport-Thieme Hockey Ball “Soft Street”

Flexible hockey ball suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. Non-bouncy. Made from soft polyvinyl chloride (PVC). ø: approx. 70 mm. Approx. 62 g. Orange 71 348 5806 Each Red 71 348 5819 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

08 Sport-Thieme Hockey Sticks “School” An excellent set for primary school kids. Round, non-slip shaft – optimum grip for children’s hands. The set includes: • 6 yellow Sport-Thieme “School” hockey sticks, 06 • 6 red Sport-Thieme “School” hockey sticks, 06 • 3 orange Dom hockey balls, 07 71 302 0803

15-piece set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Street Hockey and Baseball 4 Suitable for use on hard surfaces, such

as concrete and tarmac

01 Teamsport

Each Each Each Each Each

Equipment

71 293 5805 71 293 5818 71 293 5847 71 293 5821 71 293 5834

02 Unihoc Goalkeeper Helmet “Streethockey”

Athletics

Accessories 02

Swimming

With air vents and mesh face shield. For children aged 10 years and over. Can be adjusted to fit different head sizes. Made of impact-resistant plastic and foam. Incl. foam pads to be stuck into the helmet to adjust the size. 71 226 9405 Each Manufacturer: Renew Group Sweden AB, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Street Hockey Puck “Soft”

Discover more street hockey sticks, balls, and goals online: sport-thieme.com Street hockey

Gymnastics Equipment

Especially safe thanks to soft polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Shatterproof, durable, and does not splinter. Suitable for indoor and field hockey. ø: 76 mm. Approx. 60 g. 71 348 5907 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Baseball Fitness Equipment

04 Sport-Thieme Baseball Set “School I”

4 All the equipment you need for 2 teams

Senior 71 194 4815

Set

For more baseball products, visit: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

A 19-piece baseball set designed for smaller groups. The set includes: • 8 left-hand gloves • 2 right-hand gloves • 5 tee-balls • 1 tee-ball bat, 26 inches (Junior) or 32 inches (Senior) c sport-thieme.com

• 1 batting tee • 1 five-piece base set Plus 1 free storage bag. Junior 71 194 4903

Set

Senior 71 194 4916

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Service

Baseball

05 Sport-Thieme Baseball Set “School II”

Leisure Games

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Therapy

A 35-piece set for beginners and novices. The set includes: • 16 left-hand gloves •4 right-hand gloves • 10 tee-balls • 2 tee-ball bats, 26 inches (Junior) or 32 inches (Senior) • 1 batting tee • 1 five-piece base set Plus 1 free storage bag. Junior 71 194 4802 Set

Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bats Forehand

B A P C O

Backhand

Beginner | Advanced

Accessory

New

03 New! Sport-Thieme Table tennis racket bag “Spin Case” Holds 12 table tennis paddles. Equipped with a carrying handle for easy transport. Protects against dirt and dust. Made from polyester. Dimensions (LxWxH): 22x18x26.5 cm. Weighs 266 g.

Beginner+: 1.0 mm sponge Spin 25% Speed 30% Control 90%

Beginner: Without sponge Spin 25% Speed 25% Control 95%

Advanced+: 1.5 mm sponge Spin 40% Speed 50% Control 75%

Advanced: 1.2 mm sponge Spin 40% Speed 35% Control 85%

4 For schools and clubs

02 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bat “Advanced”

4 For beginners and

hardbat players

01 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bat “Beginner” A beginner’s bat for school and club sport, pimples facing out, concave handle. Available in 2 versions – with and without sponge.

A table tennis bat for school and club sport, pimples facing in, concave handle. Available in 2 versions – with 1.2-mm sponge (Advanced) or 1.5-mm

Beginner B 71 293 0103

Each

Beginner+ B 71 293 0116

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More table tennis bats and sets online: sport-thieme.com

71 392 7508

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sponge (Advanced+). ITTF-approved Samurai rubber-coated surface. Advanced A 71 293 0204 Each Advanced+ A 71 293 0217

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Table Tennis Bats

Sets 12x

New

12x

New

12x

New

12x

New

144x

04 New! Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bats and Balls “Beginner”

05 New! Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bats and Balls “Beginner+”

06 New! Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bats and Balls “Advanced”

07 New! Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bats and Balls “Advanced+ 2.0”

Set Includes: •1 2 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bats “Beginner”, No. 01 • 144 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Balls “1-Star 40+” with Foldable Box, page 121, No. 01 • 1 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bat Case “Spin Case”

Set Components: • 12 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Paddles “Beginner+”, No. 01 • 144 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Balls “1-Star 40+” with Folding Box, Page 121, No. 01 • 1 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Paddle Bag “Spin Case”

Set Contents: •1 2 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Paddles “Advanced”, No. 02 • 144 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Balls “1-Star 40+” with Foldable Box, Page 121, No. 01 • 1 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Paddle Bag “Spin Case”

Set Components: • 12 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bats “Advanced+”, No. 02 • 144 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Balls “1-Star 40+” with Folding Box, page 121, No. 01 • 1 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bat Bag “Spin Case”

71 394 3609 Set

71 394 3508 Set

71 394 3407 Set

71 394 3306 Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

144x

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

L T C O OO Competition

Sport-Thieme “Liga” Table Tennis Table Training under competition conditions

Top rated sport-thieme.com Joerg wrote: “The table tennis table is used every day by our youth. It's important that the table is sturdy and remains so.”

4 For competitions 4 Compact storage dimensions Suitable for wheelchairs

5-year guarantee Playing surface: Green Blue

Set

144x

01 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Table “Liga” Indoor competition table compliant with EN 14468-1 class A. Suitable for wheelchair users. Multi-coated 25-mm chipboard table. Strong 60-mm frame profiles. 2 large, rubberised wheels. With snap-lock system for fixing the legs. 5-year guarantee! Net set must be ordered separately. Green C 71 250 6207 Each Blue C 71 250 6210

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Set “Liga” Excellent for quick entry into competitions or to switch from green to blue, as regulations often stipulate that competitions must be carried out on at least two of the same tables with the same nets. The set includes: •2 Sport-Thieme “Liga” table tennis tables, no. 01 • 2 Sport-Thieme “Liga” table tennis net sets • 144 Sport-Thieme “1-Star 40+” table tennis balls

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Green C 71 294 7802

Set

Blue C 71 294 7903

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Table tennis balls and nets online: sport-thieme.com Table tennis tables

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Table Tennis Tables

5-year guarantee

Training | Outdoor

O OO

4 Lightweight indoor table

that is easy to move

4 Suitable for integrative

sports

02 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Table “School”

40 cm of legroom

Delivered without bats or balls

Smart Manual System

Suitable for wheelchairs

An excellent choice for integrative schools and clubs. Fulfils the international requirements for wheelchair sports. Can be set up and taken down by wheelchair users without assistance. Plastic-coated. Robust metal frame, 4 large castors (2 of which are braked) and 4 height adjusters. 5-year guarantee! Bats and balls must be ordered separately. T See table for available versions.

Training

Training | Outdoor Our choice!

Model Make DIN EN 14468-1 Class System* Individual table halves Playback Dimensions when set up (LxWxH) Dimensions when stored (LxWxH) Approx. weight Playing surface colour Playing surface material Table thickness Suitable for wheelchairs Net included Anthracite Green Blue Manufacturer

01 Master Sport-Thieme

02 School Sport-Thieme

03 All Terrain Sport-Thieme

•

B Compact –

C Compact –

•

274x152.5x76 cm 184x72x155 cm 87 kg Green or blue Chipboard 19 mm –

274x152.5x76 cm 184x70x155 cm 100 kg Blue Chipboard 22 mm

274x152.5x76 cm 153x70x155 cm 75 kg Anthracite Melamine 6 mm –

•

– 71 250 5800 71 250 5813 Each

– – 71 250 6308 Each

71 205 6702 – – Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

•

Compact: Mobile table with a base frame for both halves of the table, allowing each half to be folded independently

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

L T C O OO Training | Outdoor

The All-Weather Table For outdoor training in schools and clubs 4 Incl. outdoor net 4 Compact to store

5-year guarantee

Our choice

With net firmly screwed in

Smart Manual System

Accessories for No. 03

SMS (Smart Manual System)

Smart Manual System Very convenient safety system for one-handed operation. The prominent handle is visible from all positions and sides of the table. The pull rod under the table unlocks both safety catches at the same time. To ensure that the automatic locking mechanism snaps into place, the tabletops must be set to an upright position. When setting the playing position, the locking mechanism safely clicks into place before reaching the horizontal position. In doing so, the table tennis table also provides greater stability on uneven floors. For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

03 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Table “All Terrain” Weatherpoof outdoor table for schools and sports clubs. With a 6-mm-thick, melamine surface and compact frame (type 4b). Height-adjustable feet allow you to level the table on uneven surfaces by up to 30 mm. 4 rubberised double swivel castors. The table locks via the SMS safety system – can be unlocked using just one hand! Incl. bat and ball holder. Bats and balls must be ordered separately. Without balls. 5-year guarantee! T O See table for available versions. c sport-thieme.com

04 Sport-Thieme TT Table Cover A weatherproof cover for the “All Terrain” table, no. 03. HxLxW: 150x160x55–80 cm. 71 110 3029

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Outdoor Table Tennis Tables

10-year guarantee

O OO

Outdoor for organisations

Incl. firmly attached net set 04

Suitable for wheelchairs

01 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Table “Champion” The rounded corners with a very large radius of 120 mm are this top-class outdoor table tennis table’s special feature. They

ensure safety of the players and prevent damage to the table. Suitable for wheelchair users. The patented interlocking system makes it easy to assemble the individual

parts. The table is therefore also suitable for self-assembly. 30-mm-thick tabletop. 415 kg. Incl. 4-mm aluminium net. 10-year guarantee! OO See table for available versions.

Suitable for wheelchairs

Accessories for 01 and 05

03 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Net On-Frame “Steel”

Polymer concrete Approx. 75% lighter than concrete. Polymer concrete contains reactive resin, which makes these table tennis tables stronger than normal concrete tables thanks to thinner components. Completely smooth, pore-free surface, unchanged over many decades. Low water absorption of less than 0.5%, making it frost-, UV- and acid-resistant.

4 The perfect table for

outdoor use

4 UV- and weather-resistant 4 Anti-glare surface

02 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Table “Pro” Attractive table tennis table with a sturdy, elegant base made of solid polymer concrete. The patented interlocking system makes it easy to assemble the individual parts. Internal bars ensure the table is extremely stable. This table is not only extremely durable, the design of its base makes it a real asset to all outdoor areas. Suitable for wheelchair users. 30-mm-thick tabletop. Total weight: approx. 415 kg. The net must be ordered separately. 10-year guarantee! OO See table for available versions.

Extremely sturdy net made of galvanised steel. Net and holder firmly attached together. Suitable for all our concrete table tennis tables (apart from “Rondo”). LxW: 153x20 cm. 71 275 5407 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Net “Aluminium” Suitable for any of our concrete table tennis tables (apart from “Rondo”). LxH: 152.5x12 cm. 4 mm 71 110 6800 Each 8 mm 71 110 6813

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

O OO

Balls

Outdoor Table Tennis Tables

10-year guarantee

Outdoor for organisations

Teamsport Equipment

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Suitable for wheelchairs

The table tennis table for the highest demands. With its especially strong tabletop and solid construction made of polymer

respectively. The net must be ordered separately. Available with a low base for setup on flat, stable surfaces and a tall base for setting in concrete. 10-year guarantee! OO See table for available versions.

Swimming

Suitable for wheelchairs

concrete, this outdoor table boasts great stability. Suitable for wheelchair users. An aluminium edge all around protects perfectly from damage to the table. 45-mm-thick tabletop. Total weight: 700 and 715 kg

Athletics

05 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Table “Premium”

Incl. metal net

06 Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Table “Rondo” Gymnastics Equipment

4 Particularly great fun for

round-the-table games OO

Model

Outdoor for organisations

Sport-Thieme 274x152.5x76 cm Polymer concrete Green, blue or anthracite 30 mm {*1106813*}, 71 110 6813, page 66, 04 415 kg 10 years 71 110 3700 71 110 3713 71 110 3742 Each

Checked by /Certificate No.

711103726, 711103739: Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1 011575 0124 REV. 00

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1 011575 0124 REV. 00

Manufacturer

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

05 Premium (tall base)

Sport-Thieme 274x152.5x76 cm Polymer concrete Green, blue or anthracite 45 mm {*1106813*}, 71 110 6813, page 66, 04 715 kg 700 kg 10 years 71 110 4019 71 110 4006 71 110 4035 71 110 4022 71 110 4051 71 110 4048 Each Each

06 Rondo Sport-Thieme ø 240x76 cm Polymer concrete Green, blue or anthracite 30 mm Incl. 500 kg 10 years 71 110 3508 71 110 3511 71 110 3540 Each

711104006, 711104019, 711104048: Approved by TÜV Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate SÜD, certificate no.: Z1 011575 0125 REV. 00 no.: Z1 011575 0124 REV. 00 711104022: Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A0115750119REV.00 711104035: Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1Z1 011575 0125 REV. 00 711104051: Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: ZZ1 011575 0125 REV. 00 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Service

Sport-Thieme 274x152.5x76 cm Polymer concrete Green, Blue, anthracite 30 mm Incl. 415 kg 10 years 71 110 3726 71 110 3739 71 110 3755

05 Premium (low base)

Leisure Games

02 Pro

Therapy

01 Champion

Make Dimensions when set up Playing surface material Playing surface colour Table thickness Suitable net Approx. weight Guarantee Green Blue Anthracite

Fitness Equipment

A new way to play table tennis! The round table tennis table has a diameter of 240 cm, allowing several players to play at the same time. This is great fun and good exercise. The table is made of polymer concrete and very robust. It offers the same advantages as a conventional concrete table for outdoor use. The PVC frame that runs all the way around protects players from injury and prevents the corners from being damaged. 30-mm-thick tabletop. Total weight: approx. 500 kg. Metal net included. 10-year guarantee on the playing surface. OO See table for available versions.

Badminton Stationary and Mobile Badminton Posts In accordance with DIN EN 1509 and DBV regulations. The low profile without additional struts ensures safety.

10-year guarantee TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Tensioning device Base

Additional weight

01 Sport-Thieme Badminton Posts “Drive”

4 Meets DIN EN

Free-standing and mobile. Increased stability due to high net weight and low overall height. Without additional struts. 4 rubber pads to protect the floor. Solid base. L: 155 cm. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

1509 and DBV standards

02 Sport-Thieme Badminton Posts with Additional Weight

Base

40x40 mm

Same as 01 but with an additional weight (54 kg), making it ideal for multi-courts. Longer nets require a higher counterweight to ensure they’re taut. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

80x80 mm

03 Sport-Thieme Badminton Posts containing Tensioning Device

ø 83 mm

Description

Badminton posts with internal tensioning mechanism, anodised surface, matt silver. Stainless hooks for suspending the net with ease. The badminton posts are inserted 35 cm into the ground and have cover caps. Length approx. 195 cm. See table for available versions. 01 Badminton Post

Find badminton nets online: sport-thieme.com Badminton nets

02 Badminton Post with Additional Weight For multiple courts Steel 40x40 mm Each Each

For individual courts Application Area Steel Material 40x40 mm Profile Each Each Quantity Includes Tensioning Device – • • – · Belt Tensioning System – • – • · Pulley System – – – – Alternative Tensioning System 71 116 3562 71 116 3575 71 116 8134 71 116 8147 Article Number Checked by / 711163562: Approved by TÜV Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/ certificate no.: ZSTS/APCertificate No. Manufacturer

APZE/2581

ZE/2581

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Badminton Posts for Ground Sockets For individual courts Aluminium 80x80 mm ø 83 mm Pair Pair – – – – Net and tensioning hooks 71 145 2118 71 145 2105 Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03060.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Badminton New

Teamsport

07 Equipment

02 Victor Badminton Racquet “Training”

Manufacturer: Victor, see page 240

71 114 3805

03 New! Talbot Torro Badminton Racquet “Arrowspeed 399”

Highly balanced school racquet. Hardened steel shaft with aluminium head, isometric head shape. Strung with Ashaway “Rally 21” string. Approx. 98 g, L: 68 cm. 71 117 2108

Highly durable. Up to 30% more visible — ideal for dark halls. Base made of sturdy polyurethane (PU). Nylon basket. See table for available versions.

Particularly durable. Up to 30% more visible – great for dark halls. Strong cork base. Nylon skirt. See table for available versions.

Tournament and match shuttles. Approved by all German state associations. Up to 30% more visible. Cork base. Nylon skirt. See table for available versions.

Up to 30% more visible, making them ideal for dark halls. Strong PU cork base. Nylon skirt. See table for available versions.

09 FlashOne Sport-Thieme

10 Shuttle 2000 Victor

11 Shuttle 1,000 Victor

71 302 8100 71 302 8113 – 71 302 8126 – 71 302 8139 Each

71 302 8201 71 302 8214 – 71 302 8227 – 71 302 8230 Each

71 117 2847 – 71 117 2863 71 117 2850 71 117 2876 71 117 2889 Each

71 117 2805 71 117 2818 – 71 117 2821 – 71 117 2834 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer: Victor, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Service

08 FlashTwo Sport-Thieme

Leisure Games

Manufacturer

11 Victor Badminton Shuttles “Shuttle 1000”

Therapy

10 Victor Badminton Shuttles “Shuttle 2000”

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer: Victor, see page 240

09 Sport-Thieme Badminton Shuttles “FlashOne”

Speed Medium Medium Medium Slow Slow Fast

71 373 8203

Each

08 Sport-Thieme Badminton Shuttles “FlashTwo”

Model Brand Stripe/skirt Blue/white Blue/neon yellow Blue/yellow Green/white Green/yellow Red/white

The Sport-Thieme racquet with hardened steel shaft and aluminium head. Classic head shape, PVC overgrip, reinforced T-joint. Strung with high-quality multifilament plastic stringing. Approx. 66 cm, 105 g.

05 Victor Badminton Racquet “AL 2200”

Fitness Equipment

Manufacturer: MTS Sportartikel, see page 240

07 Sport-Thieme Badminton Racquet “Club”

Gymnastics Equipment

Badminton

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Victor, see page 240

Balanced One Piece entry-level racket in the full graphite range. Classic head with a special triangular profile: aerodynamic, reduced air resistance, and a torsion-stiff frame. Strung with Lawntex. Made of 100% graphite. Length: 67 cm. Approximately 67 g. 71 399 1624 Each

The entire badminton range online: sport-thieme.com

Ideal for school and club sport. Isometric head shape with large target area. Made of carbon aluminium, making it light yet strong. String tension: 9 kg, approx. 66.5 cm, 150 g. 71 373 8001 Each

Excellent handling for experienced club players. Weight distributed towards the head. Internal T-piece for superior stability. Isometric head shape. Tournament stringing: Ashaway Rally. Carbon shaft. L: approx. 66 cm. Approx. 90 g.

Swimming

A learner’s and training racquet for children aged 12 and over. The oval handle makes holding the racquet easier. Classic head shape, Lawntex stringing and steel shaft. L: 66 cm. Approx. 102 g. 71 116 7333 Each

Shortened training racquet for children aged 9–11. Its child-friendly, drop-shaped head makes hitting the shuttle easier. With Lawntex stringing and steel shaft. L: 58 cm. Approx. 99 g. 71 116 7320 Each

04 Victor Badminton Racquet “AL 6500 I”

Athletics

01 Victor Badminton Racquet “Pro”

06 Sport-Thieme Badminton Racquet “Competition”

Pickleball Balls 3x 3x

05 06 06

05 Sport-Thieme Pickleballs “Powerplay” 26 holes for enhanced aerodynamics during indoor games. Vibrant green for excellent visibility, even in varying lighting conditions. Made from EVA. ø: 74 mm. 26 g per ball. 71 386 5705 Set of 3 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Pickleball – The New Racket Sport for All Ages

Pickleball is a blend of badminton, tennis, and table tennis featuring a low net. This trending sport from the USA is moderate in speed, making it easy for all age groups to learn quickly. Sets

Paddles

06 Sport-Thieme Pickleballs “Quick Hit” 40 machine-drilled holes for optimal flight trajectory. Bright yellow for excellent visibility, even in varying light conditions. Made from EVA. ø: 74 mm. 26 g per ball. 71 386 5806 Set of 3

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

2x 07

4x 07 Joola Pickleballs “Primo”

01 Sport-Thieme Pickleball Paddle “XSpace” All-purpose racket for beginners and advanced players. Lightweight for optimal control and initial success experiences. Plastic edges for long-lasting durability. Fiberglass surface. Size LxW: approx. 39x20 cm. Handle length: approx. 12 cm. Approx. 210 g. 71 348 5604

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Pickleball Paddle “Rocket” All-round paddle for advanced players. Great balance of power and control. Smooth surface (80% fibreglass and 20% graph-

ite) for excellent spin. LxW: approx. 39x20 cm. L, handle: approx. 12 cm. Approx. 230 g. 71 348 5705 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Pickleball Set “Touch” Hobby and Beginner Set for 2 Players. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Durable laminated wood paddles for your first pickleball experience. Set Contents: • 2 Paddles • 2 perforated balls • 1 carrying and storage bag 71 348 5503

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Sport-Thieme Pickleball Set “Speed” 2-player set for indoor and outdoor use. Hard-wearing aluminium paddles for advanced players and games on rough surfaces. The set includes: • 2 paddles • 2 pickleballs • 1 carry/storage bag 71 348 5402 Set Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More racquets, sets, and accessories online: sport-thieme.com Pickleball

Official outdoor pickleballs for tournaments. Suitable for pickleball throwing machines. Made from polyethylene (PE). Ø: 74 mm. 26 g per ball. 4 balls 71 329 2600 Set of 4 20 Balls 71 329 2613

Set of 20

Manufacturer: Joola Tischtennis GmbH, see page 240

08 Joola Pickleballs “Heleus” USAPA-certified outdoor pickleballs for training and official tournaments. Made from polyethylene (PE). Diameter: 74 mm. Weight: 26 g per ball. 71 393 2605 Set of 4 Manufacturer: Joola Tischtennis GmbH, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Tennis

Teamsport Equipment

More tennis court equipment, such as court markings, screens and windbreaks, online at: sport-thieme.com

Tennis nets

Tennis Don’t forget to order: Racquets and balls, page 72

Athletics

As per DIN EN 1510 regulations (LxH: 1272x107 cm). Tennis nets that comply with national and international standards, for adults and teens.

Tennis Nets

4 Special spindle makes

net tensioning and releasing quick and easy

Swimming

01 01 Haspo Tennis Posts “Alu”

1,47 m

Pair

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03067.Z01 Manufacturer: Haspo Sportgeräte GmbH, see page 240

coating

03 Huck Tennis Net “Deluxe”

Six-layer double-row net. Strong quadruple-stitched polyester net edging. Mesh size: approx. 43x43 mm. LxW: 12.8x1.08 m. 71 136 9986 Each

Weatherproof tournament net for outdoor use. Polyester fabric. Mesh size: 42x42 mm. LxW: 12.72x1.07 m. 71 137 0300 Each

Manufacturer: Universal Sport GmbH, see page 240

Manufacturer: Manfred Huck GmbH, see page 240

Mobile systems

Therapy

04 Sport-Thieme Tennis Net Assembly “Small Court Tennis Net”

Leisure Games

Used and proven highly effective during the DTB's mini tennis events. Very stable due to wide feet. Quick and easy setup. Aluminum frame with a polyethylene (PE) net. Official DTB dimensions (LxW): 610x85 cm. Approximately 7 kg. Includes carrying bag. 71 375 0605

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Mobile tennis net frame for standard court, online at: sport-thieme.com

Even more space to train. Divide a standard court into 2 small courts using two nets.

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Service

71 249 6304

Fitness Equipment

83 mm diameter 71 298 5318

02 Court Royal Tennis Net “Double row”, Bordered All Around

4 Knotless 4 With additional

Gymnastics Equipment

Robust thanks to thick-walled profiles. Internal tensioning mechanism prevents the system from becoming damaged by external forces. Removable spindle. Aluminium. Ground socket insertion depth: 350 mm. Approx. 12 kg. Incl. ground sockets and end caps. 80x80 mm 71 298 5305 Pair

sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport

Tennis Tennis racquets

Junior 68

Junior 63

Junior 58

02 01 Winner

Junior 43

Junior 48

Junior 53

02 Victor Tennis Racquet “Junior” 01 Victor Tennis Racquet “Winner” Entry-level tennis racquet. Aluminium frame, fully strung, synthetic leather-taped handle. Approx. 350 g, 68.5 cm long. See table for available versions. Model Age group Handle Weight Length Product code

Robust and very light mid-size racquet for learning the correct form. Recommended by leading experts as the right racquet for every child. Aluminium with Lawntex strings. See table for available versions. 02 Junior

01 Winner

43 63 58 53 48 68 13 years+ up to 4 years 5–6 years 8–9 years 10–11 years 12–13 years 7–8 years 0 00 0 00 00 00 0 350 g 195 g 245 g 230 g 218 g 210 g 289 g 68.5 cm 43 cm 63 cm 58 cm 53 cm 48 cm 68 cm 71 218 2807 71 137 5507 71 137 5510 71 137 5523 71 137 5536 71 137 5549 71 326 8009 Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

01: Manufacturer: Victor, see page 240

Explore the entire tennis collection online: sport-thieme.com Tennis

02: Manufacturer: Victor, see page 240

Tennis balls 04 Clay Court 05 All Court

06 Sport-Thieme Trainer Tennis Balls “Soft Fun”

Play & Stay level 1. Slightly lighter and slower than balls for adult players. Suitable for U10s/U12s. 25% reduced pressure. See table for available versions.

07 Sport-Thieme Trainer Tennis Balls “Soft Jump”

03 03 Sport-Thieme Tennis Balls “Ace”

Consistent bounce performance. Suitable for ball serving machines. Made from durable rubber compound and felt. Diameter: 6.2 cm. 58 g per ball. Set of 4 in a practical container. See table for available versions. Ill. Model

04–05 Wilson Tennis Balls “All Court” ITF-approved. Official match ball of Roland Garros since 2020. Excellent and consistent playing characteristics. Durable felt and natural rubber core. Dia.: 6.6 cm. 58 g each. Incl. storage can. See table for available versions.

Play & Stay level 3. Each ball is very soft and a little bigger than a standard tennis ball. Suitable for U8s/U9s. 75% reduced pressure. See table for available versions.

Designed for

Unit

Product code

Non-pressurised

Training

4 items 60 items 4 items 4 items 4 items 60 items 4 items 60 items 4 items 60 items

71 378 1207 71 378 1500 71 319 1907 71 319 1910 71 299 9601 71 299 9614 71 299 9500 71 299 9513 71 299 9409 71 299 9412

Sport-Thieme “2.0” tennis balls

04 05 06

Wilson “Roland Garros Clay Court” tennis balls Wilson “Roland Garros All Court” tennis balls Sport-Thieme “Soft Fun” trainer tennis balls

Pressurised Pressurised 25% reduced

Competitions Competitions Improving technique

Sport-Thieme “Soft Jump” trainer tennis balls

50% reduced

Improving technique

Sport-Thieme “Soft Start” trainer tennis balls

75% reduced

Improving technique

08 Sport-Thieme Trainer Tennis Balls “Soft Start”

Pressure

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 07: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Play & Stay level 2. Light and soft ball for technique training. Suitable for U9s/U10s. Pressure reduced by 50%. See table for available versions.

04–05: Manufacturer: Amer Sports, see page 240 08: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set Set Set Set Set Set Set Set Set Set

06: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Paris Valais, football coach and project consultant at Sport-Thieme since 2009 Teamsport

“Supplying sports grounds and halls with professional equipment is often taken for granted. But it is key to allowing members to fully focus on their sport and feel happy at their club.”

Equipment Athletics Swimming Gymnastics Equipment

sport-thieme.com/

Service

info@sport-

Leisure Games

Equipment

+49 5357 181 503

Therapy

Our entire range of equipment online at: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: thieme.com

Equipment 74–75 Storage trolleys 76 Equipment cabinets 77 Changing room benches 78 Teaching materials and treatment tables 79 First aid 80 Scoreboards and sound systems 81 Protective and ball-stop net systems 82 Player cabins and benches 83 Wet line marking machines Dry line marking machines and marking aids 84

This catalogue contains a selection of our most popular products.

Fitness Equipment

Equipment

More than 20,000 products online

Storage Trolleys

10-year guarantee

For dry areas 01 Sport-Thieme Storage Trolley “Classic Rollbox N°5”

01 02

Close-meshed, galvanised steel frame construction. Plastic bottom shelf with metal bars to reinforce the frame. 2 swivel castors with brakes and 2 fixed castors for ease of transport. Can be padlocked if required. Contents and padlock not included. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Standard with railing

02 Sport-Thieme Storage Trolley “Standard” Close-meshed, high-gloss galvanised steel frame construction. With 2 hinged doors and catch. 3 height-adjustable mesh shelves with upstand. With 4 easy-rolling swivel castors (dia. 125 mm), 2 of which have a brake. Optionally with a 15-cm-high railing. Lockable. Contents and padlock not included. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

2 doors

4 Ideal for small sports halls

and equipment rooms

4 Ideal storage for balls of

every kind and size

4 One shelf included

For swimming pools and wet areas 03

03 Sport-Thieme Wire Storage Trolley “Swimming Pool”

With plastic runners for opening and closing the doors with ease

Close-meshed aluminium – suitable for wet areas. The trolley's wire grid design allows swimming equipment to drip-dry. Freely adjustable shelves. 2 sliding doors on plastic runners. With wheels or base feet. Can be padlocked if required. Contents and lock not included. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

With wheels or base feet

Top rated sport-thieme.com

More shelved trolleys available online at: sport-thieme.com

4 Can be padlocked

Shelved trolleys

Version with wheels and railing

Designation

Field of application Dimensions (WxHxD) in cm Capacity Number of doors Number of shelves Suitable for wet rooms Load capacity Article number With railing* With additional shelf With 2 partitions and foldable lid Article number Manufacturer

02 “Classic Rollbox N°5” storage trolley 1 door 2 doors School, Club School, Club Nursery Nursery 72x180x81 72x180x81 990 litres 990 litres 1 2 1 1 – – 500 kg 500 kg 71 131 1769 71 143 8101

–

•

– 71 131 1798 Each

01 Shelved trolley for dry areas

“Standard” School Club 150x140x62 1,300 litres 2 3 – 500 kg 71 131 1525 Each

03 “Swimming Pool” wire storage trolley

with wheels with base feet “Maxi” Club Clubs and Clubs and School Swimming Pool swimming pools swimming pools Club 148x150x62 148x150x62 150x170x62 125x125x62 970 litres 1,376 litres 1,376 litres 1,580 litres 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 • • • – 60 kg 90 kg 90 kg 500 kg – 71 131 1538 71 270 7903 – – Each – Each

04–05 “Jumbo” storage trolley L Schools and clubs 80x73x60 380 litres – – – 80 kg 71 257 0802 Each

XXL / XXL Plus Schools and clubs 100x104x62.5 600 litres – – – 100 kg 71 131 1785 Each – –

–

16cm – –

16 cm – –

– – –

15 cm – –

– – –

•

71 143 8114 Each

71 131 1554 Each

71 131 1567 Each

– –

71 270 7916 Each

71 270 7929 Each

– –

71 134 6901 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

* Increases capacity

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

10-year guarantee

A giant storage trolley For even less clutter and more security 04

4 Easy to assemble, collapsible

and space-saving

4 Hinged lid for easier access 4 Dividers for a more organised trolley

Jumbo

Jumbo XXL Plus

04 Sport-Thieme Storage Trolley “Jumbo” Close-meshed steel wire construction with additional struts. Collapsible when empty. For dry areas. With lid and extra-low access flap at front, allowing smaller children to remove items themselves. 4 rubber-coated castors, 2 of which with brakes. Can be padlocked if necessary. Contents and padlock not included. 10-year guarantee! Jumbo L WxHxD (exterior dimensions when assembled): 80x73x60 cm. WxHxD (when folded): 80x73x18 cm. Max. load: approx. 80 kg. Capacity: 380 l. For approx. 30 size-5 balls. Jumbo XXL WxHxD (exterior dimensions when assembled): 100x104x62.5 cm. WxHxD (when folded): 100x104x20 cm. Max. load: approx. 100 kg. Capacity: 600 l. For approx. 50 size-5 balls. L 71 257 0802 Each XXL 71 131 1785

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

05 Sport-Thieme Storage Trolley “Jumbo XXL Plus” Registered design 20 2015 002 673. As no. 05. With hinged lid that can be folded back by 40 cm or 60 cm (all the way). 1 small (HxD: 45x55.5 cm) and 1 large partition (HxD: 85x55.5 cm) for dividing the trolley into as many as three sections. Contents and padlock not included. 10-year guarantee!

Accessory 06

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More information available online at: sport-thieme.com Jumbo transport trolley

06 Burg-Wächter Padlock for ball and equipment trolleys Made of brass with hardened steel shackle. LxWxH (body): 33.9x40x14.4 mm. Clearance of shackle (WxH): 22x22.3 mm. Shackle thickness: 6.5 mm. 200 g. Incl. 2 keys. 71 131 1583 Each Manufacturer: Burg Wächter GmbH, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

71 134 6901

07 Burg-Wächter Padlock “Combi Lock” Keyless locking and unlocking using a numerical code. Strong brass body with reinforced steel shackle. LxWxH (body): 49.6x40x13 cm. Clearance of shackle (WxH): 18.5x32.5 mm. Shackle thickness: 6.5 mm. 300 g. 71 292 1004

Each

Manufacturer: Burg Wächter GmbH, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Equipment

Sports Equipment Cabinets

For Order and Security in Your Facility The right sports equipment cabinet keeps your sports items secure and ensures orderliness in gymnasiums and equipment rooms, whether for schools, practices, or clubs. Discover our vast selection of cabinets. Purchase your new metal sports equipment cabinet for a variety of uses today. The benefits at a glance

The benefits at a glance

Clever shelves

Various door handles

Shelves with a 24-mm-high upstand to prevent sports equipment from falling out of the cabinet. Shelves come in Light Grey (RAL 7035) as standard, except for the galvanised shelves provided with cabinet type 4.

For most of our equipment cabinets, there is a choice of door handles:

Choose your colours at no additional charge

Bow handle

You can customise the colour of all of our equipment cabinets: simply choose the desired combination of body colour (choice of 2) and door colour (choice of 6). 2 body colours: Light Grey (RAL 7035) Anthracite (RAL 7021)

Recessed handle*

* For these handles, you will receive separate keys for each cabinet, but you can also order identical keys for all cabinets (one key for all locks, at sport-thieme.com). * Lever handles only while stocks last

Safe perforated metal

6 door colours: Light Grey (RAL 7035) Gentian Blue (RAL 5010) Ruby Red (RAL 3003) Clown Green (RAL 110 80 60) Golden Yellow (RAL 1004) Traffic Yellow (RAL 1023)

The standard 23-mm square mesh for double doors and 8-mm mesh for sliding doors helps to prevent finger injuries. In addition to improving safety, the mesh also enables you to quickly get a clear view of the cabinet’s contents, and provides optimal ventilation for sports equipment.

More cabinets in a wide range of colours as well as accessories such as locking cylinders, cylinder locks and spare keys online: sport-thieme.com Equipment cabinets Relevant product code

Information regarding delivery Our cabinets are delivered to the first lockable building door on the ground floor. Further transport can be arranged with the provision of two helpers from the client's side, at an extra cost per cabinet. By default, delivery is carried out with a large truck, such as an 18-metre semi-trailer. The unloading site must be accessible for the truck via normal routes. Additionally, a stopping area must be available close to the unloading site. If this is not the case, additional costs may arise as alternative transport arrangements will be necessary. All cabinets are delivered fully assembled and without contents, eliminating time-consuming on-site assembly. Only the shelves need to be placed inside the cabinet, and for better transport, these are positioned at the lowest setting. Please consider door, stairwell, and elevator dimensions for moving the cabinet within the building. If you have any questions regarding transport, feel free to contact us. We would be happy to plan the transport with you.

Cabinet types

Type 1

Type 2

Type 3 Type 4

A universal cabinet for storing a range of small items

Multipurpose cabinet for various balls, as well as ropes, nets, etc.

A cabinet for all kinds of balls

With drawers – a universal solution for storing a variety of balls and small items

Type 4

Type 5

Modular equipment cabinet

With sliding doors – a wide cabinet for all kinds of balls

With sliding doors – a universal solution with plenty of space for a variety of balls and other items

The different modules: • ensure optimum use of space • r equire no tools to attach to the cabinet and are freely adjustable • c an be retrofitted

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Style

Balls

Sport-Thieme Changing Room Benches

10-year guarantee

Front hook rail

Backrest

Teamsport

Front hook rail

Equipment

Front and back hook rail

With backrest on both sides

Style

Athletics

Made-to-measure changing room benches

The changing room benches are custom-made to meet your specific requirements. Styles A, B, and C are manufactured according to DIN 7917 standards, they are corrosion-resistant and primarily suitable for dry areas. Rounded edges provide very comfortable seating. Pre-assembled delivery ensures quick and easy installation.

per m

Swimming

Optional shoe rack

Discover more changing benches from various brands, along with accessories and additional services online: sport-thieme.com

Your benefits

See table for available versions.

Product information

B C E

Version Single-sided

Double-sided with backrest For wall mounting

These benches come fully assembled .

Style

Style E Our wall-mounted benches must be fully assembled on site.

Rail with double hooks

Shoe rack

Product code

– –

–

•

–

•

–

•

–

•

–

71 131 3749 71 131 3752 71 131 3778 71 131 3765 71 131 3794 71 131 3781 71 131 3736

•

These benches come with their seat slats assembled , only the backrest and hook rail need to be attached on site.

Backrest

Certified according to DIN 7917

Single-sided with backrest

• The hook rail features double hooks, giving you even more space to hang your clothing • Easy to clean under the bench because the cross member is at the back in the version without shoe rack • Available with or without shoe rack

Leisure Games

Style as per DIN 7917 A

• S eat slats, backrest and hook rail made from glue-laminated wood and with rounded edges • Treated using solvent-free, eco-friendly, water-based varnish • All screws facing the wall are covered with a cap to protect the wall from damage

Style

Therapy

• Made to measure (max. bench length 2.4 m) • B ase frame made from square steel profiles , painted in RAL 9006 White Aluminium (additional charge of 10% for other colours) • Every leg on the base frame has height-adjustable sliders for levelling out uneven floor surfaces

Assembly information

Fitness Equipment

Are you planning a changing room and don't yet know how to arrange it? Send us the floor plan of your changing room together with the location of doors, windows and radiators. We will help you with a plan for positioning the benches and provide you with an individual quote.

per m per m per m per m per m per m per m

Service

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02423.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Gymnastics Equipment

Changing room benches

sport-thieme.com/ Equipment

Teaching Materials and Treatment Tables

With a practical tray for storing pens or chalk

Can be used anywhere thanks to smooth-running castors with locking brakes

180x100 cm 150x100 cm

01 Sport-Thieme Swivel Writing Board Rotates by 360 degrees. Double-sided: whiteboard and/or chalkboard. Smooth-running

Double-sided whiteboard 71 322 4700 Each castors with locking brakes. Painted steel frame. Incl. tray for storing pens and/or chalk.

Whiteboard/chalkboard 71 322 4713

Each

Double-sided chalkboard 71 322 4726 Each

Double-sided whiteboard 71 322 4739 Each Whiteboard/chalkboard 71 322 4742

Each

Double-sided chalkboard 71 322 4755 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Whiteboard Set

4 Whiteboard with marker

pens and eraser pad

Magnetic dry-wipe board. Static. Silver-anodised aluminium frame. The set includes: • Whiteboard with pen tray • 4 marker pens • 1 whiteboard eraser • Fixtures and fixings 60x90 cm 71 197 2779 Set 90x120 cm 71 197 2782

Set

All teaching materials available online at: sport-thieme.com Teaching materials

Manufacturer: Jakob Maul GmbH, see page 240

03 Ultramedic Treatment Table

03 4 Choice of mobile and

stationary variant

Heavy-duty, multi-purpose couch with adjustable headrest. Durable imitation-leather cover is kind to the skin and easy to clean. Mobile version with 4 lockable swivel castors. LxWxH: 190x70x68 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 45 kg. Stationary 71 142 7400 Each Mobile 71 142 7439 Manufacturer: ultraMEDIC GmbH, see page 240

Each

More massage and treatment tables online at: sport-thieme.com Treatment tables

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

First Aid

Teamsport

For portable use in schools and sports clubs. Filled according to DIN 13160. Compartments can be changed to suit you. LxWxH: approx. 45x32x14 cm. 71 217 8804 Each

Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme First Aid Box “Filled” 4 Contains 43 items

Please note the safety information on this page! Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Athletics

02 Sport-Thieme First Aid Box “Empty” 71 217 8817

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

First aid on the sidelines Swimming

4 Contains

50 items

31 items

Gymnastics Equipment

More First Aid Items online: sport-thieme.com First aid

03 SportsMed First Aid Box “Pro”

71 142 4850

Each

Please note the safety information on this page!

Manufacturer: Weisweiler Verbandstoffe, see page 240

04 SportsMed First Aid Box “Junior”

Fitness Equipment

Hot and cold packs, online at: sport-thieme.com Compresses

Case made from sturdy plastic. Two transparent covers ensure optimal protection and give you a clear overview of the contents. For mobile and stationary use, incl. wall bracket. LxHxW: approx. 43x30x14 cm.

Sturdy, high-quality aluminium box with practical compartments and first aid contents for young people. LxWxH: 37.5x30.5x12 cm. 71 142 4834

Each

Please note the safety information on this page!

Manufacturer: Weisweiler Verbandstoffe, see page 240 Therapy

4 Contains

Safety information

05 3M First Aid Box “Senior” Robust box with reinforced aluminium frame. Stocked with sports medicine in mind and with the assistance of physiotherapists from the football Bundesliga. LxWxH: 46x32.5x14 cm. 71 142 4805

Each Service

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

89 items

Leisure Games

For first aid kits and refill packs: Caution! Danger! Extremely flammable aerosol. Danger! Pressurised container: may burst if heated. Harmful if swallowed. Causes skin irritation. May cause allergic skin reactions. Causes severe eye irritation. Keep out of the reach of children. In the event of contact with eyes: gently rinse with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses if possible. Continue rinsing. Seek medical advice. Read label before use. Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources. Do not smoke. Do not pierce or burn, even after use. Protect from sunlight.

Please note the safety information on this page!

Manufacturer: Weisweiler Verbandstoffe, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Equipment

Scoreboards and Sound Systems

75 cm

120 cm

01 New

03 New! Stramatel Scoreboard “452 FR ECO”

Built-in control panel on the back

01 Sport-Thieme Scoreboard “Multi-Sport ST1”

Accessories for No. 01 02 Sport-Thieme Remote Control “Multisport ST1” Scoreboard For conveniently operating key

Sound systems

5-year guarantee

functions such as the score as well as start and stop. Range approx. 15 m. LxWxH: 16x4.5x2 cm. Approx. 500 g. 71 131 6735

Each

For 9 sports. With stopwatch and timer for interval training. Portable indoor scoreboard. Can be read from 50 m. 12 digits (H: 7/10/12 cm). Integrated control panel and built-in buzzer. Easy to operate and transport. • Table model – WxHxD: 62x41x26 cm. 5.1 kg. • On frame – WxHxD: 62x125x61 cm. 11.3 kg. With 4 lockable swivel castors. Table model 71 131 6719 Each On frame 71 131 6748

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 TLS Battery-Powered PA System “M200 Combi”

ordering these components later is technically not possible. • "M200 Blue": Offers the same features as the "Combi" model, but without a cassette deck, wireless receiver, or wireless microphone. WxHxD: 33x58x29 cm. Approx. 25 kg. 5-year guarantee!

Mobile outdoor system. Plays music files via Bluetooth and from CDs, cassettes, SD cards and USBs. Equipped with cinch and jack connection, pitch, trolley, wheels and storage compartment. Battery lasts for at least 4 hours at full power. With AMS: speech is prioritised over music when microphone is used. Incl. remote control, radio receiver and wireless microphone. • "M200 Combi": Equipped with a cassette deck, 2 wireless receivers, and a microphone. • "M200 Wireless": No cassette deck, includes 2 wireless receivers and a microphone. When purchasing the M200 "Wireless" model, remember to order an additional TLS wireless microphone with transmitter and headset if needed, as re-

Model For spaces up to approx. Output/PMPO MP3/USB recorder CD/MP3 player with pitch Bluetooth Radio reception

Shatterproof soccer display for indoor and outdoor use. Wireless remote control, easy installation, 9-level adjustable SMD LED. Front panel made of antiglare polycarbonate. Dimensions: 120x75x0.9 cm. 14 kg. Includes power cable, remote control, and mounting brackets. 71 396 5001 Each Manufacturer: Stramatel, see page 240

Clocks for gymnasiums and sports halls online: sport-thieme.com Radio-controlled clocks

More stationary and mobile display boards online: sport-thieme.com Scoreboards

Even more choice available online at: sport-thieme.com Sound systems

Combi outdoor system 70/120 watts

04 „M200“ Wireless outdoor system 120 watts

Blue outdoor system 120 watts

•

–

– 2

•

– 330x580x290 18 kg 71 280 7629 Each

• (with pitch) Cassette deck 2 Microphone input • Cinch connection • Incl. wireless microphone Approx. size (WxHxD) in mm 330x580x290 18 kg Approximate weight 71 280 7603 Product code Each

330x580x290 18 kg 71 280 7616 Each

Manufacturer: Arnulf Betzold GmbH, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Safety Nets and Ball Stop Systems Safety netting for enhanced protection

Teamsport Equipment Athletics

120 100

Ball Stop Net System: Oval Profile (120x100 mm)

Swimming

Diagonal Brace

Sets

Net

Net posts

Crosspiece

Gymnastics Equipment

Dimensions: 25x5 m 5m

All ball stop nets and accessories online: sport-thieme.com

Dimensions: 40x5 m

Steel Cable 5m

02 Therapy

Fitness Equipment

Ball stop nets

For positioning behind the goal (short side of the sports field). System Components: • 1 safety net: 40x5 m, green, 3 mm polypropylene (PP), mesh size: 12 cm • 9 support posts for hanging the net: post length 550 cm • 8 pairs of crosspieces for increased stability of the posts • 2 steel cables for net suspension, comprising 2x20 m tensioning cable • 4 fastening kits See table for available versions.

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Ball Stop Net System 01 25x5 m 02 40x5 m

Without Ground Sleeve 71 249 4904 Each 71 249 4920 Each

Manufacturer: Helo Sports, see page 240

With Ground Sleeve 71 249 4917 Each 71 249 4933 Each

sport-thieme.com/ Equipment

Service

02 Ball-Stop Fence “Premium”, 40x5 m

Suitable for smaller sports areas, playing fields, or areas behind the goal. System Components: •1 safety net 25x5 m, green, 3 mm polypropylene (PP), mesh size: 12 cm • 6 support posts for hanging the net: post length 550 cm • 5 pairs of crosspieces for increased stability of the posts • 2 steel cables for net suspension, comprising 1x20 m and 1x5 m tensioning cable • 4 fastening kits See table for available versions.

Leisure Games

01 Ball-Stop Fence “Premium”, 25x5 m

Steel Cable

Player Cabines and Benches

01 Sport-Thieme Player' cabine “United” Elegant arch shape. Assembly is customerside. Frame made of aluminium, with 4 tabs on the outer sides for floor mounting. Roof, rear, and lower side panels made of polycarbonate double-panel sheets. Upper panels made of clear polycarbonate. Seats made of polypropylene (PP). See table for available versions.

4 With welded-on brackets for

AI generated

securing to the floor

Design

Dimensions (LxWxH)

With Seat Bench

With Seat Shells

For 6 people For 8 people For 10 people For 13 people

3.00x1.28x2.21 m

•

– 6 seats – 8 seats – 10 seats – 13 seats

–

4.00x1.28x2.21 m

•

5.00x1.28x2.21 m

•

6.00x1.28x2.21 m

•

– – –

Polycarbonate Glazing • • • • • • • •

Product code 71 384 1206 71 384 1219 71 384 1222 71 384 1235 71 384 1248 71 384 1251 71 384 1264 71 384 1277

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Lightweight design allows for ver-

satile placement almost anywhere

4 Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

Stadium seats online: sport-thieme.com Stadium seats

Also take a look at: Changing benches are on page 77

02 Sport-Thieme Mobile Players’ bench Offers seating for up to 6 people in just a few simple steps. Space-saving when folded and easy to assemble and disassemble. Comes with a comfortable backrest. The sturdy steel frame is powder-coated, and the seats are covered with 100% nylon fabric. Assembled dimensions (LxWxH): 270x45x76 cm,

stored dimensions (LxWxH): 55x15x80 cm. Backrest height: 36 cm. Seat area (per person): 45x40 cm. Steel tube (ø): 19 mm. Maximum total load capacity: approx. 600 kg. Approx. 13 kg. Includes carrying bag (100% nylon). 71 397 2508 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Roll Liner

Champ

Easy Line

4 Horizontally adjustable

4 With roller system for

4 Features electric pump 4 Easy to clean

4 No pre-mixing of the

Teamsport

Line Up 2.0

Balls

Sport-Thieme Wet Line Marking Machines

Equipment

spraying unit – keeps your shoes clean

paint application

01 Sport-Thieme Wet Line Marking Machine “Line Up 2.0”

The electric pump (12 V, 2.1 A) can be easily turned on and off using a convenient button on the handlebar. For hard courts and grass pitches. Required spraying pressure: approx. 4.8 bar. Flow rate: 2.6 l/min. Incl. paint funnel and sieve. See table for available versions.

The electric pump (12 V, 2.1 A) can be easily turned on and off via a switch on the handlebar. Removable plastic container can hold approx. 19 l of water. Required pressure: approx. 5.5 bar. Flow rate: 5.5 l/min. Incl. battery, charger, paint funnel and sieve. See table for available versions.

15 litres 10 cm 2

03 Champ – Electric – 2x 13 litres 3–12 cm 4

04 Easy Line Electric – – Individual 5–12 cm 4

•

01 Line Up 2.0 Manual – – 11 litres 5–12 cm 3

02 Roll Liner – –

•

13.5 kg

20 kg

25 kg

• E asy to use with height-adjusta-

• Roller system for ap-

• P owerful battery produces

• Increase the pressure manually

• E asy to use and quick

ble handlebar

using the hand pump

plying the paint

to clean

• Removable spraying unit for

spray pressure

• For 26 litres of marking paint • E asy to clean

marking individual points 71 271 2909 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

71 111 5404 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

• Ready to use • Place the water and paint

containers on the machine and off you go

71 306 5802 Each

71 116 6301 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Therapy

Product code

25 kg • No need to mix paint

Fitness Equipment

Model With pressure pump With suction pump Roller feed Paint container Line width Number of pneumatic wheels, dia. approx. 26x8.5 cm Sturdy, powder-coated steel frame Net weight Special features

Gymnastics Equipment

01–04 Sport-Thieme Wet Line Marking Machines

Swimming

Semi-transparent paint container (11 l) with scale, so the remaining capacity can always be seen. For hard courts and grass pitches. Required pressure: approx. 4 bar. See table for available versions.

Paint intensity and consumption are controlled via springloaded, adjustable brushes. After marking, simply return the remaining paint to the original canister, and clean the container as well as the rollers using clear water. For hard courts and grass pitches. See table for available versions.

04 Sport-Thieme Wet Line Marking Machine “Easy Line”

03 Sport-Thieme Wet Line Marking Machine “Champ”

Athletics

02 Sport-Thieme Wet Line Marking Machine “Roll Liner”

paint necessary

Sets 05–08 Sport-Thieme Wet Line Marking Machines plus “Standard” Wet Marking Paint Product code

71 111 5417 Set

71 306 5815 Set

71 114 3603 Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Leisure Games

71 271 2912 Set

Our tip for No. 03–04 – save time by doing this: More savings: Use the liquid from cleaning the hoses and tank for the next paint application.

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Accessories for No. 03 and 04 online: sport-thieme.com 71 111 4951

Service

Fill one container with the marking paint and the second container with water for cleaning the hoses, pump and spray head at a later stage.

sport-thieme.com/ Equipment

Dry Marking Machines and Marking Aids

03 50 litres 02 35 litres

01 35 litres

With vibrating sieve for controlled application

With round brush

Dry marking machines Dry marking machines are equipped with brushes to be used with chalk, gypsum or lime. The innovative spreader slit guarantees precise and even line marking. All marking machines are powder-coated and are therefore better protected against rust and corrosion. Model No. of wheels (dia. approx. 25–26 cm) Material Capacity Line width Weight Stirrer Height-adjustable handlebar Hand lever to activate and deactivate spreading Special features

01 Liga 1 2 (solid-rubber tyres) All-metal 35 litres 12 cm Approx. 17 kg –

02 Bundesliga 2 (solid-rubber tyres) All-metal 35 litres 12 cm Approx. 19 kg –

03 Soccer 4 (pneumatic tyres) All-metal 50 litres 5–12 cm Approx. 28 kg –

•

With Perlon round brush

Product code

71 111 4704 Each

71 111 5606 Each

Manufacturer

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

With Perlon round brush and stirrer, preventing marking material from setting 71 111 5619 Each

With navigation guide and innovative vibrating sieve for controlled dosage 71 111 5101 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Marking aids

White Red Yellow

4 Spares you from having to

remeasure the pitch

4 Comes with insertion tool

4 Will naturally blend in

with the grass

05 Plifix Marking Aid Sports Field 4 For permanent identifi-

cation and marking

04 Sport-Thieme Marking Aid “Pro” All-weather grass tufts with convenient twist-in mechanism. Won’t be in the way during play and when cutting the grass. PP spiral cone with synthetic UV-resistant tufts. L, spiral cone: 10 cm. L, tufts: 8 cm. 25 marking aids required to mark out 1 football pitch. Insertion tool included. 71 316 8501 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set of 25

For permanent identification and marking. Synthetic grass tufts with convenient screw-in mechanism. No risk of injury to the players as the spiral cone is fully inserted into the ground. L, spiral cone: 10 cm. L, tufts: 7 cm. One set includes 25 marking aids, which is enough to mark out one football pitch. Supplied with insertion tool. White 71 111 6700 Set of 25 Red 71 111 6739

Set of 25

Yellow 71 111 6742

For boundary poles and corner flags, visit: sport-thieme.com

Set of 25

Corner flags

Manufacturer: PHM- KFLD, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Teamsport

Equipment Athletics

“Track and field became an important part of my life at a very early stage. Pushing myself to my limits, both individually and as part of a team, continues to inspire me. I can also apply what I have learned in everyday life. In addition to passion, high-quality equipment is essential for the sport.”

Gymnastics Equipment

Sport-Thieme Training Hurdle “Steh-auf” Page 89

Swimming

Merle Frackowiak, track and field athlete at TSV Germania Helmstedt:

For advice and to place an order: thieme.com

86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95

sport-thieme.com/ Leichtathletik

Service

Athletics

Measuring and marking Stopwatches Starting blocks and other athletics products Hurdles High jump and pole vault High jump mats Long jump and triple jump Javelins Shot put and stone putting Throwing training

Leisure Games

You can find our entire athletics range online at: sport-thieme.com

Athletics Therapy

This catalogue contains a selection of our most popular products.

Fitness Equipment

Equipment

More than 20,000 products online

+49 5357 181 503

info@sport-

Measuring and Marking

4 Tape is reinforced at the start 4 Shock-proof plastic capsule

01 Sport-Thieme Tape Measure Double-Sided “Fibreglass” Durable, double-sided printed fibreglass tape with high measurement accuracy. Conforms to EU Class III (tolerance ±4.6 mm over 10 m). Tape width: 13 mm.

Version: case

02 BMI Tape Measure On-Frame “Steel” White lacquered, made from rust-proof steel, 13 mm wide with cm increments on one side, Flextop film cover made from transparent and highly flexible plastic (which prevents breakage at the start of the tape). Easy to read and very hard-wearing. Accuracy complies with EC Class II, i.e. tolerance is ±2.3 mm per 10 m. Case 10 m 71 226 1414

Each

20 m 71 226 1427

Each

15 m 71 293 4118

Each

20 m 71 293 4121

Each

30 m 71 293 4134

Each

50 m 71 293 4147

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Version: frame

03 Sport-Thieme Tape Measure On-Frame “Steel” The ideal measuring tape for long-distance competitions in schools and clubs as well as at sporting events. Accuracy compliant with EC Class II (tolerance of ±2.3 mm per 10 m). The clear cm divisions on one side allow for a high level of accuracy. Black markings with black and red numbers. Complete with practical wrist strap and crank for rolling up the steel tape. 30 m 71 293 5209 Each

Rustproof and unbreakable fibreglass tape measure with impact-resistant, ergonomic plastic casing and soft-touch surface. Cm divisions on one side. Accuracy according to EC Class ll (i.e., tolerance is ±2.3 mm per 10 m). Made of fibreglass-reinforced plastic. 13 mm wide. Case

50 m 71 293 5212

Each

10 m 71 130 3054

Each

20 m 71 130 3067

Each

30 m 71 226 1469

Each

50 m 71 226 1443

Each

Frame 71 226 1456

Each

100 m 71 130 3041

Even more choice online at: sport-thieme.com

Each

Marking

100 m 71 293 5225 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer: Bayerische Maßindustrie, see page 240

04 BMI Tape Measure Single-Sided “Fibreglass”

30 m 71 130 3096 Frame 50 m 71 130 3083

Each

Manufacturer: Bayerische Maßindustrie, see page 240

Measuring wheels

10 m 71 293 4105

05 Barret Measuring Wheel

06 Display

Display

4 Measures in

4 Measures in 1-cm

10-cm increments

increments 4 Can measure going forwards and backwards

Compact measuring wheel with folding handle. Ideal for measuring cross-country tracks, obstacle courses and much more. Can measure going forwards and backwards. Illuminated display. Measuring range from 10 cm up to 9,999.90 m. Made of metal and plastic. Diameter: 31.8 cm. Approx. 1.5 kg. Incl. 2 AA batteries. 71 270 9707 Each Manufacturer: Barret S.r.l., see page 240

06 BMI Measuring Wheel “Rollfix Easy” Handy device with folding handle for measuring playing fields, running and cross-country tracks, obstacle courses and much more. Can measure going forwards and backwards. Measuring range from 1 cm up to 99,999.99 m. Plastic. Diameter: 31.8 cm. 2.2 kg. Incl. storage bag. 71 130 1218 Each Manufacturer: Bayerische Maßindustrie, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Stopwatches Our choice

Teamsport Equipment

Compact Dimensions

Athletics

4 Massive Display,

New 4 Screen can be switched

on/off

4 Ideal for rowing

and canoeing

Great all-rounder with temperature display and mute button. Splash-proof. Alerts of low battery. See table for available versions. More stopwatches online: sport-thieme.com Stopwatches

Thanks to its highest measurement accuracy, it can be used in competitions, as well as in training and school sports. Splash-proof, shock-resistant plastic casing. Special countdown function for football. Dual countdown: 2 individually programmable countdown timers including the desired number of repetitions. See table for available versions.

04 Sport-Thieme Stopwatch “Delta” For sporting events, sports days or simply for training. Combines pacer, stopwatch, time and date in one device. See table for available versions.

02 Countdown Sport-Thieme

New! 03 Sonic Sport-Thieme

04 Delta Sport-Thieme

•

– 1/100 sec. 3-line 8 mm – 82x62x23 mm Approx. 94 g 300

– 1/100 sec. 2.5-line 8 mm

– 1/1,000 sec. 5-line display 8 mm

– 1/100 sec. 3-line 6 mm

•

82.2x62.3x23 mm Approx. 94 g 30

90 x 60 x 18 mm 87.5 g 200

63x56x17 mm Approx. 66 g 60

3-V lithium battery Approx. 2–3 years

CR2032 button cell Approx. 2–3 years

3 V lithium – CR2450 approx. 2 years

3-V lithium battery Approx. 2–3 years

•

3 bar

Splashproof – 3 bar

–

•

All sports

Sporting events, sports days or athletics training

Group training or sporting events in schools and clubs

Special features

Ideal for rowing and canoeing

2.5-line display, ideal for split times; 30 memory spaces for subsequent evaluation

Football stopwatch Counter function, sports events In schools and clubs

Product code

71 281 9206 Each

71 281 9105 Each

200 memory spaces, 5-line display for a clear overview. Ideal for football matches and time measurements. Counter function 396 9902 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

71 282 9500 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Athletics

Service

c sport-thieme.com

60 memory spaces for easily timing larger groups; 3-line display for a good overview of split, lap and end times

Leisure Games

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Therapy

Start/stop/reset Addition/split/dual Lanyard Protective cover included Accuracy LCD display Digit height Displays 9 hrs, 59 min., 59.99 sec. Size Weight Memory spaces for lap, split or end times Battery included Battery life Time (12/24 h) Date display Waterproof Shockproof Countdown Pacer Suitable for

Fitness Equipment

01 Stroke Sport-Thieme

Model

Gymnastics Equipment

Measures strokes per minute. Perfect for swimming, canoeing and rowing. Displays fastest lap, slowest lap and average lap time. Pacer function with adjustable intervals. Stopwatch with memory space for 300 individual times or 100 data blocks. See table for available versions.

02 Sport-Thieme Stopwatch “Countdown”

Swimming

01 Sport-Thieme Stopwatch “Stroke”

03 New! Sport-Thieme Stopwatch “Sonic”

Starting Blocks and Other Athletics Products Training starting blocks

Competition starting blocks

4 Ideal for schools 4 Well suited to use in

schools and clubs

Universal starting blocks

Indoor starting blocks 06

Outdoor variant

04 05

The adapter turns these outdoor starting blocks into indoor blocks.

starters

Approval LxWxH (rail) LxWxH (blocks) LxWxH (plate) Product code Price per unit Manufacturer

Starting blocks

4 Base slopes forward

4 Always ready for right and left Model Make Suitable for Material, rail Carry handle Angle adjustment Underside

More brands, spares and blocks online at: sport-thieme.com

04 Vario 02 Super 01 School Standard 03 Club 05 Indoor 06 Pro Sport-Thieme Sport-Thieme Polanik Sport-Thieme Sport-Thieme Sport-Thieme Outdoor/indoor training Competitions Training Competitions Indoor training Indoor Training Steel Aluminium Galvanised steel Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium – – – Central – Centred – – – • • • Optionally with indoor adapter Spikes (front and back) Spikes (front and back) Spikes (front and Non-slip rubber Non-slip rubber Incl. ground anchor Incl. additional ground Incl. additional ground back) anchor anchor Spikes on the blocks – – – World Athletics World Athletics – 70x33x13cm 74x30x6 cm 62x24x12.5 cm 97.5x40.5x4.8 cm 80x25x6 cm 97.5x40.5x4.8 cm 10x12x14 cm 11.5x17x14 cm 13.8x8.7x16 cm 16x15.5x16 cm 16x21x21 cm 16x21x21 cm – – 62x24x1,3 cm – – 100x45x2.3 cm 71 123 5119 outdoor / 71 260 4204 indoor 71 374 6309 71 388 6700 71 125 0406 71 125 0523 71 125 0305 Each Each Each Each Each Each Manufacturer: Polanik, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, Sport-Thieme, see page 240 see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Visible from a long

distance

4 Good audibility

09 Sport-Thieme Starting Clap Board “Classic”

Incl. carry bag Includes chest and shoulder strap

07 Sport-Thieme Weight Sledge “Tube” for Starting Block Robust, fully dismountable, and portable. Usable both free-standing and directly from the starting block. Suitable for 30 or 50 mm weight plates. Powder-coated steel. Dimensions LxWxH: approx. 72.3x73.3x56.8 cm. Load capacity up to 80 kg. Approx. 9.7 kg. 71 345 5601 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

08 Sport-Thieme Relay Batons “Numbers” Light-alloy batons in different colours. Numbered from 1–8. The set includes: • 8 Junior or Senior batons (29.9 cm long) Junior, 32 mm diameter 71 319 8100 Set of 8 Senior, 38 mm diameter (World Athletics specification) 71 319 8113 Set of 8

Clear acoustic signal for the start of any club and school race. Excellent acoustic effect. With mechanism that prevents the board from opening up accidentally. Made of wood. LxWxH: 46x26x6 cm. Approx. 1 kg. 71 130 2400

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For more stopwatches and other athletics products, visit: sport-thieme.com Athletics

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Training hurdle

Balls

Hurdles Competition hurdles

Teamsport

Ill. Model

02 Sport-Thieme Competition Hurdle “Club” With adjustable counterweights to suit the respective hurdle height. Perfect for competitions. The base is made of robust aluminium and steel, while the crossbar is made of hard-wearing plastic. World Athletics-certified LxWxH: 106x70x76.2 cm. Internal width: 88 cm. 12 kg. See table for available versions.

Heights

“Club” training hurdle “Club” competition hurdle “Flash” competition hurdle

68.6 cm 76.2 cm 83.8 cm 91.4 cm 99.1 cm 106.7 cm •

•

–

•

01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Competition Hurdle “Flash” Hurdle with automatic counterweight adjustment. World Athletics-certified. Quick and easy height adjustment thanks to lever below crossbar. Made of durable aluminium alloy. LxWxH: 113x66x76.2 cm. See table for available versions.

Height adjustment

Counterweight adjustment

Article number

Push buttons Push buttons

– Manual, at the bases Automatic (combined with height adjustment)

71 346 6009 71 346 6100

Each Each

71 298 1909

Each

Lever below crossbar

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Swimming

01 02

Handy lever for height and counterweight adjustment

Athletics

Specially designed for use in schools and clubs. For increased stability and durability, the base is made of aluminium and steel. The crossbar is made of robust plastic and can be easily replaced. The hurdle can be set to 6 heights: 68.6, 76.2, 83.8, 91.4, 99.1 and 106.7 cm. LxWxH: 94.2x71x76.2 cm. Internal width: 82.0 cm. 8 kg. See table for available versions.

Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Training Hurdle “Club”

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 Gymnastics Equipment

Maxi

Medi 5-year guarantee

Fitness Equipment

Mini

Therapy

4 Can be set to

10 different heights

4 Both sides can be used 4 Self-righting

4 Foldable 4 Padded crossbar with extra

Easy to set up. Stackable. For indoor and outdoor use in school and club sports. Padded aluminium crossbar automatically folds back into position after having been struck. Can be jumped over from both sides. Height adjustable from 64–106.7 cm. Approx. 8.2 kg. 5-year guarantee! 71 346 0203

Each

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

05 Sport-Thieme Training Hurdle “Return” With self-righting function. Stable, lightweight aluminium construction with foam padding and removable feet. Multiple height adjustments. • Mini: WxD: 78x82 cm. H: 40–60 cm. 1.5 kg. • Midi: WxD: 82x90 cm. H: 54–84 cm. 2 kg. • Maxi: WxD: 85x98 cm. H: 66–106 cm. 2.5 kg. c sport-thieme.com

Mini 71 387 1007

Each

Medi 71 387 1010

Each

Maxi 71 387 1023

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

The full hurdles range online: sport-thieme.com Hurdles

sport-thieme.com/ Athletics

Service

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03127.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

protective cover 4 Self-righting

Leisure Games

04 Sport-Thieme Training Hurdle “Get-Up”

High Jump and Pole Vault

Training | Competition

01 TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

02 TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Our choice

03 05

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

4 Perfect for learning high jump

technique in a methodical way

4 With coloured jump zones

Crossbars • High jump crossbar: L = 4 m • Pole vault crossbar: L = 4.5 m

Example: Run-up from the left

01 “Record Breaker” crossbar Sport-Thieme

Model Make Designed for Discipline Length Material

Special features

Certification Product code Approved by, certificate no. Manufacturer

= Don’t jump = Take-off zone = Crossover zone = Landing zone 02 “Competition” crossbar Sport-Thieme

High jump Pole vault 4m 4.5 m Fibreglass with rubber end caps Extremely stable due to lower centre of gravity

High jump Pole vault 4m 4.5 m Fibreglass with rubber end caps

World Athletics 71 293 3900 71 293 3913 Each Each

World Athletics 71 124 0359 71 124 0304 Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 “Take Off” crossbar Sport-Thieme T

Excellent for schools, clubs and competitions

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certifica- Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2583 te no.: ZSTS/APZE/2583

High jump 4m Fibreglass with rubber end caps For technique training, developed by Thomas Zacharias – 71 393 0902 Each

4 A crossbar to boost confidence 4 Easy to secure

40 mm 1,8 mm

1,8 mm

40 mm 3 mm

– Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Crossbar consisting of a foil tube with an elasticated suspension cord. Reduces fear of injury. Windproof outdoor version can be inflated using a valve (included). 4 m long. Approx. 0.1 kg. Indoor 71 124 1118 Each Outdoor 71 124 1121

Dimensions of uprights no. 05

3 mm

04 Zacharias High Jump Crossbar

5-year guarantee

Each

Manufacturer: Soziale Förderstätten e.V., see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme High Jump Stands “Club” 2 lightweight aluminium uprights with recessed height scale. Includes screw clamps for accurate adjustment of the crossbar in cm increments. Stable T-shaped steel base with non-slip rubber pads on underside and tilt protection feature. LxWxH per base: 60x60x28 cm. 5-year guarantee! 2m C 71 123 8206 Pair 2.5 m C 71 123 8219

Pair

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2583 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

School Sports and Club High Jump Mat

Teamsport Equipment

4 Consists of two individual mats with covers 4 Ideal for high jump or as a soft floor mat 4 With joint cover for compact connection 01 “School”:

• M onoblock

• C onnection via joint flap

2x 200x250x50 cm 71 125 1500

Set of 2

2x 200x250x60 cm 71 125 1601

Set of 2

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Swimming

The ideal size for high jump or soft floor mats. One mat is made of 2 polyether foam blocks (LxW: 200x250 cm, 18/25 kg/m³) and each has an all-round cover. Comes as two separate mats – ideal for storing and transport. The top surface of the cover is made of canvas with a woven inlay (100% polyester),

lightly grained. Pimpled and slip-resistant base. 1 complete set consists of 2 mats, which can be used separately or combined together. With joint cover for a compact connection. Ventilation holes on three sides and a zip. Incl. 4 carrying loops. Spike-proof mat not included. 2x 200x250x40 cm 71 125 1409 Set of 2

Athletics

01 Sport-Thieme Soft Landing Mats “School”

Gymnastics Equipment

02 Sport-Thieme High jump mat “Standard” The high jump mat for school sports. Supplied without high jump stands. See table for versions and prices.

02 “Standard”:

• M onoblock foam elements

• 5 cm spike protection mat with sewn

cover

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Manufacturer

– – Blue/Blue

Product code 71 125 1106 71 125 1119 71 125 1122 71 125 1177 71 125 1135 71 125 1148 71 125 1151 71 125 1180

Price per item Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Product code 71 125 1207 71 125 1210 71 125 1223 71 125 1265 71 125 1236 71 125 1249 71 125 1252 71 125 1278

Price per item Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

* = Minimum dimensions recommended by the DLV (German Athletics Association)

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Athletics

Service

03 “Super”: • Hollow chamber system • 5 cm spike protection mat with sewn cover

Dimensions 400x250x50 cm 400x300x50 cm 500x300x50 cm * 500x300x70 cm * 500x400x50 cm * 600x300x50 cm * 600x400x50 cm * 600x400x70 cm **

03 “Super” acc. to EN 12503-2 Type 10 17/25 kg/m³ Spike-resistant mesh fabric Tarpaulin material made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Non-slip gym mat material 3-sided ventilation holes School, club Indoor/outdoor Hollow chamber system Monocube 5 cm

Leisure Games

The high jump mat for club and advanced school sports. Supplied without high jump stands. Delivered in multiple parts. The cover must be assembled on site by the customer. See table for versions and prices.

Bottom side Ventilation Target group Area of application Block type System Thickness of spike protection mat Intermediate base Straps Colour mesh grid/Sides

02 “Standard” acc. to EN 12503-2 Type 9 17/25 kg/m³ Spike-resistant mesh fabric Tarpaulin material made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Non-slip gym mat material 3-sided ventilation holes School Indoor/outdoor Monoblock Monocube 5 cm

Therapy

03 Sport-Thieme High jump mat “Super”

Model DIN standard Density (RD) Top side Sides

Fitness Equipment

4 With spike-proof mat cover 4 Incl. ventilation holes

Long Jump and Triple Jump Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

4 Can be used while

wearing spikes 4 Perfect for long jump and triple jump training Small set

01 Sport-Thieme Jump-Strength Trainer “Jump” Box with extra-large take-off surface for improving technique. Suitable for use with spikes. Birch plywood and Regupol. L: 146 cm. W, without feet: 46 cm. W, with feet: 75 cm. H, top section: 13.3 cm. H, base (incl. feet):

14 cm. H, middle sections: 10 or 20 cm. • Top section: Wood. Dimensions (LxWxH): 146x46x13.3 cm. Approx. 15 kg. •S mall set: Top section and base. Adjustable heights: 13.3 and 27.3 cm. • Medium set: Top section, base and two 10-cm middle sections. Adjustable heights: 13.3, 27.3, 37.3 and 47.3 cm.

• L arge set: Top section, base, one 10-cm and two 20-cm middle sections. Adjustable heights: 13.3, 27.3, 37.3, 47.3, 57.3, 67.3 and 77.3 cm. Max. load: approx. 150 kg. Top section 71 330 9403 Each Small set 71 293 5603

Each

Medium set 71 293 5616

Each

Large set 71 293 5629

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Colour-coded jump zones,

appealing design for children

4 An excellent marker in

Aluminium section with spikes

long jump

BlockX hurdles and sets online at: sport-thieme.com 71 316 8400

02 BlockX Distance Indicator “Long Jump with Bag”

03 Sport-Thieme Take-Off Booster “Fly”

Durable PVC measuring tape consisting of various zones, plus fleece bag. Hemmed tape with attachment holes in the corners. The long jump zones are colour-coded and each section is 25 cm long. Scale, LxW: 440x25 cm. Bag, LxW: 33x25 cm. 600 g.

Excellent for long jump, triple jump and high jump. Increases take-off height for professional jump training. Non-slip thanks to spikes. Made in Germany. Regupol surface, aluminium body. LxWxH: 80x50x12 cm. 20 kg.

71 316 8309

71 302 3206

Set

Manufacturer: Jäger Sport Spiel, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Customised pit cover 04 Order the pit cover 04 online at: sport-thieme.com • State the size (LxW) • Add 20 cm to the length and width (10-cm overlap on each side) to better protect your sandpit – see image below

04 Sport-Thieme Pit Cover This cover will protect your long jump pit from dirt and prevent sand movement. 100% polyester mesh, water-permeable, approx. 400 g/m², 5-cm hem around the edges

with cut-out sections at the corners for steel chains or cables. Sandbags can also be used to weigh it down. 71 111 9738

= Sandpit = Pit cover, 04 = Steel chain or cable

m²

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Take-off boards in various materials and sizes available online: sport-thieme.com

More long jump products online: sport-thieme.com

Take-off board

Long Jump

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Training javelins – for beginners and advanced athletes

Teamsport

Durable and well-balanced training javelin for beginners,

02 Sport-Thieme Training Javelin “Safe”

clubs, and schools. Made from a multi-hardened aluminium alloy. Steel tip. T

Training javelin for artificial turf, hard courts, and frozen grass surfaces. The rubber tip ensures minimal impact on the ground.

See table for available versions.

Features a multi-hardened special alloy with a steel tip and securely wrapped grip. Diameter: 4 cm. T See table for available versions.

Athletics

Practice javelins

Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Training Javelin “Club”

Balls

Javelin

Training | Competition

400 g Swimming

Practice javelin for learning the basics. Developed by javelin throw world record holder Tom Petranoff. With 4 stabilisers for

04 Sport-Thieme Practice Javelin “Pegaline 2000”

optimal flight characteristics. Made of plastic with rounded tip. Assorted colours. See table for available versions.

The fun and safe way of learning to throw a javelin, both inside and out. The stabilising wings

ensure that the javelin glides well. Robust plastic. Length: 100 cm. Approx. 220 g. See table for available versions.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Competition javelins – that meet World Athletics specifications

4 Ideal essential equipment

01 Sport-Thieme ‘Club’ Training Javelin

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Product code – – – 71 385 1207 71 385 1210 71 385 1223 71 385 1236 71 385 1249 –

– – Each Each Each Each Each –

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Javelin Throw

03 Sport-Thieme ‘Turbojav’ Practice Javelin Product code – – 71 296 0308 71 296 0311 71 296 0324 71 296 0337 – – –

Product code

– – Each Each Each Each – – -

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

04 Sport-Thieme ‘Pegaline 2000’ Practice Javelin

71 185 4103 – – 71 333 4401 – – – – –

Each – – Each – – – – -

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme ‘Competition’ Competition Javelin Product code – – – 71 124 7158 71 124 7161 71 124 7174 71 390 7304 71 124 7190 –

– – – Each Each Each Each Each –

Service

– – – Each Each Each Each Each –

02 Sport-Thieme Training Javelin “Safe”

More competition, training, and practice javelins online: sport-thieme.com

Leisure Games

220 g 250 g 300 g 400 g 500 g 600 g 700 g 800 g 900 g Manufacturer

Product code – – – 71 124 6357 71 124 6360 71 124 6373 71 334 5913 71 124 6399 71 334 5900

schools. Multi-hardened special alloy body and steel tip. Very forgiving. C See table for available versions.

for competitions 4 Special focus on durability and long-term use

Therapy

Meets World Athletics specifications. With excellent flight characteristics for clubs and

Weight

Fitness Equipment

05 Sport-Thieme Competition Javelin “Competition”

Gymnastics Equipment

03 Sport-Thieme Practice Javelin “Turbojav”

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Athletics

Shot Puts

Training | Competition

Indoor and Outdoor Shot Puts

02 Sport-Thieme Practice Shot Put “Super” For learning shot put technique. Non-slip material ensures an excellent grip, ideal for children and beginners. Suitable for indoor and sports fields. Stays on the ground after being thrown and doesn't bounce upon landing. This ensures safety for instructors and throwers. When training indoors, use mats or similar floor protection. Made of rubber with steel ball filling. T See table for available versions.

01 Sport-Thieme Training Shot Put “Plastic” Robust shot put, made from good-grip plastic and filled with iron pellets – ideal for beginners to practise correct technique. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Does not bounce. Each weight is a different colour. T See table for available versions.

Weight 1 kg 2 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 6 kg 7.26 kg Manufacturer

02 Sport-Thieme Practice Shot Put “Super”

01 Sport-Thieme Shot Put

Dia. – 114 mm 121 mm 134 mm 135 mm 140 mm 150 mm

Product code – T 71 123 5311 T 71 123 5324 T 71 123 5337 T 71 123 5340 T 71 123 5379 T 71 123 5366

Colour – Green Blue Orange Yellow Red Black

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

ø 100 mm 105 mm 115 mm 115 mm 130 mm 130 mm 135 mm

– Each Each Each Each Each Each

Colour Red Orange Red Orange Red Orange Red

Product code 71 383 3504 T 71 383 3517 T 71 383 3520 T 71 383 3533 T 71 383 3546 T 71 383 3559 T 71 383 3562 T

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Outdoor shot puts

4 Burnished steel 4 Machine-rounded

03 Sport-Thieme Competition Shot Put On-Frame “Steel”

4 A basic variant for schools 4 Cast iron

4 A basic variant for competitions 4 Cast iron

04 Sport-Thieme Training Shot Put “School”

05 Sport-Thieme Competition Shot Put “Cast Iron”

Made of cast iron, ideal for schools and training. Not ideal for competitions. Each weight is a different colour. T See table for available versions.

Perfectly balanced shot put with a centred weight for competitions. Fits perfectly in the hand. Made of cast iron. C See table for available versions.

Complies with DLV and World Athletics regulations for competitive sports and competitions. 100% round as machine-rounded. Made of burnished steel. C See table for available versions.

Shot Put Accessories Online: sport-thieme.com

Shot Puts Online: sport-thieme.com

Shot put

Shot Put

03 Sport-Thieme “Steel” Competition Shot Put Weight 2 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 6 kg 7.26 kg Manufacturer

Dia. 80 mm 97 mm 102 mm 110 mm 115 mm 125 mm

Colour C C C C C C

Product code 71 123 6167 71 124 5804 71 124 5817 71 124 5820 71 124 5859 71 124 5846

04 Sport-Thieme “School” Training Shot Put Dia.

Each Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

– 95 mm 102 mm 109 mm 119 mm 126 mm

Colour

Product code – T 71 124 5211 T 71 124 5224 T 71 124 5237 T 71 124 5266 T 71 124 5240

05 Sport-Thieme “Cast Iron” Competition Shot Put Dia.

– Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

– 95 mm 102 mm 109 mm 119 mm 126 mm

Colour

C C C C C

Product code – 71 123 6109 71 123 6112 71 123 6125 71 123 6154 71 123 6141

– Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Competition throwing balls

02 06

Equipment

04 Sport-Thieme Throwing Ball 200 g 01 Throwing Ball “Training”

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Non-bouncing, highly visible competition throwing ball suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. Dimensions and weight according to DLV standards. Made of leather. ø: 8 cm. 200 g. 71 108 0650

Athletics

Bouncing competition rubber ball for learning and improving throwing techniques. ø: 7.6 cm. 200 g. 71 108 0201 Each

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

07 05 Batting Ball “Training”

Training ball made of plastic, with dimensions and weight according to DLV standards for schools and clubs. Non-bouncing. ø: 7.5 cm. 200 g.

Throwing and batting ball made of porous rubber for training in schools and clubs. Excellent bounce properties. Diameter: 6.5 cm. 80 g.

71 108 0403

71 108 0504

Each

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

Tennis rings

Can be wiped clean. Does not bounce. Excellent introductory ball to throwing and batting. Made of rubber with filling. Diameter: 6.5 cm. 80 g. 71 108 0302

Each

White 71 135 3538

Each

Tournament tennis rings in a set of 5 for clubs and competitions. Set components: •1 each Sport-Thieme tournament tennis ring “Solid” in red, blue, white, yellow and green, size 09 71 263 8603 Set of 5

71 108 0676

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Hammer products online: sport-thieme.com

Discus

Hammer

Blue Red Yellow Green

11 Sport-Thieme Tennis Ring “Air-Filled” Air-filled tennis ring made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC) for holding, pulling, and throwing. ø (inside/outside): 11.5/18.5 cm. Approx. 220 g. Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Red 71 135 3815

Each

Additional throwing sets available online: sport-thieme.com

Yellow 71 135 3844

Each

Green 71 135 3857

Each

Throwing Sets

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Discus products online: sport-thieme.com

Blue 71 135 3802

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

White 71 108 0663

4 Official DTB competition

ring

12 Sport-Thieme Tennis Ring “DTB Competition Ring” Official DTB competition ring with excellent flight characteristics. Firm cellular rubber. Inner diameter: 10.5 cm, outer diameter: 17 cm. Approx. 220 g. 71 232 1905

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Athletics

Service

Each

10 Sport-Thieme Tennis Rings “Solid”

Extremely hard-wearing. Double- and hand-stitched original batting ball. Also suitable as a throwing ball. Made of leather. Red. 6.5 cm in diameter. 80 g.

Excellent-grip. Does not bounce. Ideal for (youth) athletics. Made of leather. Diameter: 6.5 cm. 80 g. Red 71 108 0647 Each

Leisure Games

Red 71 135 3525

09–10

07 Sport-Thieme Batting Ball “Leather”

Therapy

High-quality tournament tennis ring for coordination and strengthening exercises. Made of cellular rubber. Inner diameter: 10.5 cm. Outer diameter: 17 cm. Approx. 220 g. Blue 71 135 3512 Each

Each

Manufacturer: KSG, see page 240

Blue Red White Yellow Green

09 Sport-Thieme Tennis Ring “Solid”

Yellow 71 135 3541

06 WV Batting Ball 80 g

08 Sport-Thieme Throwing Ball “Leather 80”

Fitness Equipment

For practising your throwing technique. Suitable for all age groups. Excellent-grip grooved surface. Ryton, with granulate filling. Diameter: 6.5 cm. 200 g 71 262 7814 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

White Red

Gymnastics Equipment

03 Togu Throwing Ball “Extra”

Each

Swimming

02 Togu Throwing Ball 200 g

Teamsport

Sport-Thieme throwing balls are available as leather or rubber balls. Both kinds are suitable for competitions. The competition weight is 200 g, with a diameter of 7.5–8.5 cm.

Balls

Throwing Training

Nora Kirchmer, swimmer and swim coach, and member of the Sport-Thieme marketing team since 2006 “Swimming is my passion. I give it my all, both as an athlete and as a coach. For varied workouts and quick gains, I use high-quality training equipment – both in and out of the water.”

Swimming 97 Swimming aids for children 98 Swimming aids and learning to dive 99 Swimming belts 100 Kickboards 101 Pool noodles and more Swimming fun – float mats and swim rings 102 103 Swimming fun – event modules 104 Fins and pullbuoys 105 Swimming training 106–108 Aqua fitness 109–110 Swimming pool equipment 96

More than 20,000 products online

This catalogue contains a selection of our most popular products. You can find our entire range of items for the pool online at: sport-thieme.com Swimming

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Swimming Aids for Children

Teamsport Equipment

01 Bema Armbands

6–12 years 71 337 0227

Pair

Ages 12+ 71 337 0230

Pair

Athletics

Skin-friendly, odour-neutral arm bands for baby swimming and learning to swim. Featuring a double chamber system and rounded edges. Compliant with EN 13138. Made from laminated polyvinyl chloride film (PVC). WxH: 12.5x19.5 cm. 100–220 g. 1-6 years 71 337 0214 Pair

4 Two separate air chambers with safety valves prevent air from escaping 4 Rounded corners 4 Excellent freedom of movement and a comfortable fit

Manufacturer: Happy People GmbH, see page 240 Swimming Gymnastics Equipment

AI-generated

position

4 Builds swimming confidence

02 Beco-Sealife Swimming Aid “Fin”

Swimming cushion made to EN 13138 specifications providing great freedom of movement. Optimally adapts to user’s body. Resistant to seawater, chlorinated and thermal water. Soft, skin-friendly cotton without any stoppers or valves. One size fits all: babies, children and adults. LxW: 26x23 cm. 0.2 kg. 71 230 1600 Each Manufacturer: Schlori Schwimmartikel GmbH, see page 240

More swimming aids find online at: sport-thieme.com Swimming aids

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Pair

Ages 12+ 2x 2 discs 71 113 4517

Pair

711134504, 711134517: Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: S60162463 Manufacturer: MOOVIQ GmbH, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Swimming

Service

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: S60164846 Manufacturer: BECO-Beermann GmbH, see page 240

2x 3 discs 71 113 4504

Leisure Games

Swimming aid for gaining more confidence in the water. Suitable for beginners and children aged 4 or more. Total freedom of movement. Helps to adopt natural swimming position. Hook-and-loop straps for optimal fit. For learning breaststroke, backstroke and butterfly stroke. According to EN 13138 and EN 71. Made of UVA foam. Strap length: 78 cm. Overall dimensions (LxWxH): 26x8x30 cm. 190 g. 71 318 9506 Each

03 Schlori Floating Cushions

Therapy

4 Helps to adopt a natural swimming

100% waterproof and seawater-resistant swim discs made of solid material for children and adults. The number of discs increases or decreases buoyancy. In accordance with EN 13138. Skin-friendly polyethylene (PE) foam. • 2x 3 discs, up to 12 years: Overall (ø): 189 mm, inner dimension: 84 mm, arm opening (ø): 36 mm. Load capacity up to 60 kg. 166 g. • 2x 2 discs, over 12 years: Overall (ø): 191.50 mm, inner dimension: 116 mm, arm opening (ø): 60 mm. For users from 60 kg. 112 g. Up to 6 years

Fitness Equipment

04 Delphin Swimming Discs

Neck Floats and Diving Games

Learning to dive

02 Beco Swim Vest “Sindbad” Comfortable swimming vest that offers maximum freedom of movement. With 2 hook-and-loop fastenings on the sides and shoulders. 100% polyester outer, PE-foam floats. Complies with DIN EN 13138. Children: ages 2–6, up to 30 kg. 350 g. Teenagers: ages 6–12 and weighing 30–60 kg. 400 g. Adults: over 60 kg. 500 g. Children 71 207 8700 Each

03 Sport-Thieme Diving hoop “Stand-Up”

04 Sport-Thieme Diving hoop “Round”

The half hoops fill up with water and therefore stand upright in the pool. Unbreakable polyethylene. Aluminium crossbar. Arch dia.: approx. 70 cm. Tube dia.: 2 cm. Half hoop: 360 g. Crossbar: 160 g. 71 242 7906 Set of 4

71 112 5809

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Hoop with ballast inside meaning that it stands upright in the water. Ideal for diving through. Unbreakable polyethylene. Hoop dia.: approx. 70 cm. Tube dia.: 2 cm. Approx. 820–824 g. Each

Teenagers 71 207 8713 Each Adults 71 207 8726 Each 712078700, 712078726, 712078739: Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: S60163314 712078713: Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: BP 60161581 Manufacturer: BECO-Beermann GmbH, see page 240

Even more choice available online at: sport-thieme.com

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com

Swimming aids

Diving games

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Swimming Belts

Teamsport Equipment Athletics

Set 5x Swimming

10x 1x

02 Sport-Thieme Swimming Belt Strong and durable swimming belt for swimming lessons. With safety buckle. Freely adjustable. Complies with EN 13138-1. Plastazote floats. Polypropylene belt. 5 cm thick. 140 cm long. 120 g and 180 g respectively.

19–30 kg, 4-float belt 71 248 1803

Each

30–60 kg, 6-float belt 71 248 1816

Each

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: S 60164067 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Fitness Equipment

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Gymnastics Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Swimming Belt Set Perfect for swimming pools and schools. The set includes: • 10 Sport-Thieme swimming belts (15–30 kg, 4 floats) • 5 Sport-Thieme swimming belts (30–60 kg, 6 floats) • 1 mesh bag 71 285 1509 Set

4 Offers excellent buoyancy 4 Very stable and hard-wearing 4 Improved safety buckle

Therapy

4 Excellent freedom of arm and leg

movements

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Size S M L XL

Red, S: toddlers 15–18 kg Purple, M: children 18–30 kg Yellow, L: teenagers 30–60 kg Green, XL: adults over 60 kg

Product code 71 258 2506 71 258 2519 71 258 2522 71 258 2535

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND ZERTIFIZIERT, certificate no.: S60163367 Manufacturer: BECO-Beermann GmbH, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Each Each Each Each

sport-thieme.com/ Swimming

Service

Freely adjustable swimming belt with quickrelease buckle. Offers consistent buoyancy and increased stability. Complies with EN 13138-1. Size S – LxWxH: 40x17x3.5 cm. Belt strap length: 100 cm. 150 g. Size M – LxWxH: 49x17x3.5 cm. Belt strap (L): 125 cm. 200 g. Size L – LxWxH: 62x17x3.5 cm. Belt strap (L): 150 cm. 250 g. Size XL – LxWxH: 69x17x3.5 cm. Belt strap (L): 175 cm. 300 g. See table for available versions.

Leisure Games

03 Beco Swimming Belt “Monobelt”

Kickboards More kickboards online: sport-thieme.com Kickboards

4 Improves coordination

between your legs

Side View Detailed View

4 Perfect for children

Side view (close-up)

4 Ideal grip position

03 Beco Kickboard “Sprint” 02 Sport-Thieme Kickboard Handcart “Push” Triple layer, durable kickboard for advanced users. Features 2 grip holes and grooves at the bottom. LxWxH: 45x31.5x3.8 cm. 160 g.

71 246 7203

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

100

Each

Kickboard made from high-quality, ultra-durable EVA foam. Features a non-porous surface for easy cleaning and disinfecting. Flexible and unbreakable. LxWxH: 47x30x4 cm. 114 g.

04 Beco Kickboard “Sprint Junior”

Each

Child-friendly kickboard made of hard-wearing foam, which is difficult to damage, e.g. by biting off pieces. 37x24x2.5 cm. 300 g. 71 304 3309 Each

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: S 60162669 Manufacturer: BECO-Beermann GmbH, see page 240

71 304 3208

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Balls

Pool Noodles and More 4 Hygienic and bacteria-resistant 4 Very flexible material

Teamsport Equipment

4 The classic

Athletics

02 Sport-Thieme Pool Noodle Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Gymnastics Equipment

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Swimming

Waterproof, flexible pool noodle for water aerobics exercises, school sports and people with disabilities. Made of closed-cell, durable polyethylene foam. L: 160 cm. Diameter: 7 cm. 100 g. Assorted colours. 71 258 4401 Each

Can be used and combined in a multitude of different ways. The set includes: • 24 Sport-Thieme “Comfy” pool noodles, 01 • 24 Comfy connectors with 6 holes, 32 cm, 03 71 258 4603 Set

01 Sport-Thieme Pool Noodle “Comfy”

Accessory

Fitness Equipment

4 Can be combined in a variety

of ways

4 Makes funny

neigh sounds!

03 Comfy Connectors for swimming noodles

14 cm, 2 holes 71 113 2335

Each Each

32 cm, 6 holes 71 113 2306

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: NMC sa, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

05 Sport-Thieme Trolley “Comfy III” 04 Comfy Pool Noodle “Comfy-Noodle”, Poney-Whistle Waterproof and bacteria-repellent pool noodle in the shape of a pony for children. When the pony’s head moves, it makes a funny neigh sound. Made of polyethylene foam. L: 160 cm. Diameter: approx. 7 cm. Assorted colours. 71 246 2501

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: DE22K5Q5 001 Manufacturer: NMC sa, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Each

Fully galvanised storage trolley for up to 60 pool noodles. Incl. 4 plastic baskets for other swimming equipment. Transport trolley (LxWxH): 165x65x115 cm. Baskets (LxWxH): 60x40x24 cm. Contents not included. 71 114 6064

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Additional baskets available online at: sport-thieme.com 71 285 2805

sport-thieme.com/ Swimming

Service

22.5 cm, 4 holes 71 113 2348

Example of storage

Leisure Games

For joining and combining “Comfy” pool noodles. Made of PE foam. The openings in the connector provide endless ways of building your own creations. L: 14 cm. Diameter: approx. 10 cm. 25 g.

Therapy

Red Blue

101

Fun in the Water – Water Floats and Swim Rings

4 Suitable for use as a slide,

water catwalk or floating island

4 Connect a number of

floats as desired

01 Sport-Thieme Float “Combination”

4 Easy to use and versatile

Excellent float for swimming pools, clubs and schools. Can be used as a slide, water catwalk or floating island. Can be joined up with any number of floats thanks to its 4 connecting links. Made of Plastazote. LxWxH: 210x85x4 cm. 71 112 3601 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Perfect for use in swimming pools

Rectangular Oval

02 Sport-Thieme Float “Giant” This float for swimming and play is very buoyant and stable. Rectangular (LxWxH): 195x100x5 cm. Oval (LxWxH): 195x95x5 cm. Will support up to 96 kg. 3.6 kg.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Rectangular 71 112 3500

Each

Oval 71 112 3513

More water floats and mats online: sport-thieme.com

Each

Water floats

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

ø approx. 80 cm

03 Rubber Ring “Aqua Ride” For the pool and wide water slides. Fun for all ages. Without welded seams, with retractable special valve. Made of strong plastic. • Size 1 – Outer/inner dia.: approx. 80/28 cm. 4.0 kg • Size 2 – Outer/inner dia.: approx. 95/39 cm. 5.3 kg Approx. 80 cm 71 112 4503 Each Approx. 95 cm 71 112 4516

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Only to be used in water in which the child is within its depth and under adult supervision. Manufacturer: Dan-Fender, see page 240

102

04 Sport-Thieme Rubber Ring “Joy” An ideal aid and toy for swimming lessons and water exercises. Helps the learner to build confidence and practise the leg stroke. Rubber ring with safety valve. approx. 60 cm 71 112 4200 Each

ø approx. 85 cm

Approx. 85 cm 71 112 4213

Each

Approx. 135 cm 71 112 4242

Each

Approx. 6 ft 71 112 4226

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Fun in the Water – Event Modules 01

Teamsport

01 Airkraft Obstacle Course “Obstacle Course”

Athletics

With slide 71 243 5712

Equipment

With arches, holes, and an optional slide. For up to 8 users. Chlorine and UV resistant. Versatile use, suitable for seawater too. Made from a specially developed Trevira fabric. Includes a competition rope, with 29% improved wave reduction. LxWxH: 10x1.5x1.2 m. Minimum water depth: 1.1 m. Safety distance: 3 m. 75 kg. Without slide 71 243 5709 Each Each

Manufacturer: Airkraft, see page 240

02 Airkraft Water Park Inflatable “Sea Star”

Gymnastics Equipment

800x800x120 cm 71 114 7315

Swimming

Extremely tear-resistant water play equipment, resistant to chlorine and UV rays, featuring 5 “arms” for use in bathing lakes, the sea, swimming pools, and diving pools. Quick assembly in just 10 minutes allows for instant aquatic fun. Includes carrying cylinder. Made from special Trevira fabric with double coating. Minimum water depth: 1.5 m. Maximum number of users: 10. Requires 1 anchoring point. 600x600x120 cm 71 114 7302 Each Each

Manufacturer: Airkraft, see page 240

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z11017150008 Manufacturer: POD International, see page 240

Additional event modules online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Obstacle for climbing over. Usable only in combination with an access platform. Made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC). LxWxH: 3.05x1.83x1.52 m. 31 kg. Max load capacity: 500 kg. Minimum water depth: 1.66 m. Safety distance: 3 m. Max 5 users. Air pressure: 0.09 bar. 1 connection hook. Components: • 1 Union water object “Hill” • 1 fastening strap • 1 cover for gap • 1 repair kit 71 327 3601

Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1 101715 0006 REV. 00 Manufacturer: POD International, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

05 Union Water Park Inflatable “MT. Baker Tower” An attraction that draws visitors with a high-speed slide and cliff jump. Usable only in combination with an access platform. Made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). LxWxH: 8.75x3.20x2.12 m. 160 kg. Required water depth: 2.00 m. Max. 6 users. Includes assembly instructions and repair kit. 71 300 1905

Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1 101715 0008 REV. 00 Manufacturer: POD International, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Swimming

103

Service

Event modules

04 Union Water Park Inflatable “Hill”

Leisure Games

Suitable for outdoor use in lakes, seas, and open-air pools. Can only be used in combination with an access platform. Made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC). LxWxH: 6.1x5.18x1.28 m. 134 kg. Required water depth: 2.44 m. Max. 6 users. Includes assembly instructions and repair kit. 71 300 3800 Each

Therapy

03 Union Water Trampoline “Air Time 20”

Fitness Equipment

Fins and Pullbuoys

4 Available in 9 sizes 4 Very durable due to high latex content

01 Sport-Thieme Fins “Rubber”

Sizes and colours Sizes 26–29, 36–37, 42–43 30–33, 38–39, 44–45 34–35, 40–41, 46–48

Colours (fixed) Black Blue Orange

High-quality universal fins for children and adults. Resistant to chlorinated water. Latex and rubber. With closed heel and reinforced blade. Weight of each

pair: 26–29: 410 g. 30–33: 440 g. 34–35: 520 g. 36–37: 680 g. 38– 39: 790 g. 40–41: 880 g. 42–43: 950 g. 44–45: 1.10 kg. 46–48: 1.22 kg. Black, 32.5 cm, 26-29 71 113 9206 Pair Blue, 34 cm, 30-33 71 113 9219

Pair

Orange, 36 cm, 34-35 71 113 9222

Pair

Black, 40 cm, 36-37 71 113 9235

Pair

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Isabelle wrote: “Excellent quality and handy size. Great for children and adults alike.”

For technique and endurance training in the water. Made of closed-cell polyethylene foam. LxWxH: 22x8x15 cm. 90 g. Pink-White 71 239 7001 Each

03 Sport-Thieme Pullbuoy “Junior”

Each

Small pullbouy for children and smaller people. Enables perfect posture in the water and offers maximum buoyancy. Polyethylene foam. LxWxH: 22x8x9 cm. 50 g. Blue/white 71 239 6907 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Blue/white 71 113 3514

104

Pair

Orange, 43 cm, 40-41 71 113 9251

Pair

Black, 45 cm, 42-43 71 113 9264

Pair

Blue, 46 cm, 44-45 71 113 9277

Pair

Orange, 49 cm, 46-47 71 113 9280

Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Pullbuoys Pullbuoys are perfect for improving technique and endurance in the water. They're great for ambitious swimmers of all performance levels and an absolute must-have for focusing on and strengthening your arm stroke. The universal version from Sport-Thieme does not absorb water and is made of extremely strong, closed-cell polyethylene foam. The material is kind to the skin and has rounded edges.

4 Made of strong closed-cell polyethylene foam 4 Suitable for all age groups 4 Ideal for technique and endurance training

02 Sport-Thieme Pullbuoy “Senior”

Blue, 41 cm, 38-39 71 113 9248

A pullbuoy offers excellent support when a swimmer wishes to train arms only, as it provides the buoyancy normally generated by the legs. Featuring an ergonomic shape, it can easily be held between the thighs, allowing the swimmer to fully focus on their arm stroke. Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com Fins

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Swim Strength and Training Essentials

Teamsport

4 Unbreakable and

Equipment

colour-fast

Athletics

Blue Yellow Red

Adults

Strong deluxe quality with reinforced edge, for men and women. Also available in other colours for orders exceeding 100 units. Blue 71 112 0312 Each

Children/teens

02 Beco Swimming goggles “Top”

Each

Manufacturer: BECO-Beermann GmbH, see page 240

Each

Red 71 112 0341

Each

Manufacturer: BECO-Beermann GmbH, see page 240

Printed swimming caps online at: sport-thieme.com Swimming caps

04 Sport-Thieme Finger Paddles “Smart” For improving strength and technique in swimming. Great for developing spatial awareness and a feel for the water. Junior: for smaller hands (e.g. children and women). 12.5x8 cm. Senior: for larger hands (e.g. men). 14.5x9 cm. 120 g. Senior 71 258 4010 Pair Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Pull Cord with waist belt

Type II 71 281 5015

Each

Type III 71 281 5028

Each

Type IV 71 281 5031

Each

Type V 71 281 5044

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More swimming training products available online at: sport-thieme.com

c sport-thieme.com

Rubber cord

Hand loops

sport-thieme.com/ Schwimming

Service

Swimming training

Waist belt

Leisure Games

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

• Type V: Increases stamina and sprint capacity for well-trained swimmers at a higher level. Resistance: approx. 25 kg. Type I 71 281 5002 Each

Therapy

Rubber cord to improve swimming performance. Plastic fasteners, hand loops made of webbing and belt made of 100% nylon. Includes training instructions (in German) and belt for resistance training in the water. Pull cord (L): 4.5 m. Belt (L): 1.3 m. • Type I: Strengthens children’s and novices’ muscles used for swimming and increases their stamina. Resistance: approx. 5 kg. • Type II: Increases children’s, advanced users’ and stronger beginners’ swimming-specific strength and stamina. Resistance: approx. 10 kg. • Type III: Builds up strength for beginners and stamina for advanced users. For girls (youth) at a general training level. Resistance: approx. 15 kg. • Type IV: Improves stamina and the muscles used for swimming, including (performance-level) boys’ sprint capacities. Resistance: approx. 20 kg.

Fitness Equipment

Black: adults 71 242 1315

Yellow 71 112 0325

Gymnastics Equipment

Perfect fit due to the soft, flexible, one-piece frame and silicone ribbed seal. Highly elastic silicone double headband with adjusting clip. Tinted polycarbonate anti-fog lenses. 100% UVA/UVB protection. Packed in a shockproof plastic box. Blue/lime: children/teenagers 71 242 1302 Each

Swimming

03 Beco Swimming Cap “Latex”

105

Aqua Fitness

4 Made of soft, flexible foam

03 Beco Aqua Buoyancy Belt “BEBelt”

01 Sport-Thieme Aqua Buoyancy Belt “Hydro-Tone” Aqua jogging belt for any form of aqua fitness in deep water. Quick and easy to put on thanks to snap-in buckle. The double-strap system provides additional support for the lower back. Made of soft, closed-cell and flexible foam with pleasant vinyl coating (PVC cover). Belt length: 135 cm. 74x22x3 cm. Will support body weights of up to 100 kg. Medium 71 257 0916 Each Maxi 71 257 0945

02 Beco Aqua Buoyancy Belt “Runner” Ideal for classes with advanced users. Belt with snap-in buckle. Belt length: 150 cm. LxWxH: 63x20x4 cm. Supports body weights up to 100 kg. 170 g. 71 304 3107 Each Manufacturer: BECO-Beermann GmbH, see page 240

Particularly compact aqua jogging belt with folding side sections. Close-fitting for optimal freedom of movement. Can be used in deep water. Made of PE foam. Belt length: 150 cm. LxWxH: 75x22x3 cm. LxWxH (folded): 35x22x10 cm. 145 g. Up to 80 kg body weight 71 244 8507 Each Bodyweight up to 120 kg 71 244 8510

Each

Manufacturer: BECO-Beermann GmbH, see page 240

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com

Each

Aqua fitness

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Black Red Blue

Pink Turquoise Dark blue

4 Promotes coordination,

4 For more buoyancy 4 Incredibly comfortable to wear

endurance and flexibility

04 Sport-Thieme Aqua Fitness Gloves “Open” Aqua fitness gloves with open fingertips to increase the resistance when exercising in the water. Very comfortable to wear. Improved feel for the water. Textile surface, neoprene palm. S: glove size 7. M: glove size 8. L: glove size 9. S, 23.5x16.5 cm, black 71 258 3639 Pair

05 Beco BEtomic

06 Sport-Thieme Leg Floats “Hydro”

Practical fitness product with joint-friendly, multifunctional shape for increasing your strength. You can quickly change from hand to foot, allowing for a wide variety of workouts. Made of EVA foam. Dia.: 20 cm. 200 g. Pink 71 228 8619 Each

Foam leg floats offering excellent comfort for increased buoyancy in deep water. Equipped with wide hook-and-loop fasteners for optimal fit.

M, 25x18 cm, red 71 258 3613

Pair

Turquoise 71 228 8635

Each

• Size L, H: 21 cm: less buoyancy, 400 g/pair • Size XL, H: 31 cm: greater buoyancy, 500 g/ pair Size L, blue, height 21 cm 71 200 1601 Pair

Pair

Dark blue 71 228 8648

Each

Size XL, blue, height 31 cm 71 200 1614

L, 26.5x19 cm, blue 71 258 3626 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

106

Manufacturer: BECO-Beermann GmbH, see page 240

Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme aqua jogging dumbbells Essential for endurance exercises in the water 4 For effective upper-body workouts 4 Incl. mesh bag 4 Very stable and hard-wearing

Skin-friendly EVA foam

Senior

Junior

With holding straps

Senior

Top rated sport-thieme.com Junior

Michèle wrote: “An excellent product for strengthening large muscle groups, incl. the chest and upper arms.”

01 Sport-Thieme Aqua Dumbbells Aqua jogging dumbbells increase water resistance, making you work harder in your aqua fitness classes. For versatile low-impact workouts in the pool. Made of skin-friendly EVA foam. • Junior – L: 28 cm; handle length: approx. 13 cm; dia.: 9 cm; 340 g • S enior – L: 30 cm; handle length: approx. 12 cm; dia.: 15 cm; 470 g For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Without Straps Junior 71 239 4422 Senior 71 239 4435

Pair Pair

With Straps Junior 71 239 4406

Pair

Senior 71 239 4419

Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Including mesh transport and storage bag Make your aqua fitness products last longer Fur durability, we recommend rinsing the equipment with clean water after use in chlorinated or saltwater pools.

sport-thieme.com/ Swimming

107

Aqua Fitness

Green Lime Orange

4 Suction cups

4 Can be arranged in different

ensure secure positioning

ways for more variety in your aqua fitness class

01 Aqquatix Aqua Step “Puzzle Step” Stackable aqua step for more variety in aqua fitness classes. With 6 large suction cups on their underside and 10 “docking points” on the platform, the steps can be stacked on top of one another in different formations. Made of polyethylene. LxWxH: 70x35x19 cm. 6 kg.

02 Sport-Thieme Aqua Step “Classic” Green 71 244 9904

Each

Lime 71 244 9917

Each

Orange 71 244 9920

Each

Manufacturer: Aqquatix Srl, see page 240

High-quality, plastic aqua step for use in the water. Suction cups and high net weight ensure secure positioning. With non-slip surface. LxWxH: 67x35x17 cm. 6 kg. 71 112 9638

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 4–7 hours

battery operating life 4 Can be used near swimming pools

4 Stainless steel frame with a 4 Stackable to save space 4 Suction cups for optimal grip

03 Aqquatix Underwater Trampoline “Elastic Jump” The round underwater trampoline for enhanced fun during aqua fitness and aqua rebounding. Suitable for water depths of 100–140 cm and pools with tiled floors or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) floors. Enables effective training. Stainless steel frame with

108

jumping mat made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and polyester cord

high-quality jumping mat made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and polyester cord. 5 support legs with suction cups for optimal grip. Stackable. ø: 91 cm, H: 22 cm. 5 kg. 71 257 1906 Manufacturer: Aqquatix Srl, see page 240

Each

04 RCS PA System “Digital Sound-Center DSC-150” Ideal for schools, hotels, swimming pools, and sports events. Playback via Bluetooth, CD, SD card, and USB. Features RCA and jack connections as well as a trolley function. Battery life: 4–7 hours. Please note: the system must not be stored permanently in damp environments. Incl. hand microphone 71 308 7709 Each Includes handheld microphone, headset, and bodypack transmitter 71 308 7712 Each Manufacturer: RCS Audio, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Swimming Pool Equipment

4 Ideal for aqua fitness equipment,

fins and kickboards

Teamsport

01 Sport-Thieme Trolley “Aqua Store”

60x40x74 cm 71 210 8719

Equipment

For storing and transporting aqua fitness products, kickboards, floats and water games. With galvanised, chrome-plated castors. Plastic. Max. load: 20 kg. Contents must be ordered separately. 60x40x42 cm 71 210 8722 Each

02 60x40x106 cm

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 Athletics

02 Sport-Thieme Trolley Pool Noodle

60x40x135 cm 71 210 8735

Each

Swimming

Plastic trolley for up to 40 pool noodles. Open design for quick water drainage. With galvanised, chrome-plated rubber castors. LxWxH: 60x40x106 cm. Max. load: 20 kg. 8 kg. Contents not included. 60x40x106 cm 71 210 8706 Each

02 60x40x135 cm

01 60x40x74 cm

01 60x40x42 cm

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Gymnastics Equipment

Wall-mounted model

Tabletop model

Fitness Equipment

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

Red Blue

4 Very bright thanks

to its domed roof light

03 Sport-Thieme Pool Clock “Prima Super” Therapy

04 Sport-Thieme Changing Cubicle “Strandgut”

Each

90x90 cm, wall-mounted model 71 291 8424

Each

Blue 71 245 0618

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Each

Order now – Replacement Curtain for the “Strandgut” Fitting Room online: sport-thieme.com 71 112 8130

Service

67x67 cm, wall-mounted model 71 291 8411

Practical changing cubicle for beaches, parks, outdoor pools, etc. Particularly bright and well-lit thanks to its domed roof light. Comes fully assembled. Weatherproof, made of fibreglass-reinforced polyester resin. Saran curtain (100% polychloride). H: 200 cm. Diameter: 120 cm. Approx. 45 kg. Red 71 245 0605 Each

Leisure Games

Suitable for indoor and outdoor pools. 1 rotation takes 60 seconds. Crossed hands in 4 colours. Hard-wearing aluminium casing with Perspex front. •3 0x30-cm tabletop model: Free-standing. Start/stop switch. 2 kg. Incl. 1.5-V AA battery. •6 7x67-cm and 90x90-cm wall-mounted models: Electric (24 V) with 20-m lead. 8 and 13 kg respectively. Incl. safety transformer with mains plug. 30x30 cm, tabletop model 71 291 8408 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Swimming

109

Swimming Pool Equipment

4 “Micro doughnut” system with freely rotating discs 4 Improves wave-breaking effect by up to 75% 4 Complies with FINA regulations

Classic turnbuckle

Pro turnbuckle

01 Sport-Thieme Racing Lane Line “Competition” Competition lane line with wave-reducing design in accordance with FINA regulations. Both versions feature a stainless steel cable for high safety and long-term use. Buoyancy bodies/floats made of highstrength polyethylene (PE). The “micro donut” system with freely rotating discs enables wave reduction of up to 75%. Standard colour combination: redwhite-blue (ends: 5 m red, centre section alternating bluewhite, each 40 cm blue and 40 cm white). Other colour combinations available on request. Float ø 10 cm.

Wave-breaking doughnut system

•C lassic: With standard tensioning device that winds the steel cable. The tensioning device is made of stainless steel and includes a protective cap. The steel cable is tensioned using the Sport-Thieme tensioning key. •P ro: With rigging screw for easy tensioning of the line without additional tools. Classic 25 m 71 248 1904

Each

50 m 71 248 1917

Each

Pro 25 m 71 248 1920

Each

50 m 71 248 1933

Each

Indoor version: Multilon rope Don’t forget to order: Attachment kit 9|

Outdoor version: Stainless steel cable Don’t forget to order: Attachment kit 10|

02 Sport-Thieme Divider For separating lane swimming from general swimming areas. Alternating red and white Hostalen floats. End attachments not included. With plastic Hostalen floats. 500 g/m. • Indoor version: 6-mm-diameter Multilon rope. Only for use with “Indoor” attachment kit. • Outdoor version: 4-mm-diameter stainless steel cable. Only for use with “Outdoor” attachment kit. More choice available online at: sport-thieme.com Swimming lane lines

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Indoor Float on float 71 282 5508

Metre

Floats every 25 cm 71 282 5511

Metre

Floats every 50 cm 71 282 5524

Metre

Outdoor Float on float 71 282 5537

Metre

Floats every 25 cm 71 282 5540

Metre

Floats every 50 cm 71 282 5553

Metre

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Sport-Thieme Shelved Trolley By Vendiplas “Mini” Swimming Pool 4 Suitable for use in saunas 4 Water can drain away on all sides 4 Soft and safe, preventing slips and falls 4 Prevents the spread of bacteria and

fungi

For storing small items such as swimming goggles, aqua gloves and pullbuoys. Can accommodate up to 3 plastic baskets of 60x40x41 cm each. LxWxH: 66x54x180 cm. Max. load: 90 kg. Baskets and contents must be ordered separately. Aqua 71 315 0304 Each

Blue Grey Red More colours available on request

03 Pool Mat Made to order Complies with DIN 51097. Water drains away on all sides. Anti-bacterial and anti-fungal, preventing athlete’s foot from spreading. Soft PVC base profiles, firm PVC top profiles. Size 60 cm 80 cm 100 cm 120 cm

Blue 71 243 4807 71 243 4908 71 243 5002 71 243 5103

Maximum length: 6 m. Special sizes available on request. Individual mats under 1 m² carry a surcharge of 20%. 5.0 kg/m². See table for available versions.

Grey 71 243 4823 71 243 4924 71 243 5028 71 243 5129

Manufacturer: tropex-plastics Dirk Voß e.K, see page 240

110

Red 71 243 4836 71 243 4937 71 243 5031 71 243 5132

Metre Metre Metre Metre

Blue 71 315 0317

Each

Grey 71 315 0320

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Aqua Blue Grey

For suitable storage boxes and other Vendiplas trolleys, visit: sport-thieme.com Vendiplas

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls Teamsport

Equipment Athletics

Sophie Scheder, Olympic bronze medallist on the uneven bars, 2016 German all-round champion and member of the Sport-Thieme team of experts since 2017 “Just like in many other sports, it’s crucial to train using reliable equipment from a young age in competitive gymnastics too. It’s not only quality that’s important, but also that the various demands in club sport are met.”

Swimming

For advice and to place an order:

+49 5357 181 503

info@sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme. com/

127 128–131 132–141 142–149 150 151

Service

You can find our entire range of gymnastics equipment online at: sport-thieme.com Gymnastics Equipment

120–121 122–125 126

Leisure Games

This catalogue contains a selection of our most popular products.

112–113 114–115 116 117 118–119

Therapy

More than 20,000 products online

Minitramps AirTracks Springboards Balance beams Pommel horses and vaulting bucks Gymnastic bars, handstand trainers and chalk Vaulting boxes Gymnastics benches Gymnastics rings, trapeze bars and gymnastics equipment Wall bars and climbing houses Children’s gymnastics Mats Gymnastics Ballet mirrors and gymnastic stools

Gymnastics Equipment Fitness Equipment

Gymnastics Equipment

Turngeräte

111

Minitramps 01 4 13-mm trampoline bed

for high rebound 5-year guarantee

01 Eurotramp Minitramp “Open-End Standard” Minitramp with barrier-free entry and exit zones for increased safety during difficult jumps. Legs are height- and angle-adjustable. Frame and feet made of galvanised special steel, trampoline bed made of wide nylon strands. Fully padded frame. Max. load: 90 kg. 5-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

4 6-mm trampoline bed for

very high rebound 5-year guarantee

02 Eurotramp Minitramp “Open-End Premium” Minitramp with reinforced leg construction for increased stability as well as 6-mm trampoline bed for greater bounce. Frame and legs made of galvanised special steel, trampoline bed made of wide nylon strands. With shock-absorbing, robust frame padding. Max. load: 90 kg. 5-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Our choice!

Abb. Variant

Target Group

Performance class High

Frame dimensions (LxW) 120x120 cm

Frame design

Trampoline bed (LxW)

Suspension

Open

Steel springs

High

120x120 cm

Open

60x70 cm (13 mm nylon strands) 60x70 cm (6 mm nylon strands) 60x60 cm (100% Perlon) 70x70 cm (100% Perlon) 60x60 cm (6 mm nylon strands) 70x70 cm (6 mm nylon strands) 60x70 cm (13 mm nylon strands) 93x57 cm (100% Perlon)

“Standard” Minitramp Open End

Elite Sports/ Competitive Sports

“Premium” Minitramp Open End

Elite Sports/ Competitive Sports

“Standard” Minitramp 112 “Standard” Minitramp 125 “Premium” Minitramp 112

Recreational Sports/ Medium Clubs/ Schools Recreational Sports/ Medium Clubs/ Schools Recreational Sports/ High Clubs/ Schools/ Parkour

112x112 cm

Closed

125x125 cm

Closed

112x112 cm

Closed

“Premium” Minitramp 125

Recreational Sports/ Clubs/ Schools/ Parkour

High

125x125 cm

Closed

“School” Minitramp Open End

School Sports

High

120x120 cm

Open

„ST“ Sport-Thieme Schools/ Recreational Booster Board by Eurotramp Sports

Medium

135x110 cm

Open

04 05

48 cm

71 258 4906

Each

Bungee cords

38 cm

71 122 8104

Each

Bungee cords

38 cm

71 122 8205

Each

Steel springs

38 cm

71 235 1302

Each

Steel springs

38 cm

71 235 1403

Each

Steel springs

48 cm

71 312 0604

Each

Steel springs

26,5 cm

71 296 1503

Each

02: Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A0301540048

01: Manufacturer: Eurotramp-Trampoline Kurt Hack, see page 240 04: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 06: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02: Manufacturer: Eurotramp-Trampoline Kurt Hack, see page 240 05: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 07: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Secure transport and

space-saving storage 03 Eurotramp Trolley for Minitramps

This transport trolley is a flexible and space-saving solution for simple transportation of Minitramps. Made from steel tubing with four easy running castors, with handles and safety straps. The trolley has space for 4 or 8 Minitramps in different sizes. Assembled size (LxWxH): approx. 115x125x156 cm or 125x125x156 cm. Minitramps not included.

112

Each

Steel springs

01: Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A0301540048

Accessories

Max. immersion Product = height of code trampoline 48 cm 71 123 0808

Also take a look at:

• AirTracks, pages 114–115 • Mats, pages 142

For 4 Minitramps 71 123 0837

Each

For 8 Minitramps 71 123 0824

Each

Manufacturer: Eurotramp-Trampoline Kurt Hack, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

5-year guarantee

Minitramps The classics for gym lessons

4 Free mini trampoline

activity cards (in German only) with every Sport-Thieme mini trampoline!

Can be set to a horizontal position for standing jumps

Our choice

Steel springs and 6-mm trampoline bed for high rebound effect

04 05

Trampoline bed and all-round padding are firmly stitched together

Castors

04 Sport-Thieme Minitramp “Standard” With integrated all-round frame padding to prevent injuries. Height and angle of the legs can be adjusted from 34.6–40.7 cm at the front and 40.7–53.2 cm at the rear. Incl. 2 transport castors and Minitramp activity cards (in German only). With bungee cords. Galvanised tubular steel legs and frame. With non-slip rubber caps. Perlon trampoline bed, which is firmly stitched to cover. • Minitramp 112 – frame (LxWxH): 112x112x38 cm; trampoline bed: 60x60 cm; approx. 23 kg • Minitramp 125 – frame (LxWxH): 125x125x38 cm; trampoline bed: 70x70 cm; approx. 26 kg Max. load (each): 90 kg. 5-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

05 Sport-Thieme Minitramp “Premium” Minitramp with 6-mm-wide strands for more dynamic jumps. Height and angle of the legs can be adjusted. Frame and legs made of galvanised tubular steel, trampoline bed made of nylon strands. With non-slip rubber caps, 2 transport castors and separate all-round frame padding. Incl. Minitramp activity cards (in German only). 5-year guarantee! • Frame size (LxW): 112x112 cm for the Minitramp 112, featuring a jumping mat of 60x60 cm and weighing approximately 23 kg. • Frame size (LxW): 125x125 cm for the Minitramp 125, with a jumping mat size of 70x70 cm and a weight of around 26 kg. See table for available versions.

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Booster Board 06 Sport-Thieme Minitramp Eurotramp “Open-End School” Very sturdy. Legs are heightand angle-adjustable. 32 galvanised steel springs. Fully padded frame. Powerful, 13 mm trampoline bed. Feet and frame made of galvanised tubular steel, trampoline bed made of woven nylon strands. Frame (LxW): 120x120 cm. Trampoline bed (LxW): 60x70 cm. H: 48 cm. 39 kg. Incl. Minitramp activity cards (in German). 5-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

07 Sport-Thieme Booster Board “ST” by Eurotramp Boasts excellent stability and take-off dynamics. For joint-friendly training. Optimal take-off point marked for guidance. Transport castors for effortless relocation. LxW: 135x100 cm. Height adjustable from 26–32 cm. Approx. 33 kg. 5-year guarantee! See table for available versions. More mini trampolines online: sport-thieme.com Minitramps

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

113

Sport-Thieme "Carbon" AirTracks

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

AirTrack sets available online: sport-thieme.com AirTrack Set

01 AirTrack 02 Spark

03 AirFloor

4 Exclusive Design 4 Premium Quality 4 Best Materials

04 AirBeam 01–13 Sport-Thieme “Carbon” AirTrack Range

The latest product range by AirTrack Factory – “Carbon” – is a Sport-Thieme exclusive. It offers a variety of AirTrack products for training, and for school and club sports. They have a great design with a high-quality carbon look on the sides and red lines that clearly outline the gymnastics area. The large AirTrack is perfect for training in schools and clubs. The AirFloors are ideal for training where space is limited. The Spark combines the advantages of both variants: excellent bounce characteristics with a small footprint. Each element also offers additional methodical training possibilities and enhances the gymnast’s experience. See table for available versions. Designed for/as

Inflation:

Sport-Thieme ‘Carbon’ AirTrack model AirTrack

Training in schools and clubs

Spark

AirFloor

Training in schools and clubs with limited space. Good transitional model to larger versions Training with limited space

Handheld blower Handheld blower OV10 Pro Foot pump

AirBeam

Ill.

Air balance beam with a 10 cm wide center line

Foot pump

Years Warranty 5

Variants

5 5

3x1 m 5x1 m 3m 5m

Height

LxW

Product code

20 cm

10x2 m

71 297 0905

Each

20 cm

5x1.40 m

71 297 1100

Each

10 cm 10 cm 10 cm 10 cm

3x1 m 5x1 m 3x0.40 m 5x0.40 m

71 297 1403 71 297 1416 71 297 1605 71 297 1618

Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

114

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sport-Thieme "Carbon" AirTracks

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

On the right track Sport-Thieme Airtracks by Airtrack Factory are produced in premium quality. Compared to other Airtracks, our products stand out especially for the following features: attention to detail and top quality thanks to extensive handcrafting, reliable Velcro connections, durable materials, easy-to-grip handles, special seam protection, and a 3-5-year warranty. Teamsport

Sport-Thieme AirTracks and AirFloors by AirTrack Factory available in various designs and with matching accessories online: sport-thieme.com

5-year guarantee

AirTracks Equipment Athletics

05 AirBlock

06 AirBoard Swimming

12 AirQuad 10 AirMat

Fitness Equipment

AirIncline Small

08 AirRoll

11 AirBoard Boost Ill.

AirIncline Small

AirMat

11 12

AirBoard Boost AirQuad

Carbon Bench

Height

LxW

20 cm

1x0.60 m

Product code 71 297 1201

Each

10 cm

1x0.60 m

71 297 1302

Each

Foot pump

70 cm 100 cm

10 cm 10 cm

Dia. of 0.70 m Dia. of 1 m

71 297 1504 71 297 1517

Each Each

Foot pump

Small (6–9 years) Medium (9–13 years) Large (from 14 years)

60 cm 75 cm 90 cm 40 cm

0.60x1.20 m 0.75x1.20 m 0.90x1.20 m 2x1 m

71 297 1807 71 297 1810 71 297 1823 71 314 2501

Each Each Each Each

Foot pump

10 cm

2x1 m

71 315 9705

Each

Foot pump Foot pump

5 3

30 cm 20 cm

1.2x0.6 m 1x1 m

71 329 5511 71 332 1502

Each Each

Foot pump

10 cm

4x0.3 m

71 375 2106

Each Service

Methodical wedge for a variety of exercises (e.g., roll) AirTrack in the size of a gym mat; versatile use with minimal space required Soft alternative to the springboard Universal take-off aid with a take-off circle as an orientation guide Air balance beam for attachment to a gymnastics bench, can also be used individually

Variants

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Leisure Games

Years Warranty Foot pump 5

Inflation:

Therapy

Sport-Thieme Designed for/as AirTrack „Carbon“ AirBlock Springboard with higher rebound than the AirBoard; can be used individually or as an extension, stackable AirBoard Springboard; can be used individually or as an extension, stackable AirSpot Round springboard version of the AirBoard. Can be used individually or as an extension, stackable Methodical air cylinder for a variety of exerAirRoll cises (e.g., back handspring)

Gymnastics Equipment

07 AirSpot

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

115

Springboards 02 Sport-Thieme Springboard “Advanced”

01 Sport-Thieme Springboard “Standard” 4 Padded, standard

4 Great stability, providing

springboard

fantastic dynamics

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

03 Sport-Thieme Springboard “Kids” 4 Developed for children 4 Spring properties adapted to suit children 4 With non-slip pads for increased stability

04 Spieth Springboard “Budapest” 4 Extremely dynamic due to specially coordinated spring features

02 Advanced

03 Kids

04 Budapest

Make Certification Spring type

01 Standard (padded) Sport-Thieme – Wood

Sport-Thieme – Wood

Spieth TÜV/GS Wood

Spring level* Users** Designed for

1 Schools/clubs Beginners

2 Schools/clubs Advanced

1 Children’s gymnastics Children

2 Schools/clubs Advanced

Limited

Children

Approved by

10–14 years Up to 60 kg 120x60x21.5 cm 71 266 9609 Each

Limited or advanced – Up to 75 kg 120x60x15 cm 71 266 9700 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2586

4–8 years Up to 40 kg 150x55x20 cm 71 331 7509 Each –

Limited or advanced – Up to 95 kg 120x60x22 cm 71 122 2308 Each –

Manufacturer

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer: Spieth Gymnastics GmbH, see page 240

Model

Skill level Recommended age Recommended body weight Size (LxWxH) Product code

* 1 = low, 2 = medium, 3 = high

More springboards online: sport-thieme.com Springboards

** The user's body weight and skill level must also be considered

Guidance on choosing a springboard that suits your needs: Springboards with wooden springs Lower spring effect than springboards with metal springs – making them ideal for schools and clubs

Springboards with metal springs Higher spring effect than springboards with wooden springs – ideal for use in competitive clubs and competitions

For competition trampolines and accessories, visit: sport-thieme.com Competition trampolines

116

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Balance Beams 01 Sport-Thieme Balance Beam “Pro”

Height-adjustable in 5-cm-increments: 70–120 cm

10-year guarantee TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

01 4 Easy height adjustment 4 Flexible, padded balancing surface 4 Very sturdy

Manufacturer: Bänfer GmbH, see page 240

The orginal Reuther, FIG-certified competition balance beam. The new revolutionary Spieth “Soft Touch” technology allows for gentle landings with a high level of stability. The new shape of the frame makes the balance

71 270 9101

Each

Fitness Equipment

LxWxH: 500x10x16 cm. The strong padding reduces high forces and minimises minor injury. Incl. castors. Dimensions (LxW): 500x120 cm. 71 107 1001 Each

03 Spieth Balance Beam “Soft Touch”

beam appear wider for the user. The hygroscopic artificial leather cover offers secure grip and training comfort, particularly in gymnastics turns, jumps and acrobatics. Soft rubber end caps on the beam's feet provide stability and protect the hall floor from damage. The height is adjustable from 75–125 cm in 5-cm increments.

Gymnastics Equipment

FIG-certified competition beam. Extremely stable 2-leg steel base construction. With height adjustment in 5-cm increments from 90–130 cm. Aluminium body with fleece padding and covered in synthetic leather,

4 Made from wood

Swimming

Height-adjustable from 75–125 cm

Athletics

4 On low wooden

base

02 Bänfer Balance Beam “Exklusiv-Microswing”

Equipment

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2585 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Height-adjustable from 90–130 cm

Teamsport

Balance beam for training in schools and clubs. It meets the highest demands in terms of stability and functionality. Double-leg steel base and caps on the feet to prevent marks on the floor. The height can easily be adjusted in 5-cm increments between 70 and 120 cm. Aluminium beam with 3-mmthick fleece cover, 500x10x16 cm (LxWxH). With flexible, padded balancing surface, approx. 5 mm thick. Footprint (LxW): 500x100 cm, approx. 54 kg. 10-year guarantee! 5m 71 120 1808 Each

Manufacturer: Spieth Gymnastics GmbH, see page 240

Practice balance beams Therapy

04 4 Simple connector system 4 Haptic white line for orientation 05

3m 71 293 9416

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

05 Sport-Thieme Practice Balance Beam “Wooden” Wooden beam with glued-on, non-slip felt cover. With 2 wooden feet. LxWxH: approx. 300x10x18 cm. 10-year guarantee! 71 122 4607 Each Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2585 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Even more models and suitable accessories available online at: sport-thieme.com Balance beam

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

Service

Balance beam for practising gymnastics exercises. Haptic white line for orientation without needing to look for the line. Nubbed, gymnastics-mat material underside prevents the beam from moving during training. Hook-and-loop flaps allow

you to add extra beams to make it as long as you like. • 2 m – LxWxH: 200x25x8 cm. 2.6 kg. • 3 m – LxWxH: 300x25x8 cm. 4 kg. 2m 71 293 9403 Each

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Leisure Games

04 Sport-Thieme Practice Balance Beam “Coach”

10-year guarantee

117

Vaulting Bucks and Pommel Horses

3-year guarantee

Real leather

4 For performance-

oriented gymnastics

More pommel horses online at: sport-thieme.com

Vaulting tables and accessories online: sport-thieme.com

Pommel horses

Vaulting tables

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Choice of metal legs or wooden legs with aluminium inserts

Height-adjustable from 110–150 cm

03 4 Height can be TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

adjusted to 150 cm

4 Incl. transport

device

Height-adjustable from 95–150 cm

Height-adjustable from 110–170 cm

10-year guarantee

04 TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

4 Ideal for ground-level

Model Make Designed for Conforms to Body Legs Feet Height adjustment Height adjustment levels Height adjustment method Castors Approx. footprint when set up (lowest) Approx. footprint when set up (highest) Leather Guarantee Product code Approved by Manufacturer

118

Choice of metal legs or wooden legs with aluminium inserts

training

01 Vaulting horse Sport-Thieme Schools and clubs DIN EN 12196 160 x 35/30 x 27 cm Wood with Metal aluminium inserts Rubber pads 110–170 cm 5-cm increments Clamps On 2 feet 154x77 cm 194x121 cm Cowhide 3 years 71 121 3515 Each

71 121 3528 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2584 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

10-year guarantee

02 “Groundy” pommel horse Sport-Thieme Schools and clubs – 160x35/30x27 cm Metal

03 “Elite” pommel horse Sport-Thieme Clubs – 160 x 35/30 x 27 cm Metal

04 Pommel horse “Classic” Sport-Thieme Schools and clubs DIN EN 12196 160x35/30x27 cm Wood with Metal aluminium inserts

Steel with rubber pads – – – – 160x100 cm – Cowhide 3 years

Special pads 110–150 cm 5-cm increments Clamps Built-in system 155x81 cm 210x81 cm Cowhide 3 years

71 348 7206 Each –

71 304 3400 Each

Rubber pads 95–150 cm 5-cm increments Clamps On 2 feet 154x77 cm 194x121 cm Cowhide 3 years 71 116 3706 71 121 3632 Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, cer- Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certitificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2584 ficate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2584 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Real leather

3-year guarantee

Vaulting bucks and horses Train safely, for top performance 01–02

01 4 Children’s

size

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Height-adjustable in 5-cm-increments:

110–170 cm

100–150 cm

90–130 cm

110–170 cm

90–130 cm

100–150 cm

75–100 cm

More vaulting bucks online at: sport-thieme.com Vaulting bucks

Approved by

01 Sport-Thieme “Kids” vaulting buck with metal legs Sport-Thieme Schools & clubs – 55 x 35/30 x 27 cm Metal Rubber pads 75–100 cm 5-cm increments Clamps On 2 feet 68x52 cm 89x70 cm Cowhide 3 years 71 296 8201 Each

02 Sport-Thieme “Classic” Vaulting buck with metal legs Sport-Thieme Schools and clubs DIN EN 12196 55 x 35/30 x 27 cm Metal Rubber pads 100–150 cm 110–170 cm 90–130 cm 5-cm increments Clamps On 2 feet 83x69 cm 90x76 cm 77x62 cm 118x107 cm 128x119 cm 103x90 cm Cowhide 3 years 71 121 8507 71 121 8510 71 121 8523 Each Each Each

Sport-Thieme Schools and clubs DIN EN 12196 55 x 35/30 x 27 cm Wood with aluminium inserts Rubber pads 90–130 cm 100–150 cm 110–170 cm 5-cm increments Clamps On 2 feet 77x62 cm 83x69 cm 90x76 cm 103x90 cm 118x107 cm 128x119 cm Cowhide 3 years 71 122 2933 71 122 2946 71 122 2959 Each Each Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2584

Manufacturer

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme “Classic” Vaulting buck with wooden legs

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

119

Gymnastic bars, handstand trainers, and chalk Designed by us

Made in our own factory

01 4 Width infinitely adjustable 4 Easy to store 4 Special Training Bar for

Children

01 Sport-Thieme Parallel Bars “Kids” Entry bars for children's gymnastics. Can also be integrated into movement landscapes. Particularly stable thanks to wide feet with a waffle-patterned base. Extremely durable, safe, and stable due to the steel frame with laminated wood bars. Adjustable in width to be individual and space-saving by sliding the bars against each other from 0 cm up to approximately 47 cm seamlessly. Dimensions: LxWxH: 230x47x79 cm. 15 kg.

Mats not included

71 390 2022

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Chalk

4 Made in

Europe

06 Sport-Thieme Chalk “Block” Magnesia made from magnesium carbonate in block form. Set of 6 blocks in 1 box, each individually wrapped in paper. Absorbs moisture from the hands and provides a better grip during exercises, such as in gymnastics, climbing, weightlifting, and athletics. Dimensions per block (LxWxH): 9x3.5x9 cm. Box dimensions (LxWxH): 15.5x9.5x11.5 cm. 720 g (120 g per block).

02 Sport-Thieme Handstand Bars “Long” Ideal for learning parallel bar exercises, as well as push-ups and handstands with a healthy hand position and correct posture. Easy to set up, store, and transport. Made from birch plywood with special laminated wood handles. LxWxH: 102x22x15 cm. Supports up to approximately 100 kg. 4.2 kg. 71 343 5609 Pair Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Handstand blocks “Acrobatics”

04 Sport-Thieme Chalk Stand “Flex” Sturdy metal construction, approx. 81 cm high. With stainless steel bowl (34 cm in diameter, 10 cm high) with a capacity of approx. 4.5 litres. With castors.

Designed for a variety of exercises such as handstands, L-sits, crocodile poses, and more. Rubber feet ensure excellent stability during workouts. Ergonomically angled hand grips provide wrist-friendly training. Made from beech wood. LxWxH: 30x30x36.5 cm. Grip surface dimensions: 115x70 mm. Grip block height: 40 mm with a 5-degree incline. Maximum load capacity: 100 kg. Weight: 3 kg.

71 119 1006

71 332 3700

71 362 6304

120

05 04

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Pair

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Chalk Stand “Round” Additional compartment for storing sponges. Features a chalk opening. Plastic container. Stable T-foot made of metal. Dimensions: LxWxH: 44x52x108 cm. Weight: approx. 6 kg. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

71 382 5802

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

07 Sport-Thieme Chalk “Powder” Improves grip for maximum performance. Reduces friction on the hands. Easy application for optimal adhesion. Ideal for gymnastics, climbing, and weightlifting. Made from magnesium carbonate powder. Packaging (LxWxH): 35x26x5 cm. Weight: 1,150 g. 71 389 9407 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More gym chalk products online: sport-thieme.com Chalk

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Parallel and Uneven Bars

03 Height-adjustable from 124–201 cm

Two of the posts can be telescopically adjusted up to 251 cm

02 Height-adjustable in 5-cm-increments: 130–209 cm

01 Height-adjustable from 115–164 cm

Multipurpose gymnastics equipment for schools and clubs

Replacement part

04 Sport-Thieme Replacement Rail 350 cm 01–03 Sport-Thieme parallel/uneven bars Our combination parallel and uneven bars are manufactured as per DIN EN 914, meeting gymnastics requirements for use in schools and clubs. Their telescopic height adjustment feature in 5-cm increments, strong speMore gymnastic bars online: cial-plywood rails, smooth-rolling castors sport-thieme.com and precision-fit centre mats (optional) make them high-quality multi-purpose Gymnastic bars equipment for gymnasts of all ages. Model Make Brand Designed for Standard Type/size Dimensions Weight Height adjustment Distance between rails Height adjustment increments With castors Securing mechanism Product code Approved by Manufacturer

01 School Sport Bars

02 Parallel Bars

Sport-Thieme Schools and clubs DIN EN 914:2020–08 1/1 350x124x100 cm Approx. 186 kg 100–160 cm 39–56 cm 5 cm

Sport-Thieme Schools, clubs and older people DIN EN 914:2020–08 1/2 350x164x140 cm Approx. 210.6 kg 140–205 cm 39–59 cm 5 cm

Made of special laminated wood (TBU 7–10) with rounded ends, approx. 51x41 mm, 3.5 m long. For school, youth and adult gymnastics. For multi-use bars and competitions, we recommend using rails with steel cable inserts, as they can be subjected to higher loads. Four M8x35 screws included. 10-year guarantee! 71 120 8304

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Multi-Use Bars

Standard

350x164x140 cm Approx. 216 kg 140–205/250 cm

Junior Sport-Thieme Schools and clubs DIN EN 914:2020 2/– 350x164x120 cm Approx. 213 kg 120–180/230 cm 39–59 cm 5 cm

•

Clamping levers 71 376 9704 Each

Clamping levers 71 376 9805 Each

Clamping levers

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03903.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03903.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

71 376 9906 Each –

71 382 1507 Each –

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

121

Sport-Thieme “Vario” Jumping Boxes

10-year guarantee

“Vario” vaulting box sets The original! This versatile set is ideal, for example, for preparing for exercises on the horizontal or parallel bars. By adjusting the angle of the climbing ladders, it is perfectly suited for methodical use. The set can also be used by people with disabilities and children. With its wide range of exercise options, it is a valuable addition for clubs and schools.

For suitable accessories, visit: sport-thieme.com Vario vaulting box

02 “Vario” vaulting box set • 8-part set

• Includes 2 vaulting boxes

Real leather

Original vaulting box

Bar

03 “Vario” mini vaulting box set • 5-part set

• Includes 2 mini vaulting boxes

“Vario” mini vaulting box

Ladder

01 Sport-Thieme Vaulting Box 3-Piece “Vario” Mini

02 Sport-Thieme Vaulting Box Set “Vario”

For our little ones! Boasts the same high-quality design as its “big brother”, our “Original” vaulting box. With openings on the sides for a ladder or 2 bars and at the ends for attaching gymnastics benches. LxWxH: 100x50/75x70 cm. 10-year guarantee! Without swivel castor kit 71 122 3806 Each

The set includes: • 2 five-part vaulting boxes, 150x50x110 cm (available with or without swivel castor kit) • 1 “Vario” ladder of 150x43.8 cm (LxW) • 1 “Vario” ladder of 150x123.8 cm (LxW) • 4 “Vario” bars 10-year guarantee! Without swivel castor kit 71 122 3008 Set

With swivel castor kit 71 122 3822

With swivel castor kit 71 122 3011

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Our entire range of asymmetric bars, incl. suitable accessories, is available online at: sport-thieme.com Asymmetric bars

Set

Set 03 Sport-Thieme Vaulting Box Set “Vario Mini” The set includes: • 2 “Vario” mini vaulting boxes (available with or without swivel castor kit) • 1 “Vario” ladder (LxW: 150x43.8 cm) • 2 “Vario” bars 10-year guarantee! Without swivel castor kit 71 122 3907 Set With swivel castor kit 71 122 3910

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

122

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Vaulting Boxes “Multiplex”

Made in our own factory TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Balls

5-year guarantee

4-, 5- and 6-part boxes have cut-outs for “Vario” equipment page 120 Cover for 01 – 05: Choice of

03 4-part 04 5-part

Teamsport

Real leather or imitation leather

Equipment

05 6-part

Athletics

All vaulting box sections can be used in any combination

Swimming

Opening for swivel castor kit

Very precise measurements to an accuracy of ±0.5 mm

Fitness Equipment

01 1-part

Gymnastics Equipment

4-, 5- and 6-part boxes feature cut-outs for the attachment of gymnastic benches – making the equipment even more versatile!

02 3-part

All parts of the box are made of robust laminated birch wood and are joined both with glue and screws to ensure stability and an exact fit. Great advantages: all boxes are covered with high-grade real leather or imitation leather. The rounded edges increase safety and reduce the risk of injury. 5-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

04 05

Variant 1-part 3-part 4-part

Dimensions (LxWxH) 70x50x40 cm 70x50x40 cm 150x50x90 cm

5-part

150x50x110 cm

6-part

150x50x110 cm

Cover: red imitation leather

•

Swivel castors – – –

•

TÜV • •

•

–

•

–

•

Product code 71 122 7215 71 122 7316 71 121 8608 71 121 8611 71 121 8709 71 121 8712 71 121 8800 71 121 8813

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Vaulting boxes

Cover: natural real leather Product code 71 122 7202 71 122 7303 71 121 5104 71 121 5117 71 122 6300 71 122 6313 71 122 6401 71 122 6414

Leisure Games

Ill. 01 02 03

A wide selection of vaulting boxes, matching extensions, and accessories online: sport-thieme.com

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2579

Manufacturer

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

123

Service

Approved by /Certificate No.

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Therapy

Sport-Thieme “Multiplex” vaulting boxes

04 4-part

07 6-part

Top rated sport-thieme.com Walter wrote: “This product features a solid and robust design. The individual components are easy to transport and fit together precisely. The leather is supple.”

01 1-part

03 3-part

Sport-Thieme Vaulting Boxes “Original” with Full-Grain Leather Cover The best material and TÜV-approved – convincing arguments for Sport-Thieme vaulting boxes which are made in our own factory. Only solid glue-laminated pinewood and premium real leather are used to make a new vaulting box. Cleverly devised reinforcement within the boxes provides increased stability. The sturdy feet on the base feature non-slip, non-marking rubber pads. To make moving your boxes easier, we recommend suitable castors. All our vaulting boxes come with the necessary openings for this. Ill. Variant

Dimensions (LxWxH)

Complies with DIN standard

Swivel castor kit

Safety moving device

1-part

70x50x40 cm

–

70x50x40 cm

New! 1-part Vaulting Box Chest 3-part

DIN 7908, DIN EN 916 type 2 –

4-part

150x50x90 cm

DIN 7908, DIN EN 916 type 2 DIN 7908, DIN EN 916 type 1

70x50x40 cm

Product code

–

Wheel kit for vaultingbox top section –

71 121 4707

Each

–

71 390 7506

Each

–

71 121 4710

Each

–

– –

– – –

71 121 4505 71 121 4518 71 121 4534 71 121 4521 71 121 4736 71 121 4778 71 122 3040 71 122 3024 71 383 1801 71 121 4749 71 121 4765 71 122 3053 71 122 3037

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

•

– •

5-part

150x50x110 cm

DIN 7908, DIN EN 916 type 1

– •

06 07

5-part, small 6-part

70x50x110 cm 150x50x110 cm

DIN 7908, SN EN 916 DIN 7908, DIN EN 916 type 1

•

– •

01: Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2579 04: Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2579 07: Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2579 01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 04: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 07: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

124

Also take a look at: Sport-Thieme jumpstrength trainer, page 42

•

– – – •

– – – – •

–

•

– – – •

– – – – •

03: Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2579 05: Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2579

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 05: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 06: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Made in our own factory

Our original vaulting boxes Classics covered in real leather 4 Coating with solvent-free water-based paint TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Very precise measurements to an accuracy of ± 0.5 mm All parts can be combined in any way

06 5-part, small

05 5-part 01

02 50 cm

For your safety Comprehensive equipment testing on all Sport-Thieme vaulting boxes! Your safety is paramount, therefore we leave nothing to chance. Each vaulting box is systematically tested with the best technology and highest expertise. Only when all the tests are completed and all safety requirements are met, will the product receive the much sought after “GS” – the German TÜV certification. Your guarantee of certified safety!

New

45 cm

Multiplex corner edge joints

More vaulting boxes online: sport-thieme.com Vaulting boxes

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

1-piece vaulting box chest

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

125

Gymnastics Benches From 2.5 m: with solid centre section for increased stability

More gym benches online: sport-thieme.com Gymnastics benches

4 Treated with solvent-free, environ-

Rounded corners for increased safety

mentally friendly water-based varnish 25-year guarantee Made in our own factory

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Applies to 2.0, 3.0, 3.5 and 4.0 m long benches only

Top rated sport-thieme.com Idil wrote: “Super-safe bench in every aspect – I’m thrilled!”

Non-slip rubber protectors prevent damage to your floor

Accessory

01 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Bench “Original” Made of strong yet flexible, multi-laminated softwood. Feet made of solid plywood with non-slip caps. All gymnastics benches with a length of 2.5 m or more can also be hung on wall bars. The 1-metre-long bench has no attachment rail. HxW: 35x28 cm. 25-year guarantee! See table for available versions. Length 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 2.5 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.5 m

Complies with DIN 7909 – – – •

– •

– – –

Plain variant

With transport castors

Product code

•

– –

71 121 7940 * 71 121 7908 * 71 121 7911 71 121 8406 * 71 121 8464 71 121 7953 71 121 8969 71 121 8419 * 71 121 8477 71 121 8422 * 71 121 8480 71 121 8435 * 71 121 8493 71 121 8448 * 71 121 8927

•

– – – – – – – – – – – •

–

•

– •

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

* Approved by TÜV Austria, Certificate No.: ZSTS/APZE/2580 (except 2.5 m)

02 Sport-Thieme See-Saw Block for Gymnastics Bench Protected/registered design. For clamping underneath the gymnastics bench for immediate see-saw fun. Made of robust birch plywood, with a non-slip, grooved rubber inlay. Can be combined with gymnastics benches that comply with DIN. For bench beams up to 10.5 cm wide. See-saw height approx. 12 cm or 15 cm. Gymnastics bench not included. WxHxD: 32.7x26x22.7 cm. Approx. 4 kg.

71 121 8956

Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2580 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

With hinged lid With padded bench top for increased safety

03 Sport-Thieme Small Bench “Jump” Sports equipment and sitting bench in one. Easy to transport. Variant with hinged lid is great for storing sports items. Cowhide cover. LxWxH, base: 150x36x31 cm. Seat: 150x28x3 cm. Approx. 22 kg. Max. load: approx. 120 kg. With hinged lid 71 312 2613 Each

Increased comfort thanks to padded surface. Made of wood. Upholstered in imitation or genuine leather. Max. load: 200 kg. 71 336 4202 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

126

04 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Bench “Soft”

4 For safely executing new

gymnastics elements

4 Removes fear of injury for children 4 Softer surface promotes movement

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Gymnastic Rings, Trapeze Bars, and Gymnastics Equipment 10-year guarantee

01 Sport-Thieme Trapeze Bar “Easy”

Outdoor: stainless steel

Indoor: wood

4 Easy to attach

Teamsport

to rings

4 With silicone-covered

hooks for protecting the rings

Wood 71 119 0902

Each

Equipment

Wooden trapeze bar: For indoor use. With silicone-covered hooks for safely attaching to the rings. Side eyelets for attaching other trapezes. Ash wood. Dia.: 35 mm. Approx. 77 cm wide. Max. load: approx. 80 kg. Stainless steel trapeze bar: Weatherproof for both indoor and outdoor use. With snap hooks, coated in silicone for protecting the rings. V2A Nirosta. Dia.: 35 mm. Approx. 75 cm wide. Max. load: approx. 150 kg. Gymnastics rings and ropes not included. 10-year guarantee!

Stainless steel 71 119 0928

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Athletics

Net only

Net plus the accessories required for net attachment to 2 pairs of gymnastics rings

Swimming

02 Sport-Thieme Climbing Net “Climb” 03 Sport-Thieme Climbing Net for Gymnastics Rings

Polypropylene, orange 71 127 2677

Each

The set includes: • 1 Sport-Thieme climbing net, 3x2.5 m, 02 • 1 plywood bar with 4 attachment hooks for 4 gymnastics rings 3.5 m

3x2.5 m 71 127 2664

Each

Polypropylene, orange 71 127 2606

Set

Each

Natural staple fibre 71 127 2648

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Standard

With cork layer

Rope and rings not included

Set Set

For adults Set

Black 71 321 8512

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Children can stand or sit on the seat and swing. Quick to set up: just attach the seat to the rings. With hook-and-loop straps for safe attachment. For DIN-approved gymnastics rings. Available with or without cork layer. The cork layer features a pre-shaped c sport-thieme.com

seat. Rings and ropes not included. Overall seat dimensions, LxWxH: 60x22x2.1 cm. Actual seat, LxW: 47x20 cm. Max. load: approx. 120 kg. Approx. 2 kg. Standard 71 186 4364 Each With cork layer 71 144 6904

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

127

Service

Blue 71 202 8415

05 Sport-Thieme Swing Seat “SkyBoard”

Leisure Games

Black 71 321 8509

Attach to beam or similar

Therapy

Blue 71 290 2409

Children

04 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Ring Set “Indoor” Set of 2 gymnastic rings and 2 straps with cam buckles. High load capacity up to 200 kg, 120 kg per ring. Rings made of laminated beech plywood. Strap: Blue 2.5 cm wide, Black 3 cm, 100% polypropylene (PP). L: 550 cm. • Children: Thickness: 25 mm, outer ø: 160 mm, inner ø: 110 mm. Approx. 0.5 kg. • Adults: Thickness: 28 mm, outer ø: 236 mm, inner ø: 180 mm. Approx. 0.6 kg. For children

Fitness Equipment

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Adults

Soft staple fibre, natural colours 71 127 2635

Gymnastics Equipment

Let the gymnasts race up the net, swing off it, jump into it, climb away etc. Just lay out soft mats for safety. Rope diameter: 2 cm. Mesh size: 25 cm. Max. load: 400 kg. Fixtures and fittings not included. 2x2 m

Sport-Thieme Wall Bars and Accessories 01

25-year guarantee TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

With reinforcing bar

Simple and safe mounting

10-year guarantee

01 Sport-Thieme Pull-Up Bar “Standard” Can be attached to your wall bars at any height. For pull-ups and stretching exercises. Approx. 69 cm wide. Offset by 65 cm. Sturdy metal frame with wooden bar. The pull-up bar folds down for compact storage. Max. load: 80 kg. 10-year guarantee!

71 314 7001

Each

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03128.Z02 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Wall Bars DIN EN 12346 “Double” 02

Ill. Sport-Thieme Description 02

“Double DIN”

“Original”

“Single DIN”

Double wall bars with 16 or 17 rungs, compliant with DIN EN 12346

Oval rungs, approx. 43x33 mm

Manufactured in accordance with DIN 7910 and DIN EN 12346. HxW: 260x200 cm. With 16 rungs.HxW: 280x200 cm. With 17 rungs. Incl. mounting hardware. 25-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Sections Dimen- Norm TÜV Frame Rungs sions DIN EN (HxW) 12346 Material Material Shape Diameter Number Distance in cm in mm Two 260x200 Ash • • Oval 33x43 Soft16 2nd and 3rd rung 38 cm, wood otherw. 14 cm Two 280x200 • • Ash SoftOval 33x43 17 2nd and 3rd rung 38 cm, wood otherw. 14 cm One 210x80 • • Ash Round Soft35 8 1st and 2nd rung approx. 10 cm, wood from 3rd rung approx. 25.2 cm One 230x80 • • SoftAsh Round 35 1st and 2nd rung approx. 10 cm, 9 wood from 3rd rung approx. 25.2 cm One 230x100 • • SoftAsh Oval 33x43 2nd and 3rd rung 38 cm, 14 wood otherw. 14 cm SoftOne 260x100 • • Ash Oval 33x43 2nd and 3rd rung 40 cm, 16 wood otherw. 14 cm

02: Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2578 04: Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2578

03: Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2578 05: 711226573: Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2578

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 04: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 05: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

128

Product code Offset rungs First and third First and third First

71 122 6599

Each

71 122 6586

Each

71 122 6560

Each

First

71 122 6557

Each

First and third First and third

71 156 8501

Each

71 122 6573

Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

25-year guarantee TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Versatile wall bars For gyms, exercise rooms, clinics, and climbing in kindergartens 4 Fixings included

Single wall bars

03 with 8 or 9 rungs, DIN EN 12346

03 Sport-Thieme Wall Bars “Original” Excellent choice for nurseries and primary schools. Incl. all fixings (brackets, screws and wall plugs). Max. load: 100 kg. 25-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Round rungs, ø approx. 35 mm

Single wall bars

04 with 14 rungs, compliant with DIN EN 12346 05 with 16 rungs, compliant with DIN EN 12346

04 Sport-Thieme Wall Bars 230x100 cm DIN EN 12346 “Single” With oval rungs for increased safety. 14 rungs. As per DIN 12346/913. Incl. fixings. HxW: 230x100 cm. 20 kg. 25-year guarantee!|With oval rungs for increased safety. 14 rungs. As per DIN 12346/913. Incl. fixings. HxW: 230x100 cm. 20 kg. 25-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Versatile sports equipment for a wide range of gymnastic exercises and ideal training tools to boost fitness and endurance. Pull-up bars online: sport-thieme.com Pull-up bar

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Top-quality materials, superior craftsmanship, and TÜV-certified safety—compelling reasons to choose Sport-Thieme wall bars! Side rails made from solid softwood and c sport-thieme.com

Oval rungs, approx. 43x33 mm

05 Sport-Thieme Wall Bars 260x100 cm DIN EN 12346 “Single” Complies with DIN 7910 and DIN EN 12346. HxW: 260x100 cm. With 16 rungs. 37 kg. 25-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

rungs made from sturdy ash. For increased stability, all rungs are securely screwed multiple times to the side rails. The wall bars are perfect for use in gyms, studios, or home settings. On some wall bars, the 1st and 3rd rungs from the top are extended: perfect for relieving spinal stress and bodyweight exercises.

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

129

Individual Gymnastics Wall Sections and Accessories Designed by us No. 02 and 12–14

Find all TuWa components and matching accessories online: sport-thieme.com

TuWa Installation kit

No. 01–04, 06–10, and 12–14 certified by TÜV Thüringen, Certificate No. 3510.02884.Z01

TuWa – the gymnastics wall concept

The various gymnastics wall sections offer kids a wide variety of ways to experience keeping active. They also allow you to create a gymnastics and climbing wonderland, even in small spaces. Rotating and folding sections add even more variety. In addition to the individual elements, the Sport-Thieme TuWa concept also includes various pre-configured gymnastics walls. Each section measures 230x100x10 cm (HxWxD).

01 Sprossen-

02 Sprossenwand

03 Climbing net

04 Large section

05 Climbing

06 Climbing bar

07 Climbing bar

08 Semi-ladder

09 Climbing

10 Gymnastic

11 Gymnastic

12 Grid ladder

13 Rope ladder

14 Rope

U3 compatible

Product code

wand U3*

component

according to DIN

window

Ill. TuWa Individual Element 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14

Wall Bars U3 Wall Bars per DIN Climbing Net Component Large Wall Bars Climbing Wall Climbing Pole Component Climbing Pole Component with Ladder Half Ladder Component Climbing Window Horizontal Bar Component Horizontal Bar Component with Gymnastic Roll Grid Ladder Rope Ladder Rope

bar component

130

bar component with gym roll

wall

component

Product features 16 rungs, rung spacing: 12/35.5 cm; clear rung spacing: 8.5/32 cm 14 rungs, rung spacing: 14/40 cm; clear rung spacing: 9.7/35.7 cm Net made of Hercules rope, mesh size: 33x28 cm 6 rungs, rung spacing approx. 30 cm Multiplex board, 15 climbing holds made of graphic stone 2 long rungs, approx. 32 cm spacing Approx. 27 cm rung spacing, approx. 37 cm rung length Approx. 19 cm rung spacing (open elements) Window size: 26x26 cm Horizontal bar, 5 height settings Horizontal bar, 5 height settings, with gymnastics roller (Lxø): 85x30 cm Rung spacing 41/42.5 cm Ropes made of polypropylene, ladder width 43 cm, rung spacing: 35 cm Rope made of polypropylene, 8 climbing steps made of beech wood

01: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 03: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 06: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 08: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 10: 713495009: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 13: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 04: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 07: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 10: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 13: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Sprossenwand

component

•

– • •

– • • •

– – –

component with ladder

71 349 5403 71 378 5209 71 349 5302 71 362 0508 71 186 7103 71 362 1905 71 186 6618 71 349 4804 71 349 5100 71 349 5009 71 349 5012 71 382 8508 71 382 8407 71 382 8609

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

02: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 04: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 07: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 09: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 12: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 14: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 05: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 08: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 11: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 14: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03: 06: 09: 12:

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Gymnastics Walls and Climbing Frames

No. 01–04 (Versions without safety mats) tested by TÜV Thüringen, Certificate No. 3510.02884.Z01

Teamsport Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Wall Combination “TuWa Climbing Frame 5”

With fall protection mats 71 368 8306

Set

The 5-part tilting “Combi” gymnastics wall fulfils every wish: the horizontal bar with turning pad can be folded out into the room. The climbing net and the wall bars can be folded down and outwards and can be set at 3 different slope levels or fully horizontally e.g. on a vaulting box or gymnastics stool. With a distance of 40 cm from the wall, it can be accessed from the front and back. Items included: half-ladder section, climbing net, wall bars, climbing

4 Can be set up-

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Fall protection Please inquire with your local municipal accident insurance association about the applicable regulations. c sport-thieme.com

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Service

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. 713622605: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. 713623800: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Storage space is available behind the gym wall element as well as in the additional shelf. The shelf can be assembled on either side. The included gym element is freely selectable. Made of beech wood. Dimensions: LxWxH: 56.5x138x231 cm. With TuWa Climbing Wall U3 71 396 9508 Each With TuWa Large-Field Wall Bars 71 396 9511 Each With TuWa Grid Ladder 71 396 9524 Each With TuWa Rope Ladder 71 396 9537 Each With TuWa Climbing Net Section 71 396 9540 Each

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

131

Leisure Games

Set

With fall protection mats 71 216 2254

05 New! Sport-Thieme Multifunctional training wall “TuWa Store” Therapy

With fall protection mats 71 197 3769

This tilting climbing wall opens up new dimensions in children's gymnastics. In just a few steps you can set the climbing wall to almost any angle from a vertical to a horizontal position. When in a horizontal position, the feet fold out. When used with a mat, you are provided with a range of new opportunities for exercising. Can be used in combination with ladders and boards from the gymnastics construction kit. HxW: 235x126 cm. Max. load: 90 kg. 10-year guarantee! Without fall protection mats 71 362 3800 Set

Model: with TuWa Climbing Wall U3

Fitness Equipment

A 3-part climbing wall with removable net, which can also be laid on a vaulting box or gymnastics bench. This increases the variety of options for playing and climbing. The frame sits 40 cm away from the wall, meaning children can access it from both the back and front. This is a real hit for children's gymnastics and sports lessons. Max. load for each section: 90 kg. Items included: climbing pole with ladder, climbing net, wall bars. LxWxH: approx. 305x40x230 cm. 10-year guarantee! Without fall protection mats 71 362 2605 Set

Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. 713623507: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Gymnastics Equipment

04 Sport-Thieme Folding Gymnastics Wall “Incline TuWa Wall Bars”

03 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Wall Combination “TuWa Climbing Wall 3”

With fall protection mats 71 197 3756

New

right, at an angle or horizontally 4 Stand feet

Climbing net can be pulled out at an angle

pole with ladder, bar with pad. Stools must be ordered separately. Max. load for each section: 90 kg. LxWxH: approx. 508x40x230 cm. 10-year guarantee! Without fall protection mats 71 362 3507 Set

Swimming

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. 713623305: Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.02884.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Wall Combination Folding “Kombi”

Athletics

A 5-part climbing and gymnastics wall. Folds flat against the wall to save space. Items included: horizontal bar with pad, climbing pole with ladder, wall bars, climbing net, large span wall bars. Pre-assembled. Max. load for each section: 90 kg. LxWxH: 323x125x230 cm. Folded against the wall: approx. 414x24x230 cm. 10-year guarantee! Without fall protection mats 71 362 3305 Set

Lüne-Combinato

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

10-year guarantee

All modular exercise area products can be freely combined Movement obstacle courses are perfect for promoting physical activity in sports clubs, primary schools, and childcare institutions. Depending on the focus, children can practice balancing, maintaining equilibrium, sensory skills, or motor abilities - all while having fun and staying motivated. Sports teachers and trainers particularly benefit from the versatility. Numerous elements on the following pages can be individually combined to create courses to promote physical activity.

Heightadjustable

The children’s high bar by Kirec that grows with the child is available online at: sport-thieme.com Kirec

Individual elements

Lüne-Combinato allows children to create their own play areas and obstacle courses. The elements can be combined in many different ways. Example structures include: Bridges, catwalks, wobble boards, slides, steep slopes, see-saws, carousels, or vehicles, seats and huts for role play.

05 10 09 08 07

Many years of research and insights gained from the Braunschweig project “modular exercise set” and the Lüneburg research project went into the development of the Lüne-Combinato. Varnished spruce wood covered with fluted rubber, which has a non-slip surface. Cubes, boards and drums have a glued-on soft felt coating (70% polyester, 30% polypropylene). 10-year guarantee!

01 Cuboid

02 Prism

03 Half-moon

04 Carousel

05 Board with blocks

06 Board with felt

08 Cube

09 Half-cube

10 Drum

Balance beam

Rubber panel

cover

“Standard” roller board

Sets Individual elements Ill. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

Element Cuboid Prism (support triangle) Half-moon Carousel Board with blocks Board with felt cover Balance beam Cube Half-cube Drum Rubber panel “Standard” roller board Product code

Dimensions (LxWxH) 40x19x13 cm 40x19x16 cm 52x18x19 cm H: 9 cm, ø 35 cm 200x27x3 cm 200x27x3 cm 200x10x6 cm 50x50x50 cm 50x50x25 cm L: 50 cm, ø 40 cm 25x25 cm 62x35 cm

Product code 71 128 0500 71 128 2001 71 128 0702 71 128 0803 71 128 2203 71 128 1008 71 128 2102 71 128 1109 71 128 1200 71 127 2000 71 128 1415 71 128 5404

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

132

13 Starter set Essential Basic Equipment Set Components 2 items 2 items 1 item – 1 item 1 item 1 item 1 item – – 4 items – 71 128 1617 Each

14 Maxi set Comprehensive Equipment Set Components 2 items 2 items 1 item 1 item 2 items 2 items 1 item 2 items 2 items 1 item 6 items – 71 128 1718 Each

15 Vesti set Build Roundabouts, Turntables and Seesaws Set Components – 1 item 1 item 1 item 1 item 1 item 1 item – 1 item – – 1 item 71 128 1529 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

“Kombi” Gymnastics Construction Kit

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

10-year guarantee

From individual elements to a whole network Teamsport

With the “Kombi” Gymnastics Construction Kit, you can attach all the combi plug-in elements from this page to the 3 combi rung elements on the left page. The possibilities are endless – space-saving, athletic, and creative, offering a new challenge every time! By combining different modules, you can create a versatile equipment system using existing standard devices and systems. Please note that the system is compatible with Sport-Thieme vaulting boxes. Products from other manufacturers use a different connection system.

Equipment

Base elements:

Connections:

Suspension hook “Plus” (incl. hookand-loop fastener for securing)

Suspension hook

With swivel castor kit 71 330 9113

Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2579 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Swimming

A six-part vaulting box. Items included: • 1 Sport-Thieme “Mario” vaulting box top section • 1 Sport-Thieme “Mario” vaulting box middle section • 2 standard Sport-Thieme vaulting box middle sections of 10 cm (height) • 1 standard Sport-Thieme vaulting box middle section

Wooden hook with rubber coating

of 20 cm (height) • 1 standard Sport-Thieme vaulting box bottom section (H: 25 cm) 10-year guarantee! LxWxH: 150x50x111 cm. Without swivel castor feature 71 330 9100 Each

Athletics

01 Sport-Thieme Vaulting Box “Mario”

Crossbar

The complete gymnastics module system with all combinable elements available online: sport-thieme.com Gymnastics Module System

Kombi elements: For free combination and for hanging onto the base elements on the left. 31 cm

35 cm

41 cm

28 cm

20 cm

05 Kombi storming plank

06 Kombi balance beam

Kombi ladder

cm 200

cm 150

150

Kombi climbing plank

Kombi climbing frame

200

24 8

cm 24 8

24 8

03 Kombi climbing ladder

100 cm

43,8 cm

Kombi sloping board

Kombi climbing board

Product code

Suspension hooks

71 381 9702

Each

Kombi clamp Kombi clamp Kombi clamp Kombi clamp Kombi clamp Suspension hooks Suspension hooks

71 393 1309 71 393 1006 71 393 1019 71 393 1107 71 393 1208 71 120 7503 71 349 2808

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

200x50x9 cm

Rungs approx. 15 cm long and 3.5 cm in dia., distance between rungs approx. 24 cm Rung diameter approx. 3.5 cm, distance between rungs approx. 24 cm Inner width approx. 24 cm Inner width approx. 34 cm With offset half-rungs Balance surface approx. 10x6 cm Rung diameter approx. 4 cm, distance between rungs approx. 30 cm Sturdy wooden frame with climbing net made of 16-mm-thick Hercules rope Wooden frame with imitation leather cover and foam padding

Horizontal beam

71 122 6805

Each

200x50x9 cm

Wooden board with 7 adjustable climbing holds

Rubber-coated wooden hooks

71 307 1508

Each

Kombi half-ladder

Dimensions (LxWxH) 248x33x15 cm

03 04 05 06 07 08

Kombi climbing ladder Kombi climbing plank Kombi climbing plank Kombi storming plank Kombi balance beam Kombi ladder Kombi climbing frame

248x35x17 cm 248x31x14.5 cm 248x41x14.5 cm 248x28x12 cm 248x20x13.5 cm 150x43.8x8 cm 150x100x10 cm

Kombi sloping board

Kombi climbing board

Service

Attachment

Individual element

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

Leisure Games

Product features

Ill.

Therapy

Kombi half-ladder

50 cm

Fitness Equipment

24 8

50 cm

Gymnastics Equipment

33 cm

133

Rolling-Bar Slide System

10-year guarantee

The attachment possibilities are endless...

A different combination for every sports lesson! Sets 01 Individual parts online: sport-thieme.com 71 200 5919

01 Sport-Thieme Platform “Kombi” Rolling-Bar Slide The combination of low and high platforms leaves nothing to be desired when using the roller board track and roller slide: children can crawl underneath, climb through, scale, and ride down. Flexible in its use. The low platform can be mounted on either the right or left side. The roller slide can be attached at the front or back. 10-year warranty! Items included: • Sport-Thieme high platform. WxDxH: approx. 66x82x90 cm. 20 kg. Supports up to 150 kg • Sport-Thieme low platform. WxDxH: approx. 73x64x42 cm. 12 kg. Supports up to 150 kg 71 200 5919 Set Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Rolling-Bar Slide Set “Original Plus” Items included: •1 Sport-Thieme roller slide, LxW: 250x60 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme roller board track, LxW: 150x60 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme high platform, WxDxH: 66x82x90 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme low platform, WxDxH: 73x64x42 cm 10-year warranty! 71 200 5889

Set

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS_APZE_2552 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Trapeze Buck “Original” Ideal for children's gymnastics. Can be combined with wooden platforms, hook ladders, obstacle courses, wall bars and much more. New and exciting exercise areas can easily be created, making sports lessons fun and varied. Standing surface: 62x24 cm. Rung diameter: 35 mm. Max. load: 100 kg. • Small: approx. 64.5x71/24x53 cm (WxDxH), approx. 6 kg • Medium: approx. 64.5x93.5/24x77.5 cm (WxDxH), approx. 8 kg • L arge: approx. 64.5x116.5/24x102 cm (WxDxH), approx. 10 kg Identical rung height in all versions, so individual parts can be attached horizontally. 10-year guarantee! Small 71 220 7807 Each Medium 71 220 7810

Each

Large 71 220 7823

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set 06 Sport-Thieme Trapeze Buck Set “Original Plus” The set includes: • 1 small Sport-Thieme trapeze buck • 1 medium Sport-Thieme trapeze buck • 1 large Sport-Thieme trapeze buck 10-year guarantee! 71 220 7836

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

GEPRÜFT TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

03 Sport-Thieme Platform “Universal”

04 Sport-Thieme Trapeze Buck Replacement Rung for Rolling Slide

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSZS_APZE_2552

A rolling-bar slide can be attached to the buck's two rungs and produce a connection to a wall bar, a trapeze buck or other suitable attachment equipment. The attachment rungs are fixed at different heights, guaranteeing a smooth incline for optimum sliding fun. 21-mm-thick birch plywood. LxWxH: 70.6x63.4x59.2 cm. Rolling-bar slide not included. 10-year guarantee! 71 262 1409 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

The medium-height platform with a rung for attaching the Sport-Thieme rolling-bar slide (200 cm) or Sport-Thieme “Kombi” elements. The platform can also be combined with the low and high platform. 18-mm-thick birch plywood. WxDxH: 73.3x82x66 cm. Rolling-bar slide not included. 10-year guarantee! 71 201 7424 Each

134

Also take a look at: Other equipment suitable for use with the rolling-bar slide, such as the “Kombi” elements on page 133 and the wall bars on pages 128–129 Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

10-year guarantee

Our rolling-bar slide system All elements can be freely combined for imaginative exercise areas 4 Coated, robust foam rollers 4 Made in our own factory 4 Hygienic, washable 4 Suitable for at-

taching to wall bars (U3 wall bars require a mounting rung as an adapter)

Top rated sport-thieme.com Elke wrote: “Fantastic!!! The kids love the slide, improving their coordination and fitness while having fun.”

GEPRÜFT TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

01 Set

Page 134

02 Set Page 134

08 Sport-Thieme Roller Board Track “Original”

07 Sport-Thieme Rolling-Bar Slide “Original” Versatile slide for children’s sports and other applications. Kids can roll down this slide in different positions (on their stomach or back, when sitting or kneeling, forwards or backwards). Strong plywood frame with special-foam rollers. LxW: 200x60 cm. Please make sure to use the Sport-Thieme mounting rung when attaching the slide to a set of wall bars with larger rungs. Max. slope: 45 degrees. Max. load: 150 kg. Approx. 16 kg. Platform must be ordered separately. 10-year guarantee! For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

200x60 cm 71 200 5805

Each

250x60 cm 71 200 5818

Each

300x60 cm 71 200 5821

Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS_APZE_2552 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For rolling-bar slide accessories, visit: sport-thieme.com

When pushing up, positioning yourself and climbing on a roller board, you are developing balance, bi-lateral coordination and motor planning. When going downhill, postural stretching in the stomach area occurs and the muscles become toned. Simply attach the roller board track to the “Kombi” (or low) platform, and you then have the optimal rolling speed. LxW: approx. 150x60 cm. 10-year guarantee! 71 201 5402

Also take a look at:

Rolling-bar slide

•S kateboards from page 213 • Matching gym mats from page 142

Roller slide “Original Mini” online: sport-thieme.com

Wall mounts are available online at: sport-thieme.com

71 392 1904

71 339 0506

c sport-thieme.com

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

135

Roller Board Tracks and Climbing Triangles 01 Sport-Thieme Roller Board Track “Flizzer” Can be combined with any DIN standard gymnastics bench. Just attach the track to an existing set of wall bars, support it with a gym bench, and off you go. A great product for adventures, fun sports lessons, therapeutic establishments, support centres, clinics, etc. All individual parts are connected with secure fasteners. The side guides ensure the roller board stays on track. The end piece ensures a seamless transition onto all kinds of surfaces.

The individual parts are easy to assemble and dismantle without tools. Strong wooden construction, made of robust birch plywood. Width of track: approx. 29 cm. Track length: 4.18 m, 4.68 m, 5.20 m or 5.70 m (depending on variant). Can be attached to a set of wall bars or other bars at any height between 60 and 180 cm. Gymnastics benches, wall bars and roller boards must be ordered separately. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

10-year guarantee

4 Attach at any

height between 60 and 180 cm 4 Can easily be set

up and taken down without any tools

4 Safe con-

nections

4 Available for all

bench lengths

Product code

Don’t forget to order: • Gymnastics benches, page 126 • Roller boards, page 213

“LittleClimb” triangle 4 Perfect for the development

02 Large – 80 cm 02 Sport-Thieme Climbing Triangle “LittleClimb”

of motor skills

4 Various combinations possible

Ideal for the development of toddlers approx. 10 months old or over. Perfect for use in nurseries, pre-schools and children’s gymnastics. Sides made of birch plywood. For use of the larger model, we recommend suitable fall protection. Small model with 11 rungs made of ash, large model with 15. Diameter of rungs: 3.5 cm, distance between rungs: 7.8 cm. LxW: 91x80 cm. Small – 60 cm 71 307 5409 Each

02 Small – 60 cm

Large – 80 cm 71 307 5412

Each

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03133.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Short “LittleClimb” sloping board

Inclined Planes Online: sport-thieme.com Slide

03 Sport-Thieme Sloping Board for Climbing Triangle “LittleClimb” Ideal addition for the Sport-Thieme “LittleClimb” triangle. Easily hooks into the triangle. 2 models to choose from: • Short (LxWxH): 124x37.7x5.1 cm • Long (LxWxH): 148x37.7x5.1 cm Short 71 307 5500 Each Long 71 307 5513

Each

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03133.Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

136

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Woody Modular Movement System

Made in Germany

01–11 “Woody” Modular Movement System – promotes movement and encourages activity

More modular exercise areas for children online: sport-thieme.com Modular exercise areas

Teamsport

“Woody” is a modern and developmentally supportive modular movement system designed for toddlers. It encourages little explorers to engage in play and movement through its appealing colours and interesting shapes. This makes “Woody” particularly suitable for use in children's gymnastics at clubs. Quick assembly and disassembly are also ensured, for example, the Skywalk balance board can be swiftly and securely attached to and detached from the base station. A unique feature: the elements can be used together as a complete modular movement system, or individually, for example suspended on large climbing walls. Additionally, the “Woody” modular movement system features outstanding quality and is made in Germany. See table for available versions.

Equipment Athletics Swimming

4 All individual components can be used separately

or lying flat thanks to rubber feet.

4 Suitable for U3. Gymnastics Equipment

Individual Items:

01 Skywalk Balance Board

02 Climbing Ladder

Semiconductor

04 Climbing Slide

05 Climbing Net Fitness Equipment

Hook-in elements: 10

ing Arch

08 Base Station

09 Trapeze Stand

ing Arch

“Woody” Element Skywalk Balance Board Climbing Ladder Semi-Conductor Climbing Slide Climbing Net Small Climbing Arch Large Climbing Arch Base Station Trapezoid Base Set Product code

Sets

Dimensions in cm Suitable for U3 150x36x12 • 150x36x12 • 150x36x10 • 150x36x12 • 150x36x12 • 79x48x39.5 • 100x48x50 • with fall protection 120x104x39.5 • 70.5x43x38 •

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 05: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 09: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

10 Set “Woody Piccolo” – 1x 1x – – – – – 1x 71 394 6406 Each

11 Set “Woody Grande” 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x – – 1x – 71 388 7107 Each

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 06-07: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 10: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

Service

01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 04: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 08: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 11: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Product code 71 386 2100 71 386 1703 71 386 1804 71 386 2009 71 386 1905 71 386 2302 71 386 2315 71 386 2201 71 393 5806

Leisure Games

Abb. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

06 Small Climb-

Therapy

07 Large Climb-

137

Erzi Balance Course and Gym Stool Erzi balance walkways

Example of use

The most fun you can have when balancing and playing! The different surfaces, small and large obstacles, and the fixed and movable objects take balancing to a new level. Suitable for attaching to: 71 362 0218 • “Kids” vaulting box {*3620218*} • L arge-span wall bars {*3620508*} 71 362 0508 • Anything with a rung diameter of up to 35 mm

“Rocky Rocker” foot rocker

Varnished birch plywood. Dimensions including overhang (LxW): 186x22 cm, walkway surface (LxW): 170x15 cm. H: 8.5 cm. Max. load per walkway: 120 kg. Great for barefoot expeditions!

Groove

Ten Steps

Forest Floor

Half Rolls

Senses

Boulders

Set 01 Erzi Balance Course “Rocky” The boards can be joined up via the foot rocker making them particularly challenging. Or just place one balance board on the rocker, and you'll have a see-saw. Trains balance and sense of touch. Ideal for nurseries, primary schools, sports clubs and therapeutic facilities. The set includes: • 2 “Rocky Rocker” foot rockers •4 balance boards (“Ten Steps”, “Senses”, “Boulders” and “Forest Floor”) • 1 wall bracket

71 262 2301

Set

Manufacturer: Erzi, see page 240

02 Erzi Balance Course “Balancing Path”

4 2 Cover Colors Available

This set includes an approximately 12-m-long balance course with exciting challenges created through the use of various balance boards, see-saws and inclines. The set includes: • 1 “Rocky Rocker” foot rocker • 6 balance boards (“Ten Steps”, “Groove”, “Forest Floor”, “Half Rolls”, “Senses” and “Boulders”) • 2 medium trapeze bucks • 2 wall brackets 71 212 4924 Set

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Manufacturer: Erzi, see page 240

10-year guarantee

4 Space-saving

storage

04 Sport-Thieme Vaulting Stool “Original”

03 Sport-Thieme Stool Steps “Move” 11 colourful stools make for great fun as an obstacle course and balancing track. They can be combined in so many ways: create a curved course or use them as individual stools in group games. Great design. Strong plywood with ribbed standing surfaces and

138

non-slip rubber caps on the feet. Simply push the stools into one another to store (LxWxH: 55x55x70 cm). Max. load: 100 kg. 6-piece set 71 203 1617 Set 11-piece 71 203 1604 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set

Suitable for many exercises, especially for use in nurseries and primary schools. The all-new design features additional attachment rails for boards and ladders. The stools stack well for compact storage. Tubular metal frame (oval tubing) with non-slip rubber feet. Upholstered in durable leather or coloured imitation leather. LxWxH: 70x62/50x41 cm. Approx. 18 kg. Max. load: approx. 160 kg. 10-year guarantee! Leather cover, natural 71 308 8803 Each Synthetic leather cover, blue 71 308 8816

Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2579 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Kids, blue Mini, green Medi, yellow Maxi, red

Hook-and-loop straps mean that the blocks can be used on their own or combined to create a matted area

New Teamsport

New!

Size comparison:

“Mini”

Pro

Equipment

04 Sport-Thieme Trapezium-Shaped Vaulting Box “Soft”

Each

Medi 71 119 5620

Each

Maxi 71 119 5633

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Sets

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Reivo Semicircular Blocks Large “Vario”

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Ways to use the Vario wedge

05 Sport-Thieme Mat Wedge “Vario” An absolute must-have for schools. Extremely durable. Also invaluable in rehabilitation and disability sports. High-quality foam core (20 kg/m³) and EN 12503-1-compliant gym mat cover (100% polyester). • Mini – LxWxH: 70x70x30/1 cm, approx. 3.5 kg • Medi – LxWxH: 95x80x40/1 cm, approx. 6.5 kg • Jumbo – LxWxH: 180x100x40/5 cm, approx. 18 kg, with carrying handles Mini 71 121 3847 Each Medi 71 121 3850

Each

Jumbo 71 120 4504

Each

For more ideas, visit our website: sport-thieme.com Vario wedge

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Each Each Each Each

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set

71 121 4329 71 121 4303 71 121 4316 71 399 1015

Jumbo

Set 06 Sport-Thieme Mat Wedge Set “Vario” The set includes: • 1 Sport-Thieme “Vario” Mini wedge, 05 • 1 Sport-Thieme “Vario” Medi wedge, 05 • 1 Sport-Thieme “Vario” Jumbo wedge, 05 71 121 3863 Set of 3 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

139

Service

The set includes: • 1 Reivo “Vario” Kids block, 01 • 1 Reivo “Vario” Mini block, 01 • 1 Reivo “Vario” Medi block, 01 • 1 Reivo “Vario” Maxi block, 01 71 119 5659

Product code

Leisure Games

The set includes: • 1 Reivo “Vario” Mini block, 01 • 1 Reivo “Vario” Medi block, 01 • 1 Reivo “Vario” Maxi block, 01 71 119 5604

Manufacturer

Height of individual parts 25 cm 40 cm 30 cm 30 cm

Therapy

02 Reivo Semicircular Blocks Small “Vario”

3-piece, 75 cm 3-piece, 120 cm 4-piece, 120 cm 4-piece, 120 cm 3-part upper part

Dimensions (LxWxH) 85x60x75 cm 120x90x120 cm 120x90x120 cm 120x90x120 cm

Fitness Equipment

Each

Mini 71 119 5617

Design

Gymnastics Equipment

Kids 71 119 5646

Model “Soft” 1 “Soft” 2 “Soft” 3 “Soft Pro” New!

Also take a look at: Wooden vaulting boxes, from page 124

Swimming

Highly engaging, promotes the learning of important movement skills. The soft yet flexible PU foam core guarantees safe and worry-free learning and practising. Strong composite foam base. Durable Polygrip cover (100% polyester). Cover of the base is made of non-slip, textured 100% polyester gym mat material (complies with EN 12503-5 and EN 12503-6). With integrated hook-andloop fasteners for a smooth connection with Reivo Combi mats and for joining the blocks. • K ids – HxWxD: 46x55x66 cm, 6 kg • Mini – HxWxD: 56x65x66 cm, 8 kg • Medi – HxWxD: 66x75x66 cm, 13 kg • Maxi – HxWxD: 76x85x66 cm, 15 kg

Athletics

The individual trapezium-shaped boxes can be used on their own or seamlessly joined via hook-and-loop straps. The way the straps are arranged also means that the boxes can be joined to form a mat. A great choice for sports lessons, gymnastics, therapy and rehabilitation. With flush carrying handles for effortless transportation. With a foam core of 30 and 50 kg/m³, and a hard-wearing Polygrip cover (100% polyester). See table for available versions.

01 Reivo Semicircular Block “Vario”

Balls

Foam Vaulting Boxes, Wedges and Semicircular Blocks

Children’s Gymnastics

More children's gymnastics items online: sport-thieme.com Children's gymnastics

2-in-1: Cylinder and Tunnel with Cylinder Stabilizer

03 02

04 Sport-Thieme Foam gymnastic element “KidsGym Cylinder”

02 Sport-Thieme Foam gymnastic element “KidsGym Hexagon” 01 Sport-Thieme Flic Flac Trainer “KidsGym” Methodical training device facilitates flips, back handsprings, etc. Made from a special hard foam core with a synthetic leather cover. Thanks to the integrated center of gravity, it always returns to the starting position. “Small” for heights up to 120 cm, “Medium” for heights above 120 cm, “Large” for heights above 135 cm. LxWxH: 65x65x70 cm, 6 kg; 75x75x75 cm, 7 kg; 85x85x75 cm, 8 kg. Small 71 383 3403 Each Medium 71 383 3416

Each

Large 71 383 3429

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

140

Stays stable when movement begins – ideal for learning new gymnastic exercises and for children who love gymnastics. Easily integrated into movement landscapes. Core made from special RG25 foam, covered with faux leather. Suitable for ages 3-13. Dimensions (LxWxH): 100x48x48 cm. 6 kg. 71 379 4904

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Foam gymnastic element “KidsGym Tunnel”

Starts rolling immediately when movement begins. Perfect for initial gymnastics exercises like learning rolls. Equipped with a special foam core RG25 and covered with synthetic leather. Dimensions: 100x48x48 cm. Weight: 6 kg. 71 379 4803 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Foam gymnastic element “Staircase”

2-in-1: Cylinder and tunnel with cylinder stabilizer. Easily integrates into movement landscapes, promoting the development of greater flexibility and agility. Made of foam. Dimensions (LxWxH): 85x90x70 cm. Approximately 25 kg. 71 379 4702 Set

Ideal for learning initial gymnastic exercises. It not only promotes motor skills but also enhances agility. Additionally, the gymnastics element can be used for gymnastic, strengthening, and stretching exercises. Core made from RG25, cover made from durable synthetic leather. Dimensions (LxWxH): 114x70x72/48/27 cm. Weight: 14 kg. 71 389 0501 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Children’s Gymnastics

Teamsport Equipment Athletics

05 04 Swimming Gymnastics Equipment Fitness Equipment

Each

Mats not included

Service

71 388 3206

Leisure Games

Companion for children on their journey into the world of gymnastics. With its sturdy steel frame, durable fiberglass bar with a wood-like appearance, and adjustable height from 120 cm to 180 cm, it offers top-tier safety and adapts flexibly. Non-slip rubber feet and four spreader bars ensure stable placement on nearly any surface. A double-locking mechanism guarantees especially secure use. The bar is made of fiberglass and the frame of steel. Safety padding required (not included). Dimensions (LxWxH): 250x130x120 cm. Max load capacity: 50 kg. Weight: 44 kg.

Therapy

06 Sport-Thieme Children’s High Bar “Kids”

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/Gymnastics Equipment

141

Gymnastics Mats Find the right mat in no time Use the table below to find the perfect mat for you in terms of where it will be used, who will be using it and what they’ll be using it for – simply follow our mat recommendation. Mat type as per EN 12503 Typ 1 1

Uses Floor exercises

DIN EN 12503-1

Typ 2

Typ 3

≤ 60 cm

DIN EN 12503-1

Typ 4

> 60 cm

5 DIN EN 12503-1

Dismounts from a drop height of over 60 cm

Typ 5/6

6 7 Typ 7/8

≤2m

Typ 9/10 ≤2m

Suitable for Nurseries, pre- and primary schools Schools and clubs

Landing mat (15 cm)

Exercises with a max. drop height of 2 m Soft mat (30 cm), density of 22 kg/m³

High jump, max. drop height 2 m

Mat for high jump

Mat for high jump (competition)

We recommend these mats:

Sinking depth

Nurseries, schools and clubs Schools and clubs

• Sport-Thieme children’s gymnastics mat

Shallow

• Reivo lightweight gymnastics mat

Shallow

• Sport-Thieme ‘Super’ gymnastics mat

Shallow

• Sport-Thieme gymnastics mat

Moderate

• Reivo Combi landing mat

(3.5 cm)

• Sport-Thieme ‘Innovative’ roll-up mat

(at least 6 cm)

Schools and clubs

Moderate

Page 201, No. 01 Page 200, No. 01

• Sport-Thieme competition landing mat

order online 71 258 3307

• Sport-Thieme ‘Type 7’ crash mat

Page 203, No. 01

• Sport-Thieme ‘Type 8’ crash mat (30 cm)

Page 203, No. 02

• Sport-Thieme ‘Standard’ high

order online 71 125 1106

(20 cm)

(30 or 40 cm)

Deep

Catalogue Page Article No. Page 199, No. 01 71 272 4401, Page 201, No. 02 Page 200, No. 02

Page 202, No. 02 order online 71 258 3509 order online 71 258 3509

• Sport-Thieme landing mat (12 cm) • Sport-Thieme landing mat (15 cm)

Schools and clubs

Mat for difficult dismounts (20-cm competition mat) Soft mat for simple exercises (30 or 40 cm), density of 20 kg/m³

9 DIN EN 12503-1

Mat for floor exercises without tumbling (beginners)

Floor exercises, Mat for floor exercises with rhythmic gymnastics tumbling (4-cm gymnastics floor mat) Floor exercises, dis- Mat for floor exercises with mounts from a drop tumbling and for low jumps (6-cm height of up to 60 cm gymnastics mat) Dismounts from a Mat for simple dismounts from drop height of over equipment with a controlled land60 cm ing (12-cm landing mat)

≥ 60 cm

DIN EN 12503-1

Typical use

jump mat

Deep • Sport-Thieme ‘Super’ high jump mat

order online 71 125 1207

Materials Gymnastics mat cores

Gymnastics mat surfaces

Gymnastics mat undersides Additional features

Composite foam

Polygrip

• Foam from foam flakes that

have undergone a special pressing and gluing process • Very resistant yet also flexible • D ensity*: 80, 100 or 120 kg/m³ • Used for gymnastics mats

• Tensile strength: 2,500 N • 6 00 g/m²

• To connect several mats to

create a single mat surface

• Non-slip

• Ideal accessory for

lightweight gym mats

• G rained structure • Slip-resistant

Textured mat material • 100% polyester

• Tensile strength: at

PE foam

least 2,500 N • Slip-resistant • Textured surface • Prevents skin grazes

• S everal layers of polyethylene

foam glued on top of one another (sandwich design) • Very stable yet light • D ensity*: 30 kg/m³ • Used for floor mats

Hook-and-loop corners

• 100% polyester

• P articularly slip-resis-

tant thanks to special textured surface

• 100% polyester

• Tensile strength: 2,500 N

• M ade from webbing (100%

polypropylene (PP))

• Snug fit

• M akes it easier to carry

heavier mats

“Waffle” design

Canvas

Carry handles

Textured mat material

• E xtremely

slip-resistant

Leather corners They protect the mat’s corners.

• 650 g/m²

• Smooth surface

PU foam

Needle fleece • P olyurethane foam

• Very stable shape

• D ensity*: at least 20 kg/m³ • Used for crash mats

• No wrinkling thanks to

the strong adhesive-attached core and cover • No burns • Skin-friendly • Stable underfoot

Soft cover • For soft landings

• Very soft and flexible

fabric

142

For your safety Mats should be used what they’re designed for and, above all, their shock absorption properties should meet the relevant European regulations. For gymnastics, we recommend mats that comply with EN 12503.

* Density The foam's quality is given in kg/m³. The density also tells you how thick the foam is per m³. The higher the density, the heavier the mat.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

DIN EN 12503-1

Children’s lightweight gymnastics mat

Typ 1

Surface: Polygrip

Suitable for: nurseries, pre- and primary schools

Underside: textured gym mat material

Core: light foam

Particularly safe: Concealed zip reduces risk of injury!

Choice of:

Hook-andloop corners

Light yet very firm for all-round safe gymnastics Teamsport

Uses: floor exercises

Balls

Sport-Thieme Floor Gymnastics Mats

More sizes for mats 01 and 02 available online at: sport-thieme.com Equipment

Children’s lightweight gymnastics mat Special gymnastics mat

01 Sport-Thieme Lightweight Gymnastics Mat “Kids”, 200x100x6 cm

Carry handles

Green 71 272 4603 71 272 4616 71 272 4629

Yellow 71 272 4502 71 272 4515 71 272 4528

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Red 71 272 4704 71 272 4717 71 272 4720

Each Each Each

Gymnastics Equipment

DIN EN 12503-1

Blue 71 272 4401 71 272 4414 71 272 4427

Dimensions (LxWxH) 200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm

Plain mat

Swimming

Variant Plain mat With carry handles With hook-and-loop corners Manufacturer

Athletics

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 1. Lightweight gym mat for children aged 3–10. Core made of light foam (30 kg/m³), so lighter yet firmer than a conventional foam mat. The mat’s low net weight means that it can easily be carried by children. Cover made of Polygrip gymnastics mat material (87% polychloride, 13% polyester). See table for available versions.

“Special” gymnastics mat

Typ 1

Ideal for nurseries and primary schools Uses: floor exercises

Surface and underside: textured gym mat material or Polygrip

Core: composite foam

Particularly safe: Concealed zip reduces risk of injury!

Fitness Equipment

Suitable for: nurseries, pre- and primary schools

02 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Mat “Spezial”, 200x100x6 cm

200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Blue, textured gym mat material 71 272 2001 71 272 2014 71 272 2014 71 272 2027 71 272 2030

c sport-thieme.com

Blue Polygrip 71 272 2102 71 272 2115 71 272 2128 71 272 2131 71 272 2144

Carry handles

Plain mat

Yellow Polygrip 71 272 2203 71 272 2216 71 272 2229 71 272 2232 71 272 2245

Green Polygrip 71 272 2304 71 272 2317 71 272 2320 71 272 2333 71 272 2346

Red Polygrip 71 272 2405 71 272 2418 71 272 2421 71 272 2434 71 272 2447

Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/Gymnastics Equipment

143

Service

Plain mat With carry handles With hook-and-loop corners With leather corners With leather corners and carry handles Manufacturer

Dimensions (LxWxH)

Leather corners

Leisure Games

Variant

Therapy

With 80 kg/m³ composite foam core. Both the classic cover made of textured gym mat material (100% polyester) and the grained Polygrip alternative (100% polyester) in bright blue, yellow, green and red make an excellent gym mat. Extremely tear- and slipresistant, and can be wiped clean. The cover can be changed thanks to a concealed zip. Available with or without carry handles, hook-and-loop corners and leather corners. Choice of: Hook-and-loop corners See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme Floor and Apparatus Gymnastics Mats “Super Light” gymnastics mat

DIN EN 12503-1

More info on page 142

Typ 3

Ideal for gymnastics in nurseries, schools and clubs

≤ 60 cm

Uses: Suitable for: floor exercises, schools and dismounts with a clubs drop height of up to 60 cm

Underside: “waffle” design

Surface: Polygrip

Core: sandwich construction from light and soft foam

01 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Mat “Super Light C” Complies with EN 12503-1 type 3. For use in schools, sports clubs and nurseries. For floor routines and artistic gymnastics with landings from a drop height of up to 60 cm. No need for hook-and-loop corners to join mats, as the non-slip “waffle” design base prevents the mats from slipping apart. The precision edges make it possible to create flush matted areas. For increased safety, the cover is firmly attached to the foam core, stopping the mats from creasing. A special sandwich core (light and soft foam) results in excellent shock-absorption qualities. See table for available versions.

Browse our entire range of mats for various applications, as well as a host of accessories, online at: sport-thieme.com Mats

Dimensions (LxWxH) 100x50x6 cm 150x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm 200x100x8 cm

Yellow 71 222 9818 71 222 9010 71 222 9052 71 239 0811

Blue 71 222 9805 71 222 9007 71 222 9049 71 239 0808

Green 71 222 9821 71 222 9023 71 222 9065 71 239 0824

Red 71 222 9834 71 222 9036 71 222 9078 71 239 0837

Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

“Super” gymnastics mat RG 120

DIN EN 12503-1

An ideal mat for school and club sports 4 Complies with EN 12503-1 type 3 4 Cover with option of all-over textured

gymnastics mat material or Polygrip

Typ 3

≤ 60 cm

Suitable for: Uses: floor exercises, schools and clubs dismounts with a drop height of up to 60 cm

Surface and underside: textured gym mat material or Polygrip

Core: composite foam

Particularly safe: Concealed zip reduces risk of injury!

02 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Mat 200x100x6 cm “Super” Complies with EN 12503-1 type 3. The ideal mat for school and club sport. Composite foam core (120 kg/m³). Available in a classic design with a cover made of textured gymnastics mat material (100% polyester) or with a cover made of embossed Polygrip (100% polyester) in bright colours. Extremely tear-resistant, non-slip and wipe-clean. Choice of accessories include handles and hook-and-loop or leather corners. See table for available versions. More sizes online at: sport-thieme.com Choice of:

Carry handles

Variant Plain mat With carry handles With hook-and-loop corners With leather corners With leather corners and carry handles

Dimensions (LxWxH) 200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm 200x100x6 cm

Plain mat

Hook-and-loop corners

Textured, blue gym mat material 71 271 9001 71 271 9014 71 271 9027 71 271 9030 71 271 9043

Leather corners

Blue Polygrip 71 271 9102 71 271 9115 71 271 9128 71 271 9131 71 271 9144

Super gymnastics mat

Yellow Polygrip 71 271 9203 71 271 9216 71 271 9229 71 271 9232 71 271 9245

Green Polygrip 71 271 9304 71 271 9317 71 271 9320 71 271 9333 71 271 9346

Red Polygrip 71 271 9405 71 271 9418 71 271 9421 71 271 9434 71 271 9447

Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

144

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

DIN EN 12503-1

Sport-Thieme Roll Mat “Innovative”

Typ 2

Suitable for: schools and clubs

Surface: needle fleece

Core: light foam

Teamsport

Uses: floor exercises involving tumbling

Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Roll-Up Mat “Innovative”

Amber Blue Light blue

Floor gymnastics mats

Blue 71 272 8403 71 272 8416 71 272 8432 71 270 9619

Amber 71 119 6447 71 119 6450 71 272 8429 71 270 9606

Light blue 71 331 5200 71 331 5213 71 331 5226 –

Swimming

Thickness Size (LxW) 35 mm 6x2 m 35 mm 12x2 m 35 mm 14x2 m 35 mm Bespoke* x2 m * Minimum order: 3 m

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com

Athletics

This gymnastics mat is characterised by a new production technique that has several advantages compared to traditional roll-up mats. • Rolling it up and out is extremely easy and only requires 1 person • No need to turn the mats over any more • The carpet is well protected against contaminants • No mat roller necessary • S aves both time and space • Amber or blue, 35 mm thick See table for available versions.

Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

“Kombi” lightweight gymnastics mat

Typ 1

Low net weight for easy transportation Uses: floor exercises

Suitable for: nurseries, preand primary schools

Surface: canvas

Underside: textured gym mat material

Core: light foam

Safety feature: joint-cover flap

Gymnastics Equipment

DIN EN 12503-1

Balls

Floor Gymnastics Mats and Reivo Multipurpose Mats

More info on page 142

Fitness Equipment Therapy

4 Seamless joins between the

mats – in both directions

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

non-slip underside

150x100x6 cm, 6 kg 71 121 3339 Each 200x100x6 cm, 7.5 kg 71 121 3342 Each 200x100x8 cm, 8.5 kg 71 121 3355 Each

For more Reivo “Kombi” mats, visit: sport-thieme.com Reivo Kombi mats

Service

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 1. The ideal mat for primary schools and nurseries. With light-foam core, hence much lighter than a conventional mat (yet much firmer), and ideal for children to move around. With flaps to cover joins so that several mats can be safely connected. Smooth, blue canvas surface (100% polyester) and non-slip gymnastics mat material underside (87% polychloride, 13% polyester). Without carry handles.

4 Lightweight for easy transportation 4 Does not slide thanks to the

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Leisure Games

02 Reivo Lightweight Gymnastics Mat “Combination”

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

145

Combo Reversible Mats, Dismount Mats, and Landing Mats Sport-Thieme Reversible Mat “Kombi Pro”

DIN EN 12503-1

Typ 4

A landing mat and crash mat in one!

DIN EN 12503-1

More Info on page 142

Typ 7/8

≤2m > 60 cm

Uses: high jump, max. drop height of 2 m, dismounts with a drop height of over 60 cm

Soft mat side not suitable for jumping onto

Suitable for: schools and clubs

Surface and underside: tarpaulin or needle felt

Core: foam and light foam

High stability on the areaelastic lowrebound side

1. Crash mat Point-elastic crash mat side made of high-quality polyether foam for uncontrolled landings

2. Landing mat Area-elastic landing side for increased stability when dismounting

01 Sport-Thieme Reversible Mat “Kombi Pro” A 2-in-1 universal mat with a sandwichstyle core for school gymnastics. One side is an area-elastic landing mat providing a high level of stability for dismounts and during gymnastics exercises. The other side is a crash mat for the highest level of safety for uncontrolled landings. • L anding mat side, compliant with EN 12503-1 type 4: Core made of light foam (30 kg/m³), cover made of high-quality needle felt layer in compliance with EN 12503-6. •C rash mat side, compliant with EN 125031 type 7+8: Core made of soft, high-quality polyether foam (20 kg/m³). Top and sides are made of coated 100% polyester tear-resistant material (2,600 N, 5 cm), 600 g/m², with 10-cm-wide fleece strip for combining seamlessly with other mats.

Reivo landing mat

Adjustable nonslip strip

Ventilation holes on the sides and 6 tear-resistant carry handles. The non-slip strip (90 cm wide) is attached, similar to a hinge, to the side of the mat ensuring the mat can be made non-slip when required. Size (LxWxH): 300x200x30 cm, weight: approx. 70 kg. 71 119 4601

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More choice available online at: sport-thieme.com Reversible mats

DIN EN 12503-1

Recommended by safety experts The Sport-Thieme “Kombi Pro” reversible mat is recommended by accident insurance agencies. The needle felt cover is securely bonded to the core, meaning the cover doesn’t crease. The adjustable nonslip strip, which can be used whichever side faces up, reduces the risk of injury.

Typ 4

Excellent impact absorption

> 60 cm

Uses: dismounts with a drop height of over 60 cm

Suitable for: nurseries, schools and clubs

Surface: needle fleece

Underside: textured gym mat material

Core: foam and light foam

Safety feature: joint-cover flap

02 Reivo Landing mats “Combination”

Size (LxW) 200x150x12 cm 300x200x12 cm

Blue 71 119 4252 71 119 4249

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

146

Amber 71 119 4223 71 119 4207

Each Each

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 4. Excellent, flexible shock-absorption properties thanks to the light, polyether foam construction. Cover made of hard-wearing, high-quality needle felt. Built-in, tear-resistant stitched joining and connecting flaps on both the long and short sides of the mat. There are fixing straps in the 4 corners for joining more Reivo “Kombi” soft mats together. With needle-felt surface. Also available as a “half” mat, 150 cm wide, making it ideal for transport and storage. 2x 150-cm “half” mats make a standard-sized mat. See table for available versions. Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sport-Thieme “Cloud” Mats

More Info on page 142

“Cloud” Mat Range – Land Like You're on Clouds “Cloud” Landing Mat, XL Size, online: sport-thieme.com

Teamsport

The mats in the Sport-Thieme “Cloud” range with their ultra-soft cover all share one thing: a combination of elasticity, softness and stability. They enable safe landings and provide athletes with optimum support. For learning new gymnastics elements such as forward and backward rolls or practising handstands, the “Cloud” wedge mat is an ideal choice, for example. The non-slip undersides complete the concept – making these mats indispensable companions in gymnastics training.

71 388 4209

Equipment Athletics

01 Sport-Thieme Crash Mat “Cloud” foam core made of polyurethane (PU), bottom made of textured gym mat fabric (100% polyester), non-slip. LxWxH: 300x200x30 cm, 54 kg. 300x200x70 cm, 125 kg. 350x200x70 cm, 140 kg. 300x200x30 cm 71 381 6804 Each

300×200×70 cm 71 381 6817

Each

350x200x70 cm 71 381 6820

Each

Swimming

Convinces with an exceptionally soft stretch cover. Thanks to the textured bottom, the mat is non-slip. It is perfect for gentle landings in gymnastics due to its special core and unique construction. The mat is suitable for any gymnasium and is easily transportable thanks to its handles. Compared to standard soft mats, the landing is significantly softer. Top made of stretch fabric,

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Gymnastics Equipment

4 High national security

through a special core

Navy Blue-Blue Black

03 Fitness Equipment

4 Enables soft and secure

landings

02 Sport-Thieme Landing Mat “Cloud”

Each

Black 71 344 9716

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

For safe jumps, such as into a foam pit, and for added comfort during departures and landings. Especially gentle on the skin thanks to the soft-cover top surface. Secure and non-slip with the textured gymnastics mat material on the underside. Easy to transport due to its light weight and carry handles on both sides. Sides made of tarp material. Dimensions (LxWxH): 200x100x50 cm or 200x150x70 cm. Weighs 30 kg or 65 kg. c sport-thieme.com

200x100x50 cm 71 344 9804

Each

200x150x70 cm 71 344 9817

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

147

Service

Navy Blue-Blue 71 344 9703

03 Sport-Thieme Landing Pad “Cloud”

Leisure Games

Supplementary mat for use on items such as crash mats, foam pits, or AirTracks. The soft cover ensures pleasantly cushioned landings. High slip resistance thanks to the nub structure on the underside. Four carrying handles make transport easier. Core made of polyurethane (PU) foam, underside made of nubbed gym mat fabric, side made of tarpaulin material. LxWxH: 200x100x10 cm. 8 kg.

Therapy

4 Suitable for any gym

Exercise Mats

How to Find the Right Exercise Mat Looking for an exercise mat for home, studio, or therapy use? You've come to the right place! At Sport-Thieme, we offer a wide selection of top-quality exercise mats in various colours, sizes, designs, and from renowned manufacturers.

Explore the full range of mats online: sport-thieme.com Mats

Let our handy guide help you choose the right exercise mat: FE

Fitness and exercise

Offering excellent shock-absorbing properties, these mats are perfect for aerobic exercises and workouts at home, in the gym, at school or in a club. Pages 148–149

01–07 Sport-Thieme mats

Physio and rehabilitation

Yoga and Pilates

These mats are designed for use in physiotherapy and similar settings where the therapists and/or trainers provide support. They offer excellent shock-absorbing properties and tend to be a bit wider than other mats. Pages 148–149

Yoga and Pilates mats can be used in a studio, club or in nature. They tend to be thinner and a little firmer than other mats but offer plenty of support for all exercises. They are extremely slip-resistant for increased safety.

High-quality exercise mats for use in therapy, rehabilitation, workouts and for leisure.

• Skin-friendly, as well as sweat- and saliva-proof • Closed-cell foam: dirt- and water-resistant • C an be used on both sides, feels warm to the body and insulates against the cold floor • Easy to roll up, light and handy • Non-slip and perfectly flat • Hard-wearing and durable • Easy to clean • C an be used in water See table for available versions.

Green: No. 02, 04–05 Sky Blue: No. 02, 04–05 Anthracite: No. 01–07 Royal Blue: No. 01–07

Pages 153

Size Comparison 4 Latex-free 4 Available with or without eyelets 4 Special antibacterial foam 4 Can be used on both sides, feels warm,

and insulates against the cold floor

01 Basic 1.0

Size Corners Weight Desig- Slip Resistance (LxWxH) approx. ned (1–5)/Cushioning/ Durability (1–5) in cm for approx. FG 140x60x1.0 Round 1.1 kg 4/Moderate/4

02 Basic 1.5

140x60x1.5

Round 1.4 kg

03 Club 1.0 04 Club 1.5

180x60x1.0 180x60x1.5

Round 1.4 kg Round 1.7 kg

05 Gym 1.5

190x80x1.5

Round 2.4 kg

FG PR

4/Moderate/4

06 Studio 1.5

180x120x1.5 Round 3.2 kg

FG PR

4/Moderate/4

Description

07 Therapy 2.5 200x100x2.5 Round 4.4 kg 01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 04: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 07: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

148

FG FG PR

4/Moderate/4 4/Moderate/4 4/Moderate/4

02, 04–06 are available with or without eyelets

Basic

Eyelets: Quantity/ Spacing

Colour and product code

Especially – space-saving Especially – space-saving 2 / 50 cm Versatility – Versatility – 2 / 50 cm Versatility – 2 / 50 cm Versatility, – Comfort 4 / 50– 10–50 cm Comfort –

71 327 1201 71 327 1908 71 327 2002 71 327 2709 71 327 2800 71 327 2901 71 327 3005 71 327 4806 71 327 4907 71 327 5001

Feature

71 327 5102

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 05: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Club

Colour and product code

Studio

Gym

Therapy

Colour and product code

71 327 1214

–

Each

71 327 1911 71 327 2015 71 327 2712 71 327 2813 71 327 2914 71 327 3018 71 327 4819 71 327 4910 71 327 5014

– 71 327 2028 – 71 327 2826 71 327 2927 71 327 3021 71 327 4822 – –

– 71 327 2031 – 71 327 2839 71 327 2930 71 327 3034 71 327 4835 – –

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

71 327 5115

–

Each

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 06: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

FE PR YP

Balls

Exercise Mats

Fitness and exercise | Physio and rehabilitation

More info on page 148

Teamsport

Latex-free, versatile therapy mats with an extended lifespan for all age groups. Suitable for therapeutic or medical exercise, physiotherapy, or rehabilitation. Water-resistant and insulating against cold. Made of skin-friendly, closed-cell special foam with a hygienic, washable surface. See table for available versions.

Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Exercise Mat “Medica Classic”

4 Skin-friendly 4 Special hygiene protection 4 With punched eyelets/holes

Surface texture

High foam density Athletics

Textured surface 03–04 Swimming

and ground cold insulating

Find suitable hanging devices online: sport-thieme.com

03 Sport-Thieme Exercise Mat “Comfort” Its surface texture prevents the skin from sticking upon contact. Designed for schools, clubs, home use and therapeutic exercise. Latex-free, hygienic and easy-care. With non-slip underside. See table for available versions. Don’t forget to order: Resistance bands, from page 160

Ill. Description 01 Sport-Thieme “Medica Classic” Exercise Mat 02 Sport-Thieme “Comfort Kids” Exercise Mat

190x60x1.4 190x60x2.5

0.42 kg 0.9 kg

183x61x0.8

1.38 kg

–

80 cm

Cornered Closed-cell PVC

03 Sport-Thieme “Comfort” Exercise Mat

180x65x0.8

2.6 kg

2 eyelets

29.5 cm

Rounded Closed-cell EVA

180x100x0.8

4.4 kg

2 eyelets

29.5 cm

Rounded Closed-cell EVA

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

FE PR

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Set

Slip Resistance (1–5)/ Cushioning/Durability (1–5) 3 / soft / 4

5 / soft / 5 (Shape-retaining for yoga and still provides good cushioning for gymnastics) 4 / firm / 4

4 / firm / 4

Special features

Colour and product code

Extremely lightweight

71 125 4105 71 125 4206

Each Each

Contains recycled material

71 308 8702

Each

Standard 100 by Oeko-Tex

71 127 1603 71 127 1616 71 127 1629 71 127 1632 71 127 1704 71 127 1717 71 127 1720 71 127 1733

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Standard 100 by Oeko-Tex

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

149

Service

01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

FE PR

Set

Black 71 338 0231

Leisure Games

Weight

Set

Red 71 338 0228

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

DesigMaterial Corners Distance Number of ned between eyelets/ for eyelets/holes holes Rounded Closed-cell 45 cm 2 eyelets PR PVC

Size (LxWxH)

Set

Green 71 338 0215

Therapy

71 126 8007

The set includes: • 10 exercise mats in one colour, 180x65x0.8 cm, 03 • 1 wall rack for exercise mats Blue 71 338 0202

Fitness Equipment

Hygienic children’s mat designed for use in schools, nurseries, clubs and therapy. Easy and quick to clean. Resistant to sweat and saliva. Skin won’t stick upon contact. Excellent shock absorption properties. Insulates against the cold floor. Closed-cell special foam with non-slip underside. LxWxH: 135x55x0.8 cm. Eyelet spacing: approx. 35 cm. See table for available versions.

Approx. 180x65x0.8 cm

Set 04 Sport-Thieme Exercise Mat Set “Comfort”

Approx. 180x100x0.8 cm

02 Sport-Thieme Exercise Mat “Comfort Kids”

03 Gymnastics Equipment

Blue Green Red Black

4 Exceptionally hygienic 4 Latex-free 4 Excellent cushioning properties

Rhythmic Gymnastics 01 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Hoop “Plastic” Break-resistant, shatterproof, robust. Designed with an ergonomic, easy-to-grip profile. Corners are diagonally welded for extra strength. Suitable for use in water. Made of plastic according to DIN 7912. 200/265/290/335 g. See table for available versions.

01 4 Joints welded at an an-

gle for ultimate strength

Approx. size Quantity Blue Yellow Green Red Assorted

Inner dia. 50 cm

Inner dia. 60 cm

71 129 3409 71 129 3412 71 129 3425 71 129 3438 – Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set of 10* incl. bag 71 125 2806 71 125 2819 71 125 2822 71 125 2835 71 125 2848 Each

Set

One 71 129 3500 71 129 3513 71 129 3526 71 129 3539 – Each

Set of 10* incl. bag 71 125 3607 71 125 3610 71 125 3623 71 125 3636 71 125 3649 Each

One 71 129 3601 71 129 3614 71 129 3627 71 129 3630 – Each

Set of 10* incl. bag 71 125 3708 71 125 3711 71 125 3724 71 125 3737 71 125 3740 Each

Inner dia. 80 cm One 71 129 3702 71 129 3715 71 129 3728 71 129 3731 – Each

Set Set of 10* incl. bag 71 125 3809 71 125 3812 71 125 3825 71 125 3838 71 125 3841 Each

4 Break-proof and

Red Blue Yellow Turquoise

dimensionally stable

4 With slip-resistant,

02 Sport-Thieme Speed rope “Classic” For schools and clubs, leisure and competitive sports. With plastic handles. Made of elasticated PVC band for high speeds. Length can be individually adjusted. Rope diameter: 5 mm. Red, 2,13 m 71 125 9100 Each Blue, 2,43 m 71 125 9113

Each

Yellow, 2,74 m 71 125 9126

Each

Turquoise, 3 m 71 125 9139

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Inner dia. 70 cm

Set

One

* The sets include: • 10 gymnastics hoops in the chosen colour and size (assorted set: 3 red, 3 blue, 2 green, 2 yellow) • 1 storage bag for the hoops

flat caps 03 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Stick “ABS-Plastic” Extremely hard-wearing – can be used in temperatures ranging from -15°C to +50°C. Ends with non-slip caps. Made of ABS plastic. 180, 219 and 254 g respectively. See table for available versions.

03 Length ø Material Red Yellow Green Blue

120 cm 100 cm 25 mm Plastic 71 284 8509 71 284 8600 71 284 8701 71 284 8512 71 284 8613 71 284 8714 71 284 8525 71 284 8626 71 284 8727 71 284 8538 71 284 8639 71 284 8730 Each Each Each 80 cm

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

06 Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Club “Wooden” Shape complies with regulations, with clear varnish. Made of beech wood. See table for available versions. 40 cm, 38 cm, 36 cm, approx. approx. approx. 290 g 280 g 270 g Product code 71 295 4905 71 295 4918 71 295 4921 Each Each Each Size

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Trolley including contents

04 Sport-Thieme Juggling Scarves “Nylon” Great for getting started with juggling. Also suitable for rhythmic gymnastics. 6 scarves. 100% nylon. Choice of 2 sizes. Washable at 30°C. 45x45 cm 71 265 0005 Set of 6 65x65 cm 71 265 0018

Set of 6

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

150

05 Sport-Thieme Trolley “Gym” Extra-large storage capacity with 3 shelves at an angle for optimal access. With racks for hoops, ropes, clubs and bars. 4 castors. Easy to assemble with pre-prepared screw connections. 18-mm-thick plywood. LxWxH: approx. 110x61x88 cm. Max. load: approx. 100 kg. Optionally with contents. Trolley without contents 71 126 8704 Each Trolley including contents 71 126 8717

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set of 77

Visit our website to explore all our gymnastics accessories, including: • RG and skipping ropes • Gymnastics hoops • RG clubs and sticks • Gymnastics and dance ribbons • Competition equipment sport-thieme.com Gymnastics

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Foil-backed mirror

Balls

Foil-backed mirrors and ballet mirrors, gymnastics stools 1-piece 3-piece Fixed mirror

Teamsport

01 Seco Sign Foil Mirror

Each

3-piece, fixed

1-piece, tilting 1.00x1.75 m 71 129 8909

Each

1.50x2.00 m 71 129 8925

Each

1.50/0.74/0.74x1.75 m 71 129 8954

Each

1.50/0.74/0.74x2.00 m 71 129 8970

Each

Athletics

1.00x1.75 m 71 129 8912

Available as a fixed or a tilting mirror Equipment

Foil mirror. 100% undistorted reflection like a crystal mirror. Very light, unbreakable and easy to set up. Wheeled stand with brakes, made of square, powder-coated iron tubing (LxW: 2x2 cm). Mirrored polyester film (stretched over aluminium frame). Back panel made of very light PU foam board. WxH: 0.40x2.08 cm. 3-piece mirrors come with a padlock and 3 keys. 1-piece, fixed

Manufacturer: SECO SIGN GmbH, see page 240

4 Easy to install to

the wall yourself Swimming Gymnastics Equipment

Browse our entire range, including mirrors and barres, online at: sport-thieme.com Ballet

Model Single Bar Product code Double Bar Product code

3.00x2.00 m at 3 m and 2 holders 71 280 5900 {*2805900*} Each Each at 3 m and 2 holders 71 280 5942 {*2805942*} Each

4.00x2.00 m at 4 m and 4 holders 71 280 5913 {*2805913*} Each Each at 4 m and 4 holders {*2805955*} 71 280 5955 Each Each

5.00x2.00 m at 5 m and 3 holders 71 280 5926 {*2805926*} Each Each at 5 m and 3 holders {*2805968*} 71 280 5968 Each

6.00x2.00 m at 6 m and 4 holders 71 280 5939 {*2805939*} Each at 6 m and 4 holders {*2805971*} 71 280 5971 Each Each

Therapy

Protective film prevents shattering. Easy to install to the wall yourself. With cut-outs for mounting ballet barre. Ash wood barre (dia.: 40 mm). WxH per mirror section: 1.00x2.00 m. 4 mm thick. Incl. brackets and screws. See table for available versions.

Shown: 3x2 m, double barre

Fitness Equipment

02 Dinamica Ballet Ballet Mirror “Amadeus”

Manufacturer: Dinamica Ballet, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Exercise Stool “Solid” Angled screw bracket

4 Max. load of 180 kg 4 Choice of 3 sizes 4 Very robust due to

Each

Height: 55 cm 71 125 8123

More exercise stools online: sport-thieme.com

Each

Exercise Stools

additional brackets

Service

Height: 50 cm 71 125 8110

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Leisure Games

With handhold

45/50/55 cm

Very stable with plenty of legroom due to the struts being positioned towards the tops of the legs. With handhold. Beech, natural varnish. Seat: 35x35 cm. Max. load: 180 kg. Height: 45 cm 71 125 8107 Each

sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Equipment

151

Barbells page 170

Niels Rückert, fitness trainer and successfully trained marketing specialist at Sport-Thieme: “As a trainer, it motivates me to support people in achieving their athletic goals and to track their progress. Time and again, I see how important the right equipment is to get the best out of every training session.”

Fitness Equipment 153 Fascia training and Yoga 154 Pilates and balance training 155 Balance pads 156 Balance steppers 157 Step aerobics 158 Group Fitness 159 Oscillating bars 160 Fitness Bands 161 Elastic bands 162 Wall bars 163 Pull-up bars and dip stations 164 Bodyweight gym and ab trainers 165 Suspension training Slashpipe Weight Training and Fitness Hoops 166 167 Weight Training 168 Dumbbells 169 Kettlebells and compact dumbbells 170 Weight plates and barbells 171 Dumbbell racks and accessories 172–173 Boxing and martial arts 174 Martial arts mats 175–183 Cardio equipment Strength Equipment and fitness towers 184–191 152

More than 20,000 products online

This catalogue contains a selection of our most popular products. You can find our entire range of fitness and martial arts products online at: sport-thieme.com Fitness

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Fascia Training and Yoga

Teamsport

01 Standard 45

03 Standard

02 MED 45

04 MED

Roller size comparison: Equipment

01-02

03-04

06 Twin

05 Slim

07 Mini Athletics

Blackroll foam rollers Foam rollers are excellent for releasing tension in your muscles and fascia. They can improve blood circulation, prevent soreness and increase mobility. They are great in physiotherapy as well as for recovery, warm-ups and cool-downs.

Incl. exercise card

Weight

Special features

45x15 cm 45x15 cm 30x15 cm 30x15 cm

240 g 158 g 152 g 106 g

05 06

Slim Twin

Medium Medium

30x10 cm 30x13 cm

84 g 104 g

Mini

Medium

15x5,5 cm

18 g

Longer roller Longer roller Ideal for beginners For people more susceptible to pain and beginners, ideal for use in therapy For intensive self-massage Special surface to stimulate skin, ideal for treating the spine, calves and parallel-running muscles Great for targeted treatment, e.g. forearms

Blackroll

01 02 03 04

• • • • • •

–

Colour

Product code

Black White/green Black White/pink

71 232 7004 71 232 7017 71 137 5813 71 137 5884

Each Each Each Each

Black Black

71 275 0301 71 297 5900

Each Each

Black Yellow Pink

71 137 5868 71 235 7212 71 235 7225

Each Each Each

02-04: Manufacturer: WSVK Oederan GmbH, see page 240 07: Manufacturer: WSVK Oederan GmbH, see page 240

05: Manufacturer: WSVK Oederan GmbH, see page 240

Yoga

Gentian Blue

Gentian Blue Olive Green Petrol Sky Blue

Fitness Equipment

01+03: Manufacturer: WSVK Oederan GmbH, see page 240 06: Manufacturer: WSVK Oederan GmbH, see page 240

Gymnastics Equipment

Size

Standard 45 MED 45 Standard MED

Level of firmness Medium Soft Medium Soft

Ill.

Swimming

All Blackroll products are skin-friendly, odourless and manufactured in Germany. They are 100% recyclable and made of high-quality EPP, which makes them robust, lightweight and easy to clean. Perfect for frequent use in practices, clubs and gyms. See table for available versions.

08 Sport-Thieme Yoga Mat “Classic”

Olive Green 71 260 2019

Each

4 Soft and flexible Therapy

Pleasantly soft, slightly stretchy, insulating and easy to clean. Textured on both sides and non-slip. Made of PVC (active biocidal agent: thiabendazole). LxWxH: 180x60x0.5 cm. Gentian blue 71 260 2006 Each

Petrol 71 260 2022

Each

Sky Blue 71 260 2035

Each

Attention! Use biocides safely. Always read the label and product information before use. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

All our products for improved mobility are available online at: sport-thieme.com Fascia training More yoga items online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Firm, blue 71 273 4819 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Each

Soft (green) Firm (blue)

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

Service

Yoga

For standing and sitting exercises for improving your positioning and balance. Can be used at 3 heights (portrait, landscape and flat). Rounded corners. Made of EVA. LxWxH: 22.5x15x17.5 cm. Approx. 120 g. Soft, green 71 273 4806 Each

Leisure Games

09 Sport-Thieme Yoga Block

153

Pilates and Balance Training New

02 Sissel Pilates Ring “Circle” Padded resistance ring with handles inside and outside of the ring. For strengthening the upper body, core and legs. Made of fibreglass with rubberised surface. Inner diameter: 30 and 33.5 cm respectively. 400 and 500 g. Incl. exercise poster (in German). 32.5 cm 71 286 4701 Each

Light blue, light Gray, medium Black, hard

ing deep muscle groups. Flexible, compact exercise equipment for use anywhere. Made of 40% fiberglass, 10% nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR), 50% polypropylene (PP), thermoplastic elastomers (TPE). ø 37 cm. 800 g.

01 New! Sport-Thieme Pilates Ring “Pilari” Versatile full-body workout for all fitness levels. Effectively strengthens the chest, arms, legs, and core. Enhances balance and stability of the body's center. Ideal for target-

38 cm 71 149 1832

Each

Manufacturer: Novacare, see page 240

Light Blue, Light 71 396 1605

Each

Grey, medium 71 396 1618

Each

Black, high 71 396 1621

Check out our new “Recycle” Pilates foam roller online at: sport-thieme.com

Each

71 376 3807

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Pilates rollers Blue Grey

03 Sport-Thieme Pilates Roller “Premium” For balance and stabilisation exercises. Non-slip textured surface. For beginners and advanced users. Easy to wipe clean. Soft material mix to exercise in comfort. EVA foam. Lxdia.: 90x16 cm.

4 Non-slip tex-

tured surface

71 291 8903

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Hygienic

04 Sissel Pilates Roller “Pro”

closed pores

For beginners and advanced users in gyms and practices. Soft version. Made of synthetic rubber. Lxdia.: approx. 90x15 cm. Incl. exercise poster. Grey, 90 cm 71 286 4802 Each

Blue, 90 cm 71 149 1874

Each

Grey, 100 cm 71 286 4815

Each

Manufacturer: Novacare, see page 240

Pilates balls ø 22 cm (blue) ø 22 cm (metallic) ø 26 cm (blue) ø 26 cm (metallic)

ø 19 cm (green) ø 22 cm (grey) ø 25 cm (blue)

05 Sport-Thieme Pilates Ball “Soft” Strengthens the core and deep muscles. Improves balance and coordination. Very soft surface. Made of PVC. Latex-free. Max. load: 100 kg. Incl. plastic tube for inflating.

Green, 19 cm 71 149 1542

Each

Grey, 22 cm 71 149 1555

Each

Blue, 25 cm 71 149 1526

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

06 Sissel Pilates Ball “Soft” For deep relaxation exercises and for strengthening abdominal muscles and the muscles along the spine. PVC. Latex-free. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. gift box and exercise instructions.

Blue, 22 cm 71 149 1816

Each

Metallic, 22 cm 71 133 6809

Each

Blue, 26 cm 71 133 6812

Each

Metallic, 26 cm 71 133 6825

Each

Manufacturer: Novacare, see page 240

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com Pilates

154

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Hard (black) Soft (blue)

01 Sport-Thieme Balance Pad “PU”

Each

Blue, Soft 71 375 9918

Each

Equipment

Black, Hard 71 375 9905

Surface

Teamsport

For stronger knees, hips and feet. Improves proprioceptive skills, stability and balance. Textured surface for secure positioning. Made of polyurethane (PU). LxWxH: 50x40x5.5 cm. 1.5 kg.

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Blue Lava Pink Kiwi

02 Airex Balance Pad “Elite”

Each

Pink 71 113 8519

Each

Kiwi 71 113 8522

Each

4 MDR medical

device

MDR Balance pads

Balance pads are ideal for improving coordination, reaction and balance. In an attempt to counteract the dynamics of the soft pad, the body has to make con-

stant adjustments to remain balanced. This stimulates the receptors and also improves proprioceptive performance.

Swimming

Lava 71 113 8506

Surface

Athletics

Additionally stimulates the foot receptors. Can be used on both sides. Non-slip, warm against the body and skin-friendly. Made of closed-cell, super-soft foam. LxWxH: approx. 50x41x6 cm. Blue 71 113 0270 Each

Balls

Balance Pads

Manufacturer: 3A Composites, see page 240 Gymnastics Equipment

With non-slip base Standard

03 Sport-Thieme Balance Pad “Vinyl”

With slip-resistant base 71 148 3013

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

Surface

4 Particularly robust

thanks to the vinyl coating

Fitness Equipment

For coordination training. Returns to its original shape after use. Particularly robust, easy to clean and versatile. Special foam with smooth vinyl-coated surface. LxWxH: 50x40x6 cm. Standard 71 148 3000 Each

Non-slip mat for balance pads online at: sport-thieme.com 71 307 3009

Blue Lava Surface

Surface

MDR 4 MDR medical device M

device

05 Airex Balance Pad “Cloud” Increased density with softer texture, creating a greater ‘wobble effect’. For advanced users. Waffle-like surface texture. Made of foam. LxWxH: 50x41x6 cm. Red 71 288 3319 Each

Lava 71 388 1200

Olive 71 288 3322

Manufacturer: 3A Composites, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Each

Manufacturer: 3A Composites, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

155

Service

Dirt-repellent and skin-friendly. Extremely durable. Smooth surface. Made of special foam. LxWxH: 48x40x6 cm. Blue 71 113 0209 Each

Leisure Games

Balance pads

MDR

4 MDR medical

04 Airex Balance Pad

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com

Therapy

Red Olive

Balance Steps Application examples for the Togu Balance Ball “Jumper” online: sport-thieme.com 71 223 9910

01 Togu Balance Ball “Jumper” Both sides can be used. Non-slip on all surfaces. Also designed for side jumps. Dynamic rebound (trampoline effect). Incl. pump and training chart. • Mini – Hxdia.: 18x36 cm; max. load: approx. 120 kg; approx. 2.3 kg • Standard – Hxdia.: 24x52 cm; max. load: approx. 200 kg; approx. 4.4 kg • Pro – Hxdia.: 24x52 cm; max. load: approx. 200 kg; approx. 5 kg See table for versions and prices.

02 Togu Balance Balls Set “Jumper” Set components: • 2 Togu Jumper Mini • 1 pump • 1 training and instruction manual 71 228 0703

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

Mini: 36x18 cm

Set of 2

Standard: 52x24 cm

Model Mini Normal Normal Normal Normal Pro Pro Pro Pro

Pro: 52x24 cm, incl. base plate for a level surface underneath

Size 18x36 cm 24x52 cm 24x52 cm 24x52 cm 24x52 cm 24x52 cm 24x52 cm 24x52 cm 24x52 cm

Colour Red Red Blue Black Berry Red Blue Black Berry

Load capacity approx. 120 kg approx. 200 kg approx. 200 kg approx. 200 kg approx. 200 kg approx. 200 kg approx. 200 kg approx. 200 kg approx. 200 kg

Weight approx. 2.3 kg approx. 4.4 kg approx. 4.4 kg approx. 4.4 kg approx. 4.4 kg approx. 5 kg approx. 5 kg approx. 5 kg approx. 5 kg

Product code 71 223 9910 71 223 9907 71 223 9994 71 157 8818 71 157 8834 71 223 9978 71 157 8805 71 157 8821 71 157 8847

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

03 Bosu Balance Trainer Both sides suitable for balance training. Can also be used for cardio workouts and to strengthen your abs. • Sport – Hxdia.: 18x50 cm; max. load: 136 kg; approx. 4.8 kg; with 6 non-slip pads; for home use • Pro – Hxdia.: 23x65 cm; max. load: 136 kg; approx. 7.4 kg; non-slip underside; for professional use • NexGen Pro – Hxdia.: 22x65 cm; max. load: 150 kg; approx. 8.8 kg; special surface texture for perfect grip; markings for symmetrical positioning; for professional use Sport 71 209 0232 Each

03 Pro

Pro 71 209 0216

Each

NexGen Pro 71 209 0245

Each

Manufacturer: Ludwig Artzt GmbH, see page 240

Sport

4 Double-sided for diffe-

rent types of floors

NexGen Pro

04 4 Flat base 4 Excellent-grip nubbed surface 4 Non-slip rubberised underside

04 Sport-Thieme Balance Step “3” Strength and balance trainer in one. For solo and group workouts. Adjustable air pressure. Wipe-clean surface. Hxdia.: 21x59 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Approx. 5.5 kg. Incl. pump. 71 291 8509 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More balance steps available online at: sport-thieme.com Balance steps

156

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Height can be set to 15, 20 and 25 cm

Stackable with non-slip surface and stable bases. For gyms and clubs. Height adjustable in 3 increments. Plastic. LxWxH: 97x36x15/20/25 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Approx. 8 kg. 5-year guarantee! Grey-black 71 139 8902 Each

Teamsport

01 Sport-Thieme Aerobic Step “Classic”

Balls

Aerobic Steps

Equipment

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set 02 Sport-Thieme Aerobic Step Set “Club”

4 Adjustable to 3 heights 4 Non-slip top

The set includes: • 10 Sport-Thieme “Classic” steps (grey/ black) • 1 “Step Aerobics” book (in German) • 1 workout CD 71 133 4308 Set

Athletics

5-year guarantee

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

weighing up to 220 kg

03 03 Sport-Thieme Aerobic Step “Training”

Standard

Height can be set to 16, 21 and 26 cm

Gymnastics Equipment Fitness Equipment

For cardiovascular and coordination training. Nubbed non-slip surface. Max. load: 100 kg. • Standard – LxWxH: 91x37.5x16/21/26 cm; approx. 7 kg •M edium – LxWxH: 68.5x37.5x16/21/26 cm; approx. 5.8 kg Standard 71 273 2800 Each Medium 71 273 2813

Swimming

4 3 height settings 4 Available in 2 sizes – for people

Height can be set to 16, 21 and 26 cm

Medium

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Therapy

Height can be set to 15, 20 and 25 cm

Black/red White/turquoise Black/white Leisure Games

04 Reebok Aerobic Step “The Original”

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

White-Turquoise 71 311 9613

Each

Black/white 71 311 9626

Each

Manufacturer: RFE Europa Ltd., see page 240

sport-thieme.com/Fitness Equipment

157

Service

Aerobic stepper

For cardio, strength and core training. Wipe-clean, moisture-resistant surface. Three height settings. 86% PP, 13.6% TPR and 0.4% ABS. LxWxH: 102x38.5x15/20/25 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 7.2 kg. Black/red 71 311 9600 Each

Group fitness The trampoline for all fitness levels

4 Spider feet for a

4 Removable

wide, secure grip

support bar with quick-release lock

The Sport-Thieme Trampoline “Jump 4” is the perfect mini trampoline for all fitness levels: With its innovative suspension system, the bands can be individually adjusted, allowing the tension to be modified from soft to firm. Another advantage: The numerous individual bands enhance the rebound performance.

4 Individually adjustable single

rubbers: excellent rebound performance

Jump 4 Light:

Jump 4 Pro:

• Weight capacity

• 72 bungees

• 8 4 bungees

up to 120 kg

up to 130 kg

• Includes edge cover

01 Sport-Thieme Trampoline “Jump 4” Innovative suspension system. The tension is adjustable using rubber bands. Folding legs for space-saving stacking. Hxø: 35x125 cm. Load capacity for “Jump 4 Light” and “Jump 4 Pro”: 120 kg/130 kg. 12 kg. Light 71 378 2402 Each Pro incl. edge cover 71 378 2415 AI-generated

Each

713782415: Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A 014121 0187 REV. 00 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Green Berry Black

02 Togu Brasil Hand Trainers Deep muscle trainers offering targeted movement feedback. Strengthening of connective tissue and preventative back training. Sensory spikes promote blood circulation. Latex-free Ryton. Partially filled with metal grit. LxWxH: 10x3x3 cm. 200 g each. Green 71 147 2631 Pair Berry 71 319 1200

Pair

Black 71 319 1213

Pair

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

158

4 Double-sided for differ-

ent types of floors

03 Sport-Thieme Slide Pads

More group fitness items online: sport-thieme.com Group fitness

Double-sided sliders for stabilising your shoulders, hips, knees and spine. Feltcovered side for hard surfaces, plastic-coated side for carpet. 100% nylon outer, polyethylene inner. Diameter: 25 cm. 71 273 4705

Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme ‘Fitness’ Oscillating Bar Great for stamina, coordination and strength training, as well as rehabilitation. Carrying bag included. 4 Universal bar 4 Excellent oscillation action Our choice Top rated sport-thieme.com Renate wrote: “Looks great ! Sits well in the hand. Excellent oscillation.”

03 02

Accessory 02 Flexi-Bar Trolley for Oscillating Bar

01 Sport-Thieme Oscillating Bar “Fitness” Suitable for beginners, advanced users and pros alike. Soft grip section for a firm hold and comfortable workouts. Fibreglass bar with PE grip section. L: 155.5 cm. Frequency range: 4.6 Hz. Incl. carrying bag. Orange 71 231 0002 Each Blue 71 231 0031

Each

For up to 30 Flexi-Bars (suitable for all types of Flexi-Bars). Wooden. Mobile. LxWxH: approx. 49x43x12 cm. Flexi-Bars not included. 71 200 9979 Each Manufacturer: Flexi-Sports, see page 240

Registered design. For approx. 25 oscillating bars. Wooden. LxWxH: 20x49x28 cm. 71 200 9995

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Sport-Thieme Wall Rack for Oscillating Bars “Individual”

More oscillating bars online: sport-thieme.com

A space-saving way to store your oscillating bar. Metal. Black. Fixings included.

Oscillating Bars

71 276 3604

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

03 Sport-Thieme Wall Rack for Oscillating Bars

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

159

Resistance Bands 02

The advantages of Sport-Thieme resistance bands: • The length: many customers require shorter resistance bands; Sport-Thieme resistance bands come in lengths of 2 and 25 m, thereby meeting all of the customers' needs • Top-quality at a low price

01 Sport-Thieme Resistance Band “125” Effective strength and endurance training. Ideal for rehabilitation and recovery training. Skin-friendly natural rubber for comfort. Extremely stretchable for versatile exercises. Progressive resistance for customized workouts. Made of natural rubber. Width: 12.5 cm. See table for available versions.

02 Sport-Thieme Resistance Band “125 latex-free”

Resistance bands

Latex-free. Skin-friendly and ideal for allergy sufferers. Versatile in use. Different resistance levels for all fitness abilities. Improves strength, flexibility, and coordination. Effective training for various muscle groups. Gentle stretching. Promotes flexibility. Made of synthetic rubber. Width: 12.5 cm. See table for available versions.

Resistance bands are perfect for targeted muscle building and joint-friendly training in fitness classes, rehabilitation centres or at home. The advantage of using bands is that you can vary the intensity of your training and the effort required. The various resistance levels and sizes are listed in the tables on the relevant product pages.

01 12.5 cm wide

02 12.5 cm wide

5.5 m long

2.5 m long

45.5 m long

Product code

Base price per m

Product code

Base price per m

Product code

Base price per m

Resistance Light

Color Light Blue

71 391 3909

Each

71 391 4407

Each

71 391 5400

Each

Medium

Beige

71 391 3912

Each

71 391 4410

Each

71 391 5413

Each

Strong

Orange

71 391 3925

Each

71 391 4423

Each

71 391 5426

Each

Extra strong Ultra strong Super strong Maximum strong

Blue

71 391 3938

Each

71 391 4436

Each

71 391 5439

Each

Light Green

71 391 3941

Each

71 391 4449

Each

71 391 5442

Each

Dark Blue

71 391 3954

Each

71 391 4452

Each

71 391 5455

Each

Dark Green

71 391 3967

Each

71 391 4465

Each

71 391 5468

Each

Manufacturer

Base price per m

45.5 m long Product code

Base price per m

Resistance Light 71 391 5602 Each 71 391 5703 Each Medium/ Medium Strong Extra strong Ultra strong

71 391 5615 Each 71 391 5716 Each 71 391 5628 Each 71 391 5729 Each 71 391 5631 Each 71 391 5732 Each 71 391 5644 Each 71 391 5745 Each –

–

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03–05

2.5 m long Product code

Sets 04 Sport-Thieme Resistance Band Set “Pro” Set Components: • 5 Sport-Thieme Rubberband “Pro” of one resistance level See table for available versions.

03 Sport-Thieme Rubber Band “Pro”

05 Sport-Thieme Resistance Band Set “Pro Mix”

Perfect stretch properties for personalized training. Ideal for progressive resistance exercises. Specifically strengthens leg and hip muscles. Latex-free – perfect for those with allergies. Textured and smooth sides for optimal grip. Made from synthetic rubber. Dimensions: 25x4 cm. See table for available versions.

Set Components: • 1 Sport-Thieme Rubberband “Pro”, Light, Beige • 1 Sport-Thieme Rubberband “Pro”, Medium, Blue • 1 Sport-Thieme Rubberband “Pro”, Strong, Green See table for available versions.

03 Sport-Thieme Resistance Band “Pro” Base price Product per m code Pull Strength Each 71 391 4700 Beige, Light Each 71 391 4713 Blue, Medium Each 71 391 4726 Green, Strong Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, Manufacturer see page 240

160

04 Sport-Thieme Resistance Bands Set “Pro” Product code 71 391 5208 71 391 5211 71 391 5224

Base price per m Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Resistance Bands Set “Pro Mix” Product code

Base price per m

71 391 5107

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

06 Sport-Thieme Powerband “Performer” For stretching, strengthening, and elongating shortened muscles, as well as intense training in athletics, swimming, and running sports. Made from natural rubber. Length: approx. 104 cm. Includes exercise guide. Yellow, Light 71 391 5804 Each Red, Medium 71 391 5817

Each

Black, Strong 71 391 5820

Each

Lilac, Extra strong 71 391 5833

Each

Green, Ultra strong 71 391 5846

Each

Blue, Super strong 71 391 5859

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Set

Teamsport

7 kg, orange 10 kg, yellow 15 kg, black 20 kg, blue

01 Sport-Thieme Resistance Bands

Set

15 kg 71 237 8321

Set

20 kg 71 237 8334

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

For exercise classes, aqua fitness and strength training. With 8 extra-wide loops, so easier to use when wearing trainers. Latex with polyester threads. L: 96 cm. 7 kg 71 237 8204 Each

20 kg 71 237 8233

Each

10 kg 71 237 8217

7 kg (orange) 10 kg (yellow)

Wide range of exercise options for an effective whole-body workout. 5 oversized, ready-made loops (L: 20 cm). L: 100 cm. Resistance: 10 kg.

View examples of use now at: sport-thieme.com 71 237 8204

15 kg (black) 20 kg (blue)

04 Sveltus Resistance Band “Elastiband” Very strong exercise band. With 8 integrated, numbered loops. 100% nylon. L: approx. 80 cm. Orange, 7 kg 71 237 7908 Each

Yellow, 10 kg 71 237 7911

Each

Black, 15 kg 71 237 7924

Each

Blue, 20 kg 71 237 7937

Each

Manufacturer: Sveltus, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Resistance Band “Flex-Loop” Designed for gyms. Can also be used in water. With 7 loops of 3 different sizes

for increased comfort and adjusting the workout intensity. Made of latex and polyester fibres. 120 cm.

More Elastic Bands and Fitness Tubes online: sport-thieme.com

New

07 New! Flexvit Resistance Band “Multy”

06 New! Blackroll Resistance Band “Multi-Band”

Suitable for strength, endurance, and coordination training. Highly stretchable for full range of motion. Joint and bone-friendly workout. Hygienic: washable at 60°C. Light resistance. Features 15 sewn-in loops for various exercises. Made of polyester/natural latex. Dimensions: 24.5x3 cm.

71 396 1403

71 399 6805 Each

Each

c sport-thieme.com

Manufacturer: Flexible Sports GmbH, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

161

Service

Skin-friendly and washable material. Customizable with multiple loops. Suitable for all ages and body sizes. Versatile use: strength training, mobilization, stretching. Compact, lightweight, and usable anywhere. Made from polyethylene terephthalate (PET)/rubber. Dimensions: LxW: 270x3 cm Manufacturer: WSVK Oederan GmbH, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Leisure Games

Tubes

Each

15 kg 71 280 8316

Therapy

Elastic Bands

10 kg 71 280 8303

Fitness Equipment

10 kg, Red 15 kg, Blue

Gymnastics Equipment

Each

Manufacturer: Sveltus, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Swimming

03 Sveltus Resistance Band “Maxi-Elastiband”

71 237 8103

15 kg 71 237 8220

Athletics

10 kg 71 237 8318

02 Sport-Thieme Resistance Band “8-Loop”

Equipment

The set includes: • 10 Sport-Thieme “8-Loop” resistance bands of one strength, 02 • 1 exercise poster 7 kg 71 237 8305 Set

Balls

Resistance Bands

Wall Bars Multifunctional Design Wall Bars

Designed for wide-grip pullup exercises

Notches for attaching resistance bands

01 Sport-Thieme Wall Bars “X”

Developed in-house in collaboration with a specialist designer. Curved frame with overhang and integrated pull-up bar suitable for wide-grip exercises. The 17 rungs are notched and wider than the frame for safely attaching resistance bands. Designed for self-assembly. The fixings must be ordered separately to suit the structure and condition of your wall. Can also be attached as a “floating” installation. Steel frame, ash rungs. HxWxD: 219x132x79 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 37 kg. 71 373 5709 Each

Transforming a standard wall bar into a modern design without compromising its traditional use - that was the main idea behind the development of the Sport-Thieme Wall Bar “X”. Another goal was the integration of new practical features, such as the overhang and cutouts in the bars for fitness bands, among others. The outcome of our in-house product development in collaboration with a designer is truly impressive. The distinctive “X” serves as its signature feature.

Sport-Thieme Wall Bars “XS” online: sport-thieme.com 71 383 1609

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Bench can be conveniently stored

on the wall bars

4 With ‘rowing machine’ sliding seat 4 A set of wall bars for rowing and

sit-ups

03 03 Sport-Thieme Wall Bars “Fit” Multipurpose wall bars for gyms, clubs, etc. To be mounted on load-bearing walls only. Quickly converts into a rowing machine: just place the roller board on the bench. The bench and sliding seat are both padded and upholstered in imitation leather. Incl. roller board, bench and expander. Plywood frame and bench, ash rungs. Bench, LxW: 180x35 cm. Wall bars, LxWxH: 190x110x20 cm. 32 kg. Max. load: 120 kg.

Black White

71 317 4601

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 BenchK Wall Bars “733” Fitness An excellent choice for gyms and physios. Incl. pull-up bar, dip station with arm pads, flat bench and fixings. Complies with DIN EN 12346 and DIN EN 913. Metal frame, 9 ash rungs. LxWxH: 158x116.5x240 cm. Distance

162

between rungs: 23.5 cm. Frame: 5 cm deep and 4 cm thick. Max. load: 150 kg. 57 kg. 733B (black) 71 301 1401

Set

733W (white) 71 301 1414

Set

Manufacturer: BenchK, see page 240

Also take a look at: Push-Up Grips Page 120

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Pull-up bars, dip stations, and move boxes

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Teamsport

As a horizontal bar

As a triceps support

4 For varied strength training and

muscle building

Equipment

4 Increases the exercise options

using your wall bars

4 Can be attached in two different

ways

01 Sport-Thieme Pull-Up Bar and Dip Station “Combination”

71 267 1808

Athletics

To be suspended from wall bars at any height. Metal construction with wooden bars. WxHxD: approx. 70x50x34 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 5.5 kg. Suitable for wall bars with round rungs only (max. diameter of 40 mm). Each

Swimming

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2578 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Work out in

just 2 m²

Gymnastics Equipment

4 Gym quality

02 Sport-Thieme Dip Station “Wall Mount” Fitness Equipment

For strengthening chest, shoulders, abs and arms. With back and lower arm padding. Made of steel. WxHxD: 72x58.8x75 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 15 kg. 71 133 5200 Each

4 Sitting and standing surface with non-slip coating

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03128.Z02 4 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

A wide range of different training options for your legs, stomach, back and pelvis

Doorway pull-up bars can be found online at: sport-thieme.com

Dip bars for wall bars online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Movebox with contents 71 269 2210

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

163

Service

71 331 2504

The Movebox with contents includes: • 1 Pedalo cork foam roller (Lxdia.: 30x10 cm) •1 Sport-Thieme “Club 10” exercise mat • 1 TheraBand, 5.5 m, red (medium) • 1 Sport-Thieme “Gymfit 33” balance cushion, smooth, anthracite • 1 Sport-Thieme soft Pilates ball, dia.: 22 cm, grey • 1 Sport-Thieme skipping rope, blue • 1 pair of Sport-Thieme wrist cuffs, 1 kg each

• 1 pair of Sport-Thieme aerobics weights, 1 kg each • 1 Sport-Thieme beech gym stick, 60 cm, dia. 2.50 cm • 2 Sport-Thieme “8-Loop” resistance bands, 7 kg • 2 Sport-Thieme “8-Loop” resistance bands, 10 kg Movebox without contents 71 269 2207 Each

Leisure Games

Pull-up bars

Wide range of training options on just 2 m² for your legs, abs, back and pelvis. Can be used for therapy and exercising. Non-slip surface. Wood. LxWxH: 67x50x44 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 13 kg.

Therapy

03 Sport-Thieme Exercise Box “Movebox”

Bodyweight Gym and Ab Trainers

4 Sturdy steel frame for

three-dimensional training

4 Countless possible exercises:

dips, pull-ups, knee lifts, leg raises and many more Designed by us

Adjustable from 125.5–195.5 cm in 10-cmincrements

01 Sport-Thieme Bodyweight Gym For a multitude of pull-up variations, dips, knee lifts, leg raises, etc. Height-adjustable pull-up bar. Tubular steel frame (diameter: 35 mm) with chrome-plated brackets (diameter: 30 mm). L, base bracket: 80–120 cm in 10-cm increments. H, pull-up bar: 125.5– 195.5 cm in 10-cm increments. Max. load: 100 kg. Approx. 19 kg. 71 273 0905 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Watch our exercise video at: sport-thieme.com 71 273 0905

Adj

ust abl 10- e from cmincr 80–120 em ent cm in s

77 cm

Our ab trainers are available online at: sport-thieme.com Ab trainers

Version: XL

4 Train your whole body

with just one product

80 cm

Version: Basic

02 Lebert Parallel Bars “Equalizer”

72,5 cm

30,5 cm

Version: Parallettes

63,5 cm

63 cm

164

Color Yellow Black Yellow Black

Model Parallettes Parallettes Basic XL

WxH: 30.5x63.5 cm 30.5x63.5 cm 72.5x63 cm 80x63 cm

For effective full-body workouts using your own body weight. Robust iron with foam handles. Max. load: 180 kg. • B asic – HxW: 72.5x63 cm; approx. 3.6 kg per bar • XL – HxW: 80x63 cm; approx. 4.4 kg per bar • Paralletes – HxW: 30.5x63.5 cm; approx. 2.3 kg per bar See table for versions and prices.

Supports up to Weight per Bar approx. 2.3 kg 180 kg approx. 2.3 kg 180 kg approx. 3.6 kg 180 kg approx. 4.4 kg 180 kg

Manufacturer: L.M. Meijers, see page 240

Product code 71 107 8174 71 107 8187 71 107 8103 71 107 8158

Each Each Each Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Suspension Training

Teamsport Equipment

Suspension training Suspension training is a challenging and effective training method for functional full-body workouts . It improves your overall strength, coordination and flexibility, and also builds up your core.

Athletics Swimming

The principle of suspension training is to allow full, free movement in all directions. Depending on the exercise, the user hangs their hands or feet in the straps. The user's own body weight therefore acts as their training resistance. By changing their body position in relation to the suspension points, the intensity of the exercise is quickly and easily adjusted.

Gymnastics Equipment

4 Pulley allows for alternating

training

4 Quick and easy length

adjustment using a snap hook

For improved strength and stability. All exercises engage and help to stabilise the core. Exercises can be performed while standing or supported on your hands. Enables single-leg squats. With snap hook

High-quality pulley

to adjust the length of the rope. Rubberised handles for perfect grip. L: approx. 158 cm. Suspension height: up to 3.80 m. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. door anchor, sling and storage bag. 71 282 2206

Fitness Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Suspension Trainer “Switch”

Sturdy snap hook

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Ceiling mounts Therapy

02 TRX Wall/Ceiling Mount “X Mount 2.0”

Additional suspension trainers online: sport-thieme.com

Offers new options regarding the adjustment of resistance and the variety of exercises! Solid steel. Hxdia.: 55x115 mm. Max. load: 300 kg.

Suspension Training

71 107 3342

Each

Manufacturer: FTC Functional Training, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

03 Sport-Thieme Wall/Ceiling Mount “Pro” Made of solid steel for optimal safety. Hxdia.: 6x12 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Incl. 4 screws. 71 291 5106

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

165

Service

Resistance Training

Leisure Games

Resistance training online: sport-thieme.com

Slashpipe weight training and fitness hoops Effective training when trying to constantly offset the quick-moving liquid: stabilises the whole body!

02 4 Every Slashpipe is

available in blue or orange

01–05 Slashpipes: a different kind of training Slashpipes allow for varied workouts – be it while sitting, standing or lying down. The coloured water inside the pipes moves around in an uncontrollable way and your job is to try and stabilise the forces at play. With functional training, you work strength, coordination, sensorimotor skills and various different muscle groups – a real full-body workout ! See table for versions and prices. Ill. Slashpipe 01 “Single” 02

“Home&Travel”

“Mini”

“Fit”

“Pro”

Designed for Beginners, shoulder and back training, and older people Use at home, in the office and when travelling

Size (Lxdia.) 50x6 cm

Weight 0.9 kg

116x7 cm

3.1 kg

Beginners, children, women, older people, exercise classes and rehabilitation exercises Advanced athletes, adults, exercise classes and PT sessions Top athletes, PT sessions and functional training

120x6 cm

2.25 kg

150x7 cm

3.5 kg

150x9 cm

5.5 kg

01: Manufacturer: Slashpipe, see page 240 04: Manufacturer: Slashpipe, see page 240

02: Manufacturer: Slashpipe, see page 240 05: Manufacturer: Slashpipe, see page 240

For storage solutions and accessories, visit: sport-thieme.com 71 255 3708

Colour Quantity Orange Two Blue Two Orange One Blue One Orange One Blue One Orange One Blue One Orange One Blue One

Product code 71 237 6501 71 237 6514 71 315 6719 71 315 6706 71 237 6602 71 237 6615 71 237 6703 71 237 6716 71 237 6804 71 237 6817

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

03: Manufacturer: Slashpipe, see page 240

Fitness hoops Browse our entire range at: sport-thieme.com Fitness hoops

4 Smooth

surface

06 Sport-Thieme Fitness Hoop “Power” For all ages. Weighted to slow the hooping – ideal for first-time users. Click-together assembly, hence quick to put together and take apart. Compact to store. With foam padding and smooth surface, making it safe and comfortable to use. NBR outer and PP inner. Dia.: 100 cm. 1.4 kg. 71 317 7307 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

166

4 With wavy

bumps

07 Sport-Thieme Fitness Hoop “Power Wave” With wavy bumps on the inside to stimulate regeneration and circulation through massage. Quick to put together and take apart thanks to click-together assembly. Compact to store. With foam padding and smooth surface, making it safe and comfortable to use. NBR outer and PP inner. Dia.: 100 cm.

1.2 kg (grey/pink) 1.5 kg (grey/purple) 1.8 kg (grey/blue)

Grey/pink, 1.2 kg 71 317 7408

Each

Grey/purple, 1.5 kg 71 317 7411

Each

Grey/blue, 1.8 kg 71 317 7424

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Weight Training

4 For your wrists and

and kickboxing

Equipment

2x 0.5 kg 71 388 4704

Pair

2x 1.5 kg 71 388 4720

Pair

2x 1 kg 71 388 4717

Pair

2x 2 kg 71 388 4733

2x 2.5 kg 71 388 4746

Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Pair Athletics

Suitable for use in running, strength training, and martial arts. Enhances jumping and explosive power. Improves endurance and acceleration. Quick and easy fastening with hook-and-loop system. Made from neoprene/polyurethane (PU). Filled with iron granulate. Dimensions (LxWxH): • 0.5 kg: 29x10.5x2 cm • 1.0 kg: 33x12.5x2.2 cm • 1.5 kg: 34x14.5x2.4 cm • 2.0 kg: 38x16x2.5 cm • 2.5 kg: 41x17.5x2.7 cm

4 Ideal for use in boxing

Teamsport

ankles

01 Sport-Thieme Weight Cuffs “Allround”

04 0.5 kg (red) 1 kg (blue) 1.5 kg (black) Swimming

4 Excellent fit and ex-

4 Can be loaded with 4 Can also be used in water 4 Can be loaded with

02 Ironwear Weighted Vest “Flex”

71 198 2477

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Pair

1 kg, blue 71 291 4510

Pair

1.5 kg, black 71 291 4523

Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Weighted vest to make your fitness, strength and/or running training harder. Can be filled to suit your performance level. 70% polyester, 30% neoprene. Chest: 88–135 cm. With 38 Flex-Metal weights of 250 g each (9.5 kg in total). 71 291 5005

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Weight Cuffs “Aqua”

More weight trainers online: sport-thieme.com

Functional training

Weighted vests cuffs

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

hook-and-loop straps

0.5 kg 71 291 4608

Pair

1 kg 71 291 4611

Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

Service

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com

4 Can be used in water 4 Quick to put on thanks to

Leisure Games

Weight cuffs for wrists or ankles for use in the water. Filled with silicone weights. Increases the intensity of joint-friendly underwater workouts. With hook-andloop straps. Outer and weights can be washed separately. Made of soft mesh and neoprene. L, 0.5/1 kg: 33/42.5 cm.

Therapy

With hook-and-loop belt for a comfortable fit whatever your size. Can also be used in the water. 100% nylon. With 38 Flex-Metal weights of 230 g each (9 kg in total). Can be increased to 18 kg.

03 Sport-Thieme Weighted Vest “Premium”

0.5 kg, red 71 291 4507

Fitness Equipment

38 weights of 230 g each

38 weights of 250 g each to suit your needs

Weight cuffs filled with iron granules for the wrists and ankles. Hook-and-loop straps for individual adjustment. Soft cotton and neoprene outer layer. Fluorescent strip for increased safety when training outdoors.

Gymnastics Equipment

04 Sport-Thieme Weight Cuffs “Premium”

tremely comfortable to wear thanks to soft inner sides

167

Sport-Thieme Dumbbells Dumbbells for targeted muscle training

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Dumbbells are the most well-known and most popular weights for effective and targeted muscle training. Freely choose the weight of your dumbbells based on your fitness level.

01 Chrome

Frank wrote: “They look stunning and are very easy to hold on to. Great fun to train with.”

02 PU

03 Vinyl

01 Sport-Thieme Compact Dumbbell “Chrome”

02 Sport-Thieme Dumbbell “PU”

Curved handle for top handling. Seamless transition from handle to dumbbell head. Chrome-plated steel. See table for versions and prices.

03 Sport-Thieme Dumbbell “Vinyl”

Versatile training dumbbell. Ergonomic grips for a secure hold. Cast iron, coated with polyurethane (PU). 1-10 kg. See table for versions and prices.

Smooth surface prevents sweat absorption and is easy to clean. Made of cast iron with a coloured plastic cover. See table for versions and prices.

4 Seamless chrome surface

Weight

01 “Chrome” compact dumbbell Product code – – Each 71 269 5408 – – Each 71 269 5411 Each 71 269 5424 Each 71 269 5437 Each 71 269 5440 Each 71 269 5453 Each 71 269 5466 Each 71 269 5479 Each 71 269 5482 Each 71 269 5495

0.5 kg 1 kg 1.5 kg 2 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 6 kg 7 kg 8 kg 9 kg 10 kg Manufacturer Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 “PU” dumbbell Product code – – Each 71 349 3700 – – Each 71 349 3713 Each 71 349 3726 Each 71 349 3739 Each 71 349 3742 Each 71 349 3755 Each 71 349 3768 Each 71 349 3771 Each 71 349 3784 Each 71 349 3797 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 “Vinyl” dumbbell Product code 71 270 6708 71 270 6711 71 270 6724 71 270 6737 71 270 6740 71 270 6753 71 270 6766 71 270 6779 71 270 6782 71 270 6795 71 270 6809 71 270 6812

Yellow Orange Red Light blue Mint Purple Blue Dark red Grey Green Brown Black

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Set

5-year guarantee

04 Sport-Thieme Fitness Dumbbells “Aerobic” Adjustable hand and foot strap with hookand-loop closure. Interior made of solid iron wrapped in soft rubber. See table for versions and prices. Colour

Blue Red Green Purple Black

Weight

Product code

0.5 kg 1 kg 1.5 kg 2 kg 3 kg

71 147 4305 71 147 4318 71 147 4321 71 147 4334 71 147 4347

Each Each Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

168

05 Sport-Thieme Dumbbell Set 4 With practical straps

Dumbbells with interchangeable cast iron discs. Short bars 35 cm long, ø 30 mm, approx. 2.5 kg. Can be fitted with 10, 15 or 20 kg. 5-year guarantee!. See table for versions and prices. Weight

Browse our entire range of individual dumbbells and sets online at: sport-thieme.com Dumbbells

Product code Manufacturer

Set 3 2x 1.25 kg 2x 2.5 kg 2x 5 kg 71 146 5509 71 146 5512 71 146 5525 Each Each Each Set 1 2x 1.25 kg 2x 2.5 kg

Set 2 2x 1.25 kg 2x 5 kg

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme vinyl kettlebells

Balls

Kettlebells and Compact Dumbbells Our choice

Teamsport Equipment

AI-generated

01 Sport-Thieme vinyl kettlebell

Manufacturer

Sets Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

02 Starter

03 Basic

04 Advanced

05 Club

1 1 1 1 – – – – – – – 71 233 7207 Set

– – 1 1 1 – 1 – – – – 71 233 7210 Set

– – – – 1 – 1 1 1 – – 71 233 7223 Set

1 1 1 1 1 – 1 1 1 – – 71 233 7236 Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Sets Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

08 1–10 kg set with stand 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – – – – – 1 – 71 267 7529 Set

09 1–30 kg set 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – – 71 267 7516 Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

10 1–22.5 kg set with stand 2 – 2 – 2 – 2 – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – 1 71 267 7532 Set

5-year guarantee

4 Does not roll away

thanks to angular dumbbell head 06–10 Sport-Thieme Dumbbell “Gummi Hex” For continuous use in gyms. Thanks to their shape, the dumbbells won’t roll away. With ergonomically shaped, chrome-plated and knurled handle. Steel bar. Rubber-coated cast-iron heads. 5-year guarantee! See table for versions and prices.

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com

Compact dumbbells

Kettlebells

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

Service

Browse our entire range, including rubber-coated or cast-iron dumbbells, online at: sport-thieme.com

Leisure Games

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

07 1–10 kg set 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – – – – – – – 71 267 7503 Set

Sport-Thieme hexagonal rubber dumbbells

Therapy

Manufacturer

Trains your endurance, coordination and mobility. Strengthens your upper body. Available in 8 weight levels. See table for versions and prices.

Fitness Equipment

1 kg 2 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 6 kg 7 kg 8 kg 9 kg 10 kg 12.5 kg 15 kg 17.5 kg 20 kg 22.5 kg 25 kg 27.5 kg 30 kg Dumbbell stand Double dumbbell stand Product code

01–05 Sport-Thieme Kettlebell “Vinyl”

Gymnastics Equipment

Product code 71 267 3107 71 267 3110 71 267 3123 71 267 3136 71 267 3149 71 267 3152 71 267 3165 71 267 3178 71 267 3181 71 267 3194 71 267 3208 71 267 3211 71 267 3224 71 267 3237 71 267 3240 71 267 3253 71 267 3266 71 267 3279

it easy to identify weights at a glance 4 The vinyl coating protects floors

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

06 “Rubber Hex” dumbbell Variant

4 The different colours make

Swimming

4 kg 6 kg 8 kg 10 kg 12 kg 14 kg 16 kg 20 kg 24 kg 28 kg 32 kg Product code

Product code 71 235 4008 71 235 4011 71 235 4024 71 235 4037 71 235 4040 71 399 9905 71 235 4053 71 235 4066 71 235 4079 71 235 4082 71 235 4095

Athletics

Variant

169

Sport-Thieme Barbells Polyurethane-coated

Rubber-coated

5-year guarantee

Cast-iron

5-year guarantee

01 Sport-Thieme Weight Plate “Competition”, PU

02 Sport-Thieme Weight Plate “Competition”, rubberized, 50 mm

For competitions as made of hard-wearing materials. Insensitive to scratches, knocks and abrasion. Rust-proof. With steel ring for easier attachment/removal. With recessed grip sections. Cast iron with polyurethane cover. 5-year guarantee! Details and product codes: see table.

For intensive use by competitive athletes. Suitable for both training and competitions. Corrosion-resistant. With steel ring for easier attachment/removal. Tri-grip system. Cast iron core. Rubber-coated. 5-year guarantee! Details and product codes: see table.

Model 01 Rubberized (Polyurethane (PU)) 02 Rubberized 03 Cast Iron

2.5 kg 71 231 8211 Each 71 146 4216 Each 71 146 2311 Each

1.25 kg 71 231 8208 Each 71 146 4203 Each 71 146 2308 Each

01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

5 kg 71 231 8224 Each 71 146 4229 Each 71 146 2324 Each

10 kg 71 231 8237 Each 71 146 4232 Each 71 146 2337 Each

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Barbell bars

03 Sport-Thieme Weight Plate “Competition”, Guss For professional use in competitions and training. With tri-grip system for improved handling. Cast iron. Powder-coated, therefore corrosion-resistant and easy to clean. 5-year guarantee! Details and product codes: see table. 15 kg 71 231 8240 Each 71 146 4245 Each 71 146 2340 Each

20 kg 71 231 8253 Each 71 146 4258 Each 71 146 2353 Each

25 kg 71 231 8266 Each 71 146 4261 Each 71 146 2366 Each

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Knurled grip section, special spring steel

5-year guarantee

04 220 cm Chromeplated sleeve

Close-up: rotary bush

05 Four sizes from 160–220 cm

04 Sport-Thieme Barbell Bar “Competition” With ball-bearing rotary bush and knurled grip section. Made of special steel. L: 220 cm. Sleeve diameter: 50 mm. 20 kg. Collars must be ordered separately. 5-year guarantee! 220 cm 450 kg 71 146 2409

Each

750 kg 71 146 2438

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Close-up: ball-bearing rotary bush

05 Sport-Thieme Barbell Bar ø 50 mm With chrome-plated knurling and rotary bush. Made of steel. Sleeve diameter: 50 mm. Max. load: 60 kg (160 cm), 120 kg (180 cm) and 140 kg (200 cm and 220 cm). Incl. collars. 160 cm long, approx. 11 kg 71 146 4304 Each 180 cm long, approx. 13 kg 71 146 4317

50-mm hole

170

200 cm long, approx. 16.5 kg 71 146 4320

Each

220 cm long, approx. 20 kg 71 146 4333

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

30-mm hole

A wide selection of weight plates made from different materials and with various hole sizes available online: sport-thieme.com

A wide selection of barbell bars in various lengths and with different hole sizes available online: sport-thieme.com

Weight plates

Barbell bars

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sport-Thieme Dumbbell and other Storage Racks

All items on this page are delivered without dumbbells and medicine balls.

Dumbbell storage

Teamsport

Small

5-year guarantee

Large

01 Sport-Thieme Dumbbell Rack “Safety Plus”

Small 71 392 1816

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Dumbbell Stand Two-Tier

02 Sport-Thieme Dumbbell Rack “Standard” For exercise and aerobics weights and dumbbells in gyms and clubs. To store up to 80 dumbbells. Quick and easy to take to next training location thanks to strong double castors . LxWxH: 112x65x86 cm. Max. load per shelf: 120 kg. 5-year guarantee!

For compact weights, dumbbells, kettlebells, chrome weights and gym weights. The sloping shelves are designed for ergonomic use. The distances can be adjusted individually to enable the storage of different types of weights. Sturdy steel construction with double storage option. 150x65x73 cm. Max. load for each row: 150 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 145 9278

71 145 9252

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Ball racks

Kettlebell Storage Rack Swimming

4 For 10

Gymnastics Equipment

pairs of dumbbells ranging from 1–10 kg 5-year guarantee

07 Sport-Thieme Kettlebell Rack

For up to 8 balls with a diameter of 18 cm or 4 balls with diameter of 35 cm. Durable and low-maintenance. Black steel. LxWxH: 154x33x31 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. fixings. 71 346 6908 Each

With 2 shelves. Rubberised base is non-slip and noise-absorbing. Very sturdy steel frame. LxWxH: 150x60x80 cm. Max. load: 200 kg per shelf. 5-year guarantee! 71 145 7618

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For vinyl and neoprene dumbbells 71 255 0321

For medicine or slam balls with a diameter of 18–35 cm. Durable steel design made of strong round tubing. LxWxH: 202.6x150x306 mm. Max. load: 50 kg. Incl. fixings (wall plugs, screws).

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

For vinyl and neoprene dumbbells, with wheels 71 255 0347 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Made from steel, sturdy and durable. Consists of 5 levels. The distance between the levels from bottom to top is: 43, 40, 37, and 35 cm. Made of steel. 80x55x170 cm. Load capacity up to 250 kg. 71 381 6400

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

171

Service

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

For chrome and rubber dumbbells, with wheels 71 255 0334 Each

08 Sport-Thieme Kettlebell Rack “On Top”

Leisure Games

Storage for 10 pairs of dumbbells ranging from 1–10 kg. Can fit in any training area due to its compact size. Easy and safe to remove and store dumbbells. LxWxH: 60x40x120 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. For chrome- and rubber-coated compact dumbbells 71 255 0305 Each

Therapy

06 Sport-Thieme Dumbbell Stand

05 Sport-Thieme Medicine Ball Wall Bracket

Fitness Equipment

04 Sport-Thieme Medicine Ball Wall Rack

71 283 3200

Athletics

Individually adjustable rack for various dumbbells. Easy transport thanks to integrated handle and castors. Made of steel. L x W x H “Small”/“Large”: 73 x 42 x 90 cm / 113 x 44 x 90 cm. Max. load capacity: 250 kg. 47 kg. Incl. padlock. Large 71 392 1803 Each

Equipment

5-year guarantee

Boxing gloves, punch pads, and training equipment

4 For touch workouts

01 Sport-Thieme Boxing Gloves “Sparring”

and competition prep

High-quality training gloves with improved padding. Breathable thanks to perforations on the palms of the glove. Wide hook-andloop straps provide firm support and make the gloves easy to put on and take off. Outer: 100% polyurethane, can be wiped clean. Lining: 100% polyester.

Black/red 8 oz 71 391 0649

Pair

10 oz 71 391 0652

Pair

space

02 Super Pro Boxing Gloves “Ace”

10 oz 71 299 1317

Pair

14 oz 71 299 1333

Pair

14 oz 71 391 0678

Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Wall-mounted to save

Ideal for novices in kick-boxing, Thai boxing and K-1. Hook-and-loop strap ensures a good fit on the wrists. One-piece padding for extra support and comfort. Made of grained PU material. 8 oz 71 299 1304 Pair

12 oz 71 391 0665

03 Sport-Thieme Punch Pad For various combat techniques. Durable PU. Polyester foam padding. LxWxH: 60x60x25 cm. 4.5 kg. Incl. 4 fixing plates. 71 390 9805 Each

More boxing gloves online: sport-thieme.com Boxing gloves

Visit our website to browse our entire range, including: • Boxing and grappling gloves • Hand wraps • Punch and kick pads • Focus mitts and boxing dummies • Protective equipment • Punchbags and accessories • Boxing rings and martial arts mats sport-thieme.com Boxing

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Sport-Thieme Skipping rope Weighted

For boxing rings and accessories, visit: sport-thieme.com

Commercial-grade adjustable skipping rope for boxing, fitness and school sports. Break-resistant rotating plastic handles. Plastic-coated steel rope. Lxø: approx. 280x0.5 cm. Incl. 2 weights of 190 g each.

Boxing rings

71 150 1432

Manufacturer: Sportief BV, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

172

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Adjustable height from 1.55–1.75 m

Teamsport Equipment

Flex: flexible connection (spring) between base and punchbag

Basic

Balls

Training Dummies and Free-Standing Punchbags

02 Sport-Thieme Sparring Dummy “Boxing Man”

Each

Black 71 235 6118

Manufacturer

156–196 cm Top Polyurethane (PU) 28x21 cm 50 cm 10.5/57 kg

151–171.5 cm Bottom Polyurethane (PU) 62x32 cm 62 cm 12/60 kg

125–158 cm Bottom Polyurethane (PU) 26x20 kg 45 cm 5/55 kg • D esigned for home

• D esigned for club

training

71 287 3901 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

• P erfect for

competition prep • P added arm for additional arm and leg work 71 270 3002 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

• P erfect for punches

and kicks • For anyone who cannot suspend a punchbag from their ceiling 71 270 2908 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

153 cm

177 cm

07 Sport-Thieme 08 Sport-Thieme “Flex” “Anti-Aggression” free-standing punchbag free-standing punchbag •/• •/– 177 cm Top Imitation leather 60x28 cm 55 cm 11/44 kg

153 cm Bottom Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 131x26 cm 48 cm 7/37.4 kg

• D esigned for training • D esigned for indoor

in schools, clubs and use gyms • Suitable for children • Spring covered with pad 71 287 3800 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

71 235 6004 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/Fitness Equipment

173

Service

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Height can be adjusted from 151–171.5 cm

152–177 cm Middle Polyurethane (PU) 26x18.5 cm 55 cm 10/44 kg

•/•

71 111 3802 Each

Height can be adjusted from 156–196 cm

Height can be adjusted from 152–177 cm •/•

06 Sport-Thieme free-standing punchbag •/•

04 Sport-Thieme “Pro Flex” punchball

Leisure Games

Product code

05 Sport-Thieme “Power Spin” punchball •/•

03 Sport-Thieme punchball with stand

use • P erfect for beginners and technique training

Therapy

Can be filled with water/sand Height Spring Coating Size, pad (Hxdia.) Base diameter Weight empty/filled Special features

70 cm

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Fitness Equipment

Model

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Gymnastics Equipment

Height can be adjusted from 125–158 cm

Base can be filled with water or sand. PVCcoated PU foam punchbag. Punchbag dia.: 42 cm. 140 kg when filled (29 kg empty). • B asic: Fixed connection between base and punchbag (H: 186 cm) • Flex: Flexible connection (spring) between base and punchbag (H: 195 cm)

Swimming

Each

Flex 71 148 4511

01 Sport-Thieme Free-Standing Punchbag

Athletics

Basic 71 148 4508

Excellent for practicing punch and/or kick accuracy. The base can be filled with water or sand. PE base. PU dummy. Can be set to one of 3 heights: 155–175 cm. Base diameter: 56 cm. 126.5 kg when filled (18 kg empty). Incl. post padding. Natural 71 235 6105 Each

Martial Arts Mats How many frame pieces do you need?

4 With interlocking edges

for seamless joins

4 Compact to store 4 Either side can face up • 1 6 mats • 8 sets of frames containing 2 pieces Example: 16 m² area (4x4 m) Please note: Tatami mats are made of thermoplastic. Their width and length can therefore vary by ±3% when the temperature fluctuates.

A wide selection of martial arts mats available online: sport-thieme.com Martial arts mats

01 ProGame Trocellen Exercise Mat “Tatami 2.0” Highly cushioned and usable on both sides. Features a 3-layer design with a bio-based, non-fossil core. TR-EECell foam made from polyethylene (PE) derived from sugar cane waste generates -2.28 kg CO₂/m² during production, approximately 20% less CO₂ equivalent emissions than its predecessor. Easy to clean. The edge interlocking of individual tiles (1x1 m) simplifies the assembly

of areas and ensures secure connectivity. Clean mat edges with special edge pieces (frame pairs). Hardness level of 26–32. Closed-cell, washable, non-moisture absorbing, and hypoallergenic. Dimensions: LxWxH: approx. 100x100x2 cm. Approximately 2.2 kg. Includes additional edge piece (LxWxH: 100x2.5x2 cm). Comes with installation and care instructions. 71 388 4805

Each

Manufacturer: Trocellen Italia, see page 240

Our choice

For sports flooring, visit: sport-thieme.com Sports flooring

Fact about No. 02

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Surface

Rubberised waffle-effect underside: very slip-resistant

Blue and yellow judo mats (200x100x4 cm) meet the international standard.

02 Sport-Thieme Judo Mat “Classic” 200x100x4 cm

100x100x4 cm

4 Manufactured and approved to

European EN 12503-3 standard

Size 100x100x40 cm 200x100x40 cm Manufacturer

174

Olive green 71 119 7206 71 119 7222

Red 71 119 7219 71 119 7235

Blue 71 269 8003 71 269 8029

Yellow 71 269 8016 71 269 8032

Complies with EN 12503-3. Suitable for competitions. Nationally and internationally recognised. Core made of composite foam (approx. 235 kg/m³). Surface and sides are laminated with vinyl rice-straw embossing (100% polyester). Bonded corners and edges, non-slip, waffle-effect underside, sealed all-round. Medium variant. See table for versions and prices. Ice grey 71 269 8045 71 269 8061

Black 71 269 8058 71 269 8074

Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Over 1,500 gyms equipped in the last 5 years!

Cardio Equipment: Boost Endurance and Enhance Fitness

Consulting service Sport-Thieme is your fitness specialist

Our cardio machines are high-quality and designed for enjoyable workouts, perfect for boosting your overall fitness and endurance. Our range includes a wide selection of different equipment and options.

4 Professional, personalised consultation 4 At 8 locations across Germany 4 Free of charge and non-binding Book your free appointment now! Call us:

All cardio equipment online: sport-thieme.com Cardio Equipment

+49 5357 181 503

Which Device for Whom? If you know the specific purpose for which you need your equipment, you can simply follow our practical guidance system: H

Home fitness

• Equipment for home use

Semi-professional

• Ideal equipment for clubs, hotels, and intensive use at home

Professional

MDR

• Equipment suitable for continuous use, such as in a gym

• Equipment with medical certification • Professional equipment that complies with the EU Medical Devices Regulation (MDR). This regulation defines standards for the quality and safety of medical products and replaces, among other things, the Medical Devices Act (MPG).

Cross trainers

Treadmills

Fitness device quick finder

Indoor cycles

Exercise bikes & ergometers

S P

Semi-professional ��page 176 Professional ��pages 176–177

S P

Semi-professionell ��page 178 Professional ��page 178

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

P P

Professional �� page 179

c sport-thieme.com

Semi-professional ��pages 180–181 Professional ��pages 180, 182 Nach MDR ��pages 182

Rowing machines

Semi-professional �� pages 183

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

175

Indoor exercise bikes

Semi-professional | Professional

Device Quick Finder Page 175

4 High power transmission 4 Very quiet gearing

01 Sport-Thieme Indoor Bike “IB600” Multi-position handlebars for various grip options. Dual water bottle holder. High-quality gel

saddle. Equipped with transport wheels. S See table for versions and prices.

03 ICG Indoor Bike “IC5” 02 Stages Indoor Bike “SC2” Cardio trainer featuring a 22-kg flywheel and wireless power supply. Castors for quickly and easily moving the machine. Powerful Poly V belt with very quiet transmission. Trekking pedals

complete with toe clips for optimum hold. Max. load: 130 kg. LxWxH: 128×57×131 cm. 63 kg. P See table for versions and prices. S

Model Manufacturer Pedals Height-/angle-adjustable handlebar Horizontally/vertically adjustable saddle Transport castors Drivetrain Resistance Flywheel mass Q factor Assembled dimensions (LxWxH) Max. load Years’ guarantee H S P Product code Manufacturer

176

Accurate performance measurement: watt rate with LCD computer. Efficient power transmission: Poly-V belt drive. Assisted height adjustment with gas-oil pressure system. Simple resistance adjustment thanks to magnetic brake. Intuitive Coach by

Semi-professional 01 IB600 Sport-Thieme SPD / basket •/• •/•

P 04 IB800 Sport-Thieme SPD / Basket •/• •/•

Colour training control. Includes padded sport saddle, foot protection plates with calf stretch, transport wheels, bottle holder, adjustable handlebars and seat, Bluetooth and ANT+ interface. P See table for versions and prices.

Professional 02 SC2 Stages SPD •/• •/•

03 IC5 ICG SPD / Basket •/• •/•

•

Poly-V belt Magnet 5 kg 170 mm 151x60x130 cm 180 kg 3/3/– 71 347 3506 Each

Poly-V Belt Magnet 10 kg 170 mm 140x60x130 cm 180 kg 3/3/3 71 347 3607 Each

Carbon belt Magnet 14 kg 158 mm 110x62x147 cm 158 kg 3/3/3 71 314 4709 Each

Poly-V belt Magnetic 18 kg 155 mm 132x52x120 cm 150 kg 3/2/2 71 321 8802 Each

Manufacturer: Precor Germany GmbH, see page 240

Manufacturer: Life Fitness Europe GmbH, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

H S P M Professional

Sport-Thieme Indoor Bike “IB800” Powerful design with quiet transmission 04 4 Designed for continuous use 4 With free app access Console

05 Sport-Thieme Floor Protection Mat “ReLoop” High density – perfect for placing heavy equipment. Textured surface withstands high friction. Made from 95% recycled material/rubber. Thickness: 0.3 cm. 160x90 cm 71 376 7506

Each

10 kg flywheel mass for smooth motion. Free access to the iConsole app. Bluetooth console. Displays: distance, time, calories, speed, pulse, RPM, resistance, watts. P See table for versions and prices.

210x100 cm 71 376 7519

Each

20x70 cm 71 376 7522

Set of 2

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

04 Sport-Thieme Indoor Bike “IB800”

05 4 Made from 95%

recycled material

Gym wipes disinfectant wipes online: sport-thieme.com 71 401 8302

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

177

Exercise Bikes

Semi-professional | Professional

Device Quick Finder Page 175

Recumbent exercise bike New

LED display

Touchscreen Display

01 New! Sport-Thieme Recumbent Exercise Bike “R850” Comfortable, deeply adjustable seat with low step-through.

Multiple resistance levels for personalized training. 15.6" touch display. Includes transport wheels. P See table for available versions.

4 Self-powered

generator drive

02 Sport-Thieme Exercise Bike “B600” 32 resistance levels for personalized cardio training. Equipped with high-quality transport

wheels for quicker relocation. Hand pulse sensors for accurate heart rate monitoring. S See table for available versions.

S Model Brand Timekeeping, Training Distance, Total Miles, Speed, Cadence, Energy Consumption Hand Pulse/Ear Clip/Chest Strap Visual/Acoustic Upper Pulse Limit Signal Programs/Pulse-Controlled/User Test Programs PC Interface Adjustable Handlebar Height/Tilt Adjustable Saddle Horizontal/Vertical Braking System Flywheel Mass Power Range Watt Level Adjustment Power Supply Setup Dimensions (LxWxH) Max. Weight Capacity Years guarantee H S P Display Item Number Manufacturer • = Included

178

Particularly sturdy steel frame for continuous use in gyms. Comfortable seat, which can be set to 15 different heights. Clear

Semi-professional

and easy-to-read LED display. With castors, drinks holder and self-righting pedals with straps. P See table for available versions.

Professional

02 B600 Sport-Thieme

01 R850 Sport-Thieme

03 U60 Vision Fitness

•

•/•

•/–/•

–/– 12 / 1 / 1 1 Bluetooth – •/• Induction 12 kg 0–450 W 32 levels Generator 122x58x146 cm 150 kg 3/3/– – 71 347 3001 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

(•) = Available separately

03 Vision Fitness Exercise Bike “U60”

•/•

4/–/– – Bluetooth – –/• Induction 14 kg 40–350 W 32 levels Generator 166x66x132 cm 180 kg 3/3/3 TFT display LED display 71 397 3703 71 397 3716 Each Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

–/– 12 / 2 / – – – –/– •/• Induction 11 kg 40–250 watts 1-watt increments Generator 104x65x138 cm 182 kg 3/1/1 – 71 277 0404 Each

Manufacturer: Johnson Health Tech. GmbH, see page 240

– = Not included Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Device Quick Finder Page 175

Balls

Cross Trainers

Professional

Teamsport

LED display Touchscreen Display

Equipment Athletics Swimming

01 Sport-Thieme Cross Trainer “C900”

02 Sport-Thieme Cross Trainer “C800” Increased step frequency thanks to dual roller system. Movable handlebars for arm exercise. Fixed bars with hand

the welded steel frame. High momentum for smooth running. Includes transport rollers. P See table for available versions. P

(•) = Available separately

02 C800 Sport-Thieme

•

•/–/•

•/–/–

•/–

4/1/1 Bluetooth 51 cm 2.9 cm Induction 14 kg 400 W 40 Levels Generator 177x93x160 cm 177x93x160 cm 180 kg 3/3/3 LED-Display 71 347 2503 Each

•/– 12 / 1 / 1 – 51 cm 4.3 cm Induction 10 kg 0–250 W 32 levels Generator 190x85x176 cm 190x85x176 cm 160 kg 3/3/3 – 71 347 2402 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Service

• = Included

01 C900 Sport-Thieme

Leisure Games

Manufacturer

Professional

Therapy

Model Brand Time measurement, training distance, speed, calorie consumption Hand pulse/ear clip/chest strap Pulse limit signal visual/acoustic Programs/heart rate controlled/user Interface Stride length Distance between footplates (Q-factor) Brake system Flywheel mass Power range Adjustment of watt levels Power supply Set-up dimensions LxWxH Storage dimensions LxWxH Max. weight capacity Years guarantee H S P Display Product code

pulse sensors for precise heart rate monitoring. LED display. 12 training programs. P See table for available versions.

– = Not included

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Fitness Equipment

The suspension system enables training with reduced strain on joints. Easy mounting thanks to the low starting height. Exceptionally durable due to

Gymnastics Equipment

4 Self-powered generator drive

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

179

Sport-Thieme Treadmills

Semi-professional | Professional

Device Quick Finder Page 175

4 Pre-waxed Tread: Extended

Training Without Lubrication

4 No motor drive –

powered solely by leg strength

01 Sport-Thieme Treadmill “T850” Experience the perfect running sensation with the concave-shaped slatted running surface. Engage more muscle groups while running. Self-propelled design ensures energy efficiency and eco-friendliness. Equipped with transport wheels. S See table for versions and prices.

02 Sport-Thieme Treadmill “T800” 6 HP powerful brushless AC motor. Prewaxed running surface: extended training sessions without lubrication. Large drive roller for optimal power transmission from

S Model Brand Time Measurement, Training Distance Speed, Calorie Consumption Hand Pulse/Ear Clip/Chest Strap Programs/Heart Rate Controlled/User PC Interface/USB MP3 Connection and Speakers Incline Adjustment Motor Power Minimum/Maximum Speed Treadmill Thickness Type of Damping System Running Surface Dimensions (LxW) Setup Dimensions (LxWxH) Storage Dimensions (LxWxH) Max. Weight Capacity Years guarantee H S P Product code Manufacturer • = Included

180

(•) = Available separately

the motor. Smooth operation due to high weight. Dot matrix with LED display. 36 preset programs. Heart rate controlled programs. Comes with transport wheels. P See table for versions and prices.

Semi-professional

Professional 02 T800 Sport-Thieme •/• •/• •/•/• 36/1 USB

03 T600 Sport-Thieme •/• •/• •/•/• 36/1 Bluetooth – 0-15% 4 HP AC 1–22 km/h 2.2 mm 6-fold with rubber buffers 155x56 cm 212x90x159 cm 212x90x159 cm 150 kg 3/3/– 71 347 2109 Each

01 T850 Sport-Thieme •/• •/• – – – – – – N/A – Elastic Slats 160x48 cm 187x93x166 cm 187x93x166 cm 150 kg 3/3/3 71 347 2301 Each

0-15% 6 HP AC 0.8-25 km/h 2.5 mm 6-fold with rubber buffers 160x62 cm 215x93x168 cm 215x93x168 cm 160 kg 3/3/3 71 347 2200 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

•

– = Not included Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Semi-professional

Sport-Thieme Treadmill “T600” The Powerful Option

4 Peak loads up to a maximum

of 10 HP possible

03 Sport-Thieme Treadmill “T600” Powerful, brushless motor for high durability. Wide running surface for comfortable jogging. Dot-matrix and LED display. 36 training programs, including heart rate-controlled programs. Equipped with transport wheels. S See table for versions and prices. For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Sport-Thieme floor protection mat “ReLoop” page 177 or online: sport-thieme.com

More treadmills online: sport-thieme.com

71 376 7506

Treadmills

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

181

Treadmills

4 MDR medical device M

Professional | MDR

Device Quick Finder Page 175

4 MDR medical device

MDR

4 Adjustable reverse motion for an added training effect

01 Sport-Thieme Treadmill “T1000 MED” Low step-up height for easy access to the treadmill. Compatible with ECG devices through an interface. Adjustable speed and

incline for personalised workouts. 10.1-inch touch screen display. Transport wheels for easy mobility. P M See table for versions and prices.

device

MDR

Variable incline and speed suitable for all fitness levels. Low step-up height: Perfect for those with limited mobility. PC interface for connecting with

ECG devices. Built-in seat for seated running motions. Forearm supports to reduce load. 10.1-inch touchscreen display. Comes with transport wheels. P M See table for versions and prices.

4 MDR medical device

4 MDR medical

02 Sport-Thieme Treadmill “T2000 MED”

MDR

4 With reverse motion

for an added training effect

01–04 with accessories such as handrails, forearm supports, upright supports, and ramps online: sport-thieme.com Sport-Thieme treadmill

03 Sport-Thieme Treadmill “T3000 MED” Adjustable incline and speed range. Low step-up height: Perfect for individuals with limited mobility. PC interface for connection with ECG devices.

Performance tests configuration possible. 10.1-inch touch screen display. Comes with transport wheels. P M See table for versions and prices.

04 Sport-Thieme Treadmill “T3500 MED” Low step height for easy access. Adjustable safety handrails on both sides for added security. Reverse speed from 0.1-5 km/h. P

Model Manufacturer Timer, distance Speed, calories burned Hand pulse / ear clip / chest belt Programmes / pulse-controlled / users PC interface / USB MP3 socket + speakers Incline setting Motor power Min./max. speed Thickness of running surface Size of running surface (LxW) Dimensions when assembled (LxWxH) Dimensions when stored (LxWxH) Max. user weight Years guarantee H S P M Version Product code Manufacturer • = Included

182

01 T1000 MED Sport-Thieme •/• •/• •/• 10 / 100 PC RS 232 – 0–22% 2 HP AC 1–20 km/h 18 mm 140x48 cm 188x70x142 cm 188x70x142 cm 150 kg 3/3/3/3 Without handrail 71 362 1602 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

(•) = Available separately

Compatible with ECG devices. 10.1-inch touch screen display. Equipped with transport wheels. P M See table for versions and prices.

Professional | MDR

02 T2000 MED Sport-Thieme •/• •/• •/• 10 / 100 PC RS 232 – 0–22% 2 HP AC 1–20 km/h 18 mm 140x48 cm 188x70x142 cm 188x70x142 cm 150 kg 3/3/3/3 With handrail 71 362 1703 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 T3000 MED Sport-Thieme •/• •/• •/• 10 / 100 PC RS 232 – 0–25 % 3 HP AC 0.1–25 km/h 18 mm 154x54 cm 210x80x150 cm 210x80x150 cm 220 kg 3/3/3/3 Without handrail 71 362 1804 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 T3500 MED Sport-Thieme •/• •/• •/• 10 / 100 PC RS 232 – 0–25 % 3 HP AC 0.1–25 km/h 18 mm 154x54 cm 210x80x150 cm 210x80x150 cm 220 kg 3/3/3/3 With handrail, height-adjustable 71 378 0709 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

– = Not included Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Semi-professional

Sport-Thieme Rowing Machine “R600” Strong resistance for effective cardio training 4 Balanced Traction 4 Suitable for individuals up to 2 m tall 4 High-performance ball-bearing rollers

01 Top rated sport-thieme.com

01 Sport-Thieme Rowing Machine “R600” Air resistance for intense training sessions. Adjustable angle for the display and smartphone holder. Chain system powers the flywheel. Stable stand thanks to adjustable height. S 71 347 3405 Each

More Rowing machines online: sport-thieme.com

Building Stamina for Cross-Country Skiing – Ski PB Extreme Ski Trainer online: sport-thieme.com

Gym wipes disinfectant wipes online: sport-thieme.com

Sport-Thieme floor protection mat “ReLoop” page 177 or online: sport-thieme.com

Rowing machines

71 294 0700

71 401 8302

71 376 7522

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

183

Strength Equipment and Fitness Towers Over 1,500 gyms equipped in the last 5 years!

Need help? Our specialists will be happy to assist: +49 5357 181 503

Fitness equipment for gyms, hotels, and clubs At Sport-Thieme, you'll find everything you need for your fitness training, whether it's in the gym, hotel, or outdoors. Whether you're looking for dumbbells, resistance bands, steppers, elliptical trainers, or entire sets of equipment, our extensive range includes high-quality fitness gear from well-known brands—from small accessories to complete fitness studio setups.

Discover the full range of fitness equipment online: sport-thieme.com Fitness equipment

5 reasons for a gym by Sport-Thieme 1. Planning and Equipment

2. Products “Made in Europe”

3. Personalised Advice

4. Up to 5 years warranty

Benefit from the extensive expertise of our qualified staff and partners! With Sport-Thieme, you have a partner by your side that has worked for years with key institutions, various state sports and gymnastics associations, as well as universities of applied sciences. You can be confident that we will always take into consideration the latest developments and trends when planning your fitness space.

High-quality brands from various manufacturers. With Sport-Thieme, you be confident in your purchasing decisions. We can make recommendations about which certified products are suitable for your facility. For this, we have different brand manufacturers in our portfolio, allowing us to cater individually to your needs.

Looking for personalised advice on fitness equipment? Our experienced team is here to assist you with professional guidance tailored to your individual needs. We are happy to call you at your preferred time or conduct a non-binding initial consultation.

We offer up to 5 years warranty on Sport-Thieme fitness equipment. This requires regular maintenance (visual inspections, annual safety checks) with complete and documented records in writing. Wear parts are excluded from the warranty.

5. Offer The personalised offer created for you provides an overview of each product and item. This gives you a clear understanding of your project.

Which Device for Whom? If you know the specific purpose for which you need your equipment, you can simply follow our practical guidance system: H

Home fitness

Semi-professional

• Ideal equipment for clubs, hotels, and intensive use at home

• Equipment for home use

Professional

• Equipment suitable for continuous use, such as in a gym

MDR

Quick Finder for Strength Equipment

Fitness equipment

S P

184

Semi-professional �� Page 185 Professional ��Page 186–189

Accessories and Sets

�� Page 190

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sport-Thieme Strength Equipment

Semi-professional

Quick Device Finder Page 184

Teamsport

4 Strengthens forearms,

4 Robust, stable,

biceps, deltoids, and rhomboids

and secure

Equipment Athletics

01 Sport-Thieme Lat Pull “600”

02 Sport-Thieme Multi-rack “600”

143x132x212 cm. Weight: 100 kg. Includes J-hooks and bars for attaching resistance bands. S

Offers ample internal space for a variety of exercises. 20 adjustable settings for personalised rack height. Features rubberised feet to prevent slipping and for floor protection. Dimensions: LxWxH:

71 385 0002

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Fitness Equipment

Gymnastics Equipment

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Swimming

Attachment for the Sport-Thieme Power Rack “600”. Designed for building a broad back musculature. Suitable for lat pulls with both narrow and wide grips. Dimensions (LxWxH): 122x90x203 cm. Includes 19x4.5 kg stackable weights. Total weight: 125 kg. S 71 385 0103 Each

Therapy

04 4 High training comfort

04 Sport-Thieme Olympic Bench “600”

thanks to seat padding

05 Sport-Thieme Leg Press “600”

High load capacity due to a sturdy steel construction. Loadable pins for weight discs with a ø of 50 mm. Integrated barbell rack at 2 heights. Stable supporting feet. Excellent comfort when training thanks to padding on the seat and backrest. Supports up to 200 kg. LxWxH: 165x172x120 cm. S 71 384 9705 Each

Attachment for the Sport-Thieme multifunction tower “600”. Trains the thigh and glute muscles. Improves maximum and explosive strength. No slipping thanks to the structured foot plate. 185 x 107 x 110 cm. Max. load capacity: 100 kg. S

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

71 385 1409

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

Each

185

Service

Backrest adjustable to 5 positions. Double transport wheels with industrial bearings. Welded transport handle. Made of metal with faux leather padding. Dimensions (LxWxH): 138x75x49-127 cm. Supports up to 200 kg. S 71 384 9604 Each

Leisure Games

03 Sport-Thieme Weight Bench “Multiposition”

Sport-Thieme Strength Equipment

5-year guarantee

Professional

Device Quick Finder Page 184

Strength Equipment Series “SQ” The Sport-Thieme strength equipment, featuring a robust and timeless squareprofile design, was developed by a team of sports professionals, scientists, physiotherapists, and engineers with the following goals: • Professional-grade machines • Correct biomechanics • Maintenance-free, high quality • S afety • Fast and easy use, even for beginners • E xcellent value for money

Nr. 01 – Nr. 04 available in 2 versions: • W ithout perforated sheet metal casing • W ith perforated sheet metal casing

01 Sport-Thieme Abductor/Adductor Machine “SQ” Targets legs, thighs, and side glute muscles. Adjustable backrest and leg cushion angle. LxWxH: 150x70x150 cm. 60 kg weight stack (12x5 kg). Loadable up to 210 kg. 150 kg net weight. Made in Germany. 5 Year Warranty! Without perforated-sheet cover P 71 312 4417 Each With black perforated-sheet cover P 71 312 4404

Choose any colour at no extra cost Upon request, Sport-Thieme strength equipment is available in a variety of additional upholstery colours: Plata black Plata granite Plata rosewood Plata lemon

Plata poppy Plata fire Plata atoll

02 Sport-Thieme Leg Press “SQ”, seated

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More versions of the strength equipment series with square profile available online: sport-thieme.com

More versions of the exercise equipment series with oval profile available online: sport-thieme.com

03 Sport-Thieme Leg Curl/Extension Machine “SQ”

04 Sport-Thieme Leg Extension Machine “SQ”

For thighs, hamstrings, and gluteal muscles. Non-slip footplate. The incline of the backrest can be adjusted as can the height of the shoulder pads. LxWxH: 210x120x200 cm. 220 kg stack weight (8x 5 kg, 18x 10 kg). Load capacity up to 370 kg. 400 kg net weight. Made in Germany. 5-year warranty! Without perforated-sheet cover P 71 312 5814 Each

For training the front and back leg muscles. Adjustable backrest and padded rollers. Side handles for stabilization. LxWxH: 140x100x150 cm. 100 kg stack weight (20x5 kg). Supports up to 250 kg. Weighs 160 kg. Made in Germany. 5-year warranty! Without perforated-sheet cover P 71 325 6608 Each

For training the front thigh muscles. Foot roller height can be individually adjusted with a control knob. Hand grips for secure positioning. LxWxH: 130x60x200 cm. 80 kg stackable weights (16x5 kg). Loadable up to 230 kg. 150 kg net weight. Made in Germany. 5-year warranty! Without perforated-sheet cover P 71 312 3414 Each

With black perforated-sheet cover P 71 312 5801

With black perforated-sheet cover P 71 325 6611

With black perforated-sheet cover P 71 312 3401

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

186

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sport-Thieme Strength Equipment

Professional

Device Quick Finder Page 184

Teamsport Equipment

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Need help? Our specialists will be happy to assist: +49 5357 181 503

02 Sport-Thieme Multi-rack “Pro 800”

03 Sport-Thieme Cable Cross-Over Machine Trainer “800”

Adjustable: 28 height levels. Integrated footrests: ensures optimal support during rowing exercises. Non-slip feet for enhanced stability. Suitable for barbell and pull-up training as well as dips, bicep curls, rowing, lunges, targeted shoulder and abdominal exercises. LxWxH: 180x171x246 cm. Supports up to 800 kg. Includes dip bars, lat and cable pulls with handles, lunge roller. P

Weight plate storage: easy access. Stack weights for personalised fitness training. Includes Power Rack Smith Machine, functional trainer, squat machine, suspension trainer, pull-up bar, core trainer, and lat pull-down. LxWxH: 198x207x337 cm. 38x4.5 kg stack weight. Supports up to 800 kg. Includes lat pull-down bar, tricep grip, and 2 handles. P

71 385 0305

71 384 9907

Each

Each Gymnastics Equipment

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Swimming

Adjustable seat height with 4 levels. Horizontal adjustment for optimal comfort.2-step length adjustment safety belt. Easy mobility thanks to transport wheels and handles. LxWxH: 184x155x85 cm. Supports up to 200 kg. 165 kg. P 71 393 6001 Each

Athletics

01 Sport-Thieme Leg Exerciser “Hip Thrust”

Accessories for item no. 02 online: sport-thieme.com 71 385 0305

Please note Fitness Equipment

All products on this page are delivered without weight discs etc. Weight Plates Page 170

4 Height-adjustable

wheels for natural movement Therapy

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

05 Sport-Thieme Multi-Rack “Multifunctional Smith Trainer 800” Multiple exercise options for full-body workouts. Quiet running tracks for comfortable training. Height-adjustable rollers for natural movements. Includes exercise metal board with hooks. Frame made of steel. Padding from leather lining/polyurethane (PU). Dimensions LxWxH: 202x177x224 cm. P c sport-thieme.com

Load capacity up to 850 kg. Total weight: 263 kg. Exercise stations: • Cross Over • Squat Rack • Pulley • Pull-Up Bar • Core Trainer 71 384 9806

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

187

Service

Secure positioning for quick adjustments. Highly stable rubber feet effectively protect the floor. Durable screws for long-lasting connections. Integrated climbing grips for versatile workouts. Safe barbell rack for up to 6 bars. Made of metal. 146x171x241 cm. 210 kg. P 71 393 6102 Each

Leisure Games

04 Sport-Thieme Half-Rack “800”

Sport-Thieme Strength Equipment Plate-Loaded

5-year guarantee

Professional

Device Quick Finder Page 184

01 Sport-Thieme Leg Press 45° “OV”, Plate-Loaded

02 Sport-Thieme Lat Row Machine “OV”, Plate-Loaded

For strengthening leg and gluteal muscles. Weight loading with weight plates (not included). Adjustable backrest incline for varied fitness training. Textured footplate for safer workouts. Rubber feet for stable footing of the leg press. Metal frame. Synthetic leather upholstery. LxWxH: 232.5x100x150 cm. Supports up to 250 kg. 160 kg. 5-year warranty! For 30-mm weight plates P

Lat pulldown machine for back muscle training. Designed for constant use in gyms. Adjustable chest and seat cushions for a personalised fit. Plate holder for weight plates included. Rubber stoppers ensure stability of the equipment. Frame made of metal. Cushions made of synthetic leather. LxWxH: 130x160x120 cm. Supports up to 250 kg. 70 kg. 5-year warranty! For 30-mm weight plates P

Bench press machine designed to strengthen chest muscles. Various grip options for diverse training sessions. Adjustable seat to accommodate any height. Made with a metal frame. Upholstered with synthetic leather. LxWxH: 140x155x175 cm. 100 kg stack weight (not included). Supports up to 250 kg. 130 kg. 5-year warranty! For 30-mm weight plates P

71 284 5119

71 284 4611

71 284 4318

For 50-mm weight plates P 71 284 5106

Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

For 50-mm weight plates P 71 284 4608

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Chest Press Machine “OV”, Plate-Loaded, vertical

Each

For 50-mm weight plates P Each

71 284 4305

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

04 Sport-Thieme Lat Pull Machine “OV”, Plate-Loaded Strengthens back and arm muscles. Durable construction from robust metal – withstands any stress. Customisable training weight thanks to weight plate holder. LxWxH: 215x145x205 cm. 140 kg. Includes weight plate holder. Excludes weight plates. 5-year warranty! For 30-mm weight plates P 71 284 4510 Each For 50-mm weight plates P 71 284 4507 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

188

Each

Delivery excludes dumbbells and tubes.

05 Sport-Thieme Multi-Rack “OV” Combination of various training devices. Sturdy construction made from high-quality materials. Customisable training weight thanks to weight plate holders. Weight plates not included. L x W x H: 245 x 215 x 230 cm. Max. load capacity: 350 kg. 450 kg. 5-year warranty! P 71 284 3605 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

Choose any colour at no extra cost Upon request, Sport-Thieme strength equipment is available in a variety of additional upholstery colours: Plata black Plata granite Plata rosewood Plata lemon

Plata poppy Plata fire Plata atoll

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Cable Trainer

Professional

Device Quick Finder Page 184

Basic For amateur sports

Teamsport

Sport For high-performance sports

Equipment Athletics Swimming

4 1:2 ratio

Gymnastics Equipment

4 1:1 ratio

Fitness Equipment

5-year guarantee

Therapy

4 Adjustable pulleys for versatile training 4 For wall mounting to save space 4 Includes 60 kg stackable weights and nylon

handles

4 For wall mounting: particularly space-saving 4 Incl. 60 kg plug-in weights and nylon handles

Accessories for No. 01

Need help? Our specialists will be happy to assist: +49 5357 181 503

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Basic (with perforated sheet) P 71 294 4500 Each Basic (without perforated sheet) P 71 294 4513 Each Sport (with perforated sheet) P 71 294 4526 Each Sport (without perforated sheet) P 71 294 4539 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Made from cast iron for customised configuration of the Sport-Thieme Cable Trainer “Duplex” (only available with direct purchase of a cable pull). 71 294 4601 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

Service

Adjustable angles for targeting diverse muscle groups. Designed for wall mounting. Made from durable square steel tubes. Features variable height settings for the 4 pulleys to offer versatile workouts. Extremely space-efficient due to its compact dimensions. Includes

2 nylon handles. “Basic” model features a 1:2 ratio. “Sport” model features a 1:1 ratio. Comes with 60 kg stack weights in 5 kg increments. Weighs 80 kg. LxWxH: 225x45x55 cm. 5-year warranty!

Leisure Games

01 Sport-Thieme Cable Machine “Duplex”

02 Sport-Thieme Anchoring Weights for Cable Machine Duplex

189

Sport-Thieme Strength Training Accessories Series “Deluxe” 4 Parts are hard chrome-plated

4 High-quality craftsmanship 4 Maintenance-free, quiet bearings

07 08

03 04

01 Sport-Thieme V-Grip Handle “Deluxe Tricep/Bicep” With swivel joint. Made from steel. LxW: 44x22 cm. 2.4 kg.

With knurled handles and swivel joint. Made from steel. Dimensions (LxW): approx. 74x18 cm. Weight: 3.6 kg.

71 267 4908

71 267 4605

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

07 Sport-Thieme Bar Attachment “EZ Bar”

05 Sport-Thieme V-Grip Handle

03 Sport-Thieme Bar Attachment “Deluxe SZ Grip”

71 149 2024

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

With knurled grips and swivel joint. Made of steel. Lxø: approx. 590x28 mm. 2.8 kg. 71 267 4504

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

09 Sport-Thieme Single Handle “Deluxe”

Highly durable lat pulldown bar. Equipped with bent ends, knurled grips, and a swivel joint. Made of steel. Approximately 118 cm long, weighing 5.6 kg. 71 267 4807 Each

Chrome-plated with swivel joint. Made of steel. Lxø: approx. 500x25 mm. Approx. 2 kg.

Solid and highly durable lat bar with curved ends. High-gloss chrome-plated and knurled for extra grip. Steel/polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Approx. 120 cm. 5.5 kg.

71 149 2040

71 149 2066

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

11 Sport-Thieme Single Handle

12 Sport-Thieme V-Grip Handle “Seated Row”

High-gloss chrome finish with a swivel, knurled handle. WxH: 145x125 mm. Lxø (Handle): approx. 130x25.4 mm. 1 kg. 71 149 2037 Each

High-gloss chrome finish with knurled double handle. LxWxH: 17.9x16x14 cm. Lxø (Handle): approx. 130x25.4 mm. 2 kg. 71 149 2011 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

10 Sport-Thieme SeatedRow Handle “Deluxe”

With a knurled single-handed grip and a swivel joint. Made of steel. LxW: approx. 18x15 cm. 2.7 kg. 71 267 4302 Each

With a knurled double handle and swivel joint. Made of steel. LxW: 15x24 cm. 3.5 kg. 71 267 4706 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

13 Sport-Thieme Ankle Cuffs for cable pull trainers

4 Comfortable skin sensation

thanks to premium leather

190

Each

08 Sport-Thieme Lat Pull-Down Bar

04 Sport-Thieme Lat Pull-Down Bar “Deluxe” 02 Sport-Thieme Tricep Bar “Deluxe”

High-gloss chrome-plated and knurled for extra grip. Steel/ polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Approx. 75 cm. 3.5 kg. Includes swivel joint.

V-grip handle, high-gloss chrome-plated and slightly curved. Steel/polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Approx. 35 cm. 1.7 kg. Includes swivel joint. 71 149 2008 Each

06 Sport-Thieme Tricep Bar

Each

14 Sport-Thieme Tricep Rope “Double”

Nylon rope including swivel and end caps. Lxø: approx. 650x26 mm. 2.27 kg. 71 149 2079

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For thigh workouts on the cable pulley machine. Fully adjustable strap. Includes a loop for easy hooking. Made from genuine leather. Dimensions (LxWxH): 33x9x2 cm. Approx. 260 g. Supports up to 50 kg. 71 391 1408 Pair

71 149 4004

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

15 Sport-Thieme Tricep Rope “Single” Nylon rope including fastening ring and end cap. Lxø: approx. 370x28 mm. 0.45 kg. Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Fitness Equipment Set “KGG MED” For upper and lower body training for therapeutic use Silver Black

4 Including complete

equipment set

Set 01 Sport-Thieme Fitness equipment set “KGG MED” Training bench for dumbbell and bodyweight exercises. Lumbar trainer for strengthening the legs, back, and glute muscles. Universal pulley system for isolated or full-body workouts. Functional leg press for leg and glute training. Total weight: 1,070 kg. Set Components: • 1 Medical Training Bench: 120x43x47 cm • 1 Medical Lumbar Trainer: 155x65x80 cm • 1 Medical Universal Pulley System: 105x175x235 cm, stack weight: 2x 120 kg For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

• 1 Medical Functional Leg Press: 217x120x220 cm, stack weight: 4x 5 kg, 15x 10 kg • 2 Deadlift Handles • 1 Tricep Rope • 1 Straight Barbell • 1 Ankle Cuff • 2 Horizontal Grips • 1 V-Roll Bar c sport-thieme.com

Silver 71 339 8601

Set

Black 71 339 8614

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Equipment

191

More than 20,000 products online

Therapy This catalogue contains a selection of our most popular products.

193–207 208–216 217–222 192

You can find our entire range of physio equipment online at: sport-thieme.com Movement therapy

Preise inkl. MwSt. zzgl. Versandkosten: v Frei Haus w Sperriger Artikel x Frachtartikel · Weitere Infos Seite 642

Balls Equipment

“Our body is made for movement. I am passionate about helping people overcome complaints and improve their quality of life in everyday life.”

Teamsport

Jan Schlüter, sports physiotherapist, licensed practitioner for physiotherapy and owner of Sportmedicum

Athletics Swimming Fitness Equipment Bewegungstherapie Gymnastics EquipmentPsychomotorik

sport-thieme. com/

Therapie

193

Service

c sport-thieme.de · Aktuelle Preise und Angebote online

Spielplatzgeräte

Beratung und Bestellung: d 05357 18181

Klettern

Sport-Thieme Back Trainer “Edgar”, Page 200

Hand and arm exercisers 194 Foot and leg trainers 195 Balance cushion 196 Sensorimotor system 197–198 Positioning and positioning aids 199 Therapy supplies and tapes Therapy tables 200–201 Practice equipment and massage tables 202 Therapy tables and Swivel Stools 203 Coordination training 204–205 Slacklines 206 Trampolines 207

Leisure Games

Great choice

Sinnesförderung

Physiotherapy and Movement Therapy

Hand and Arm Exercisers 1.5 kg

454 g

MDR 4 MDR medical device M

Light

Plus

01 Togu Hand Trainers “Senso Walking Trainer light” They works hand, forearm and upper arm muscles all at the same time. Practical, soft, easy-to-grip and hygienic, as washable. Spikes promote blood circulation. Made in Germany. Ryton. • Light: Air-filled, LxW: 7.5x4 cm, 17 g each • Plus: Filled with sand and metal, LxW: 11x5 cm, 250 g each Light 71 147 2602 Pair Plus 71 147 2615

Pair

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

85 g

15 g

02 AFH Webshop Therapy Putty

For mobilising and strengthening your fingers and hands. Antimicrobial, therefore hygienic even after repeated use. Vegan, low-odour and non-staining. Various sizes and resistance levels. Silicone and 2–2.5% boron. See table for versions and prices. Resistance Extra-soft Very soft Soft Medium/soft Medium Firm Very firm Extra-firm

Colour Cream Light beige Beige Yellow Red Green Blue Black

Manufacturer

5x5x2 cm, 15 g 71 323 5401 71 323 5414 71 323 5427 71 323 5430 71 323 5443 71 323 5456 71 323 5469 71 323 5472 Each

8.5x8.5x4 cm, 85 g 71 323 5704 71 323 5717 71 323 5720 71 323 5733 71 323 5746 71 323 5759 71 323 5762 71 323 5775 Each

12x12x8 cm, 454 g 71 323 6000 71 323 6013 71 323 6026 71 323 6039 71 323 6042 71 323 6055 71 323 6068 71 323 6071 Each

16x16x14 cm, 1.5 kg 71 323 6101 71 323 6114 71 323 6127 71 323 6130 71 323 6143 71 323 6156 71 323 6169 71 323 6172 Each

Manufacturer: AFH Webshop, see page 240

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Keep out of reach of children.

MDR

4 MDR medical device 4 For your wrists and/or

ankles 04 Ekamed Exercise Sandbag 03 Sport-Thieme Hand Trainers “Physio Ball” After operations, injuries and in cases of rheumatic complaints. Also for improving finger coordination and reducing stress, as well as for heat and cold applications (microwave/freezer). Thermoplastic rubber (TPR) with gel filling. Ø 5 cm. Includes instructions with 12 exercise examples. Color Red, extra soft Light blue, soft Green, medium Blue, firm

Product code 71 388 6407 71 388 6410 71 388 6423 71 388 6436

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Price per piece Each Each Each Each

Set

Without hookand-loop straps Size 10x10 cm 15x15 cm 25x15 cm 30x15 cm 40x20 cm 35x25 cm 30x30 cm

With hook-and-loop straps

Weight 0.25 kg 0.5 kg 1 kg 2 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg

Colour Blue White Green Purple Red Beige Black

Hygienic and versatile. For exercising and fitness. Variants with hook-and loop straps can be used on hands and feet. Also a great support cushion, as the fine-grained filling moulds well to any part of the body. Fabric-reinforced imitation leather. 100% polychloride outer. See table for versions and prices.

Without hook-and-loop straps Product code Each 71 214 2500 Each 71 214 2513 Each 71 214 2526 Each 71 214 2539 Each 71 214 2542 Each 71 214 2555 Each 71 214 2568

With hook-and-loop straps Product code – – Each 71 199 7402 Each 71 199 7415 Each 71 199 7428 – – – – – –

Manufacturer: ekamed GmbH, see page 240

4 of each

More hand and arm trainers online: sport-thieme.com Hand trainers

05 Handmaster Plus Finger Trainer Set

06 Togu Squeeze Balls “Anti-Stress”

Strengthens all hand, finger and lower arm muscles (adductors and abductors). Fingers and thumb can be worked individually. Coated foam balls with rubber loops. Dia.: 7 cm. The set includes: • 3 balls of various resistance levels – 1 blue (low), 1 red (medium) and 1 orange (high) 71 208 4800 Set of 3

Air-filled balls for squeezing to strengthen hand and fingers. Can also be used for stretching and balance exercises. Pressure can be adjusted via needle valve. Ryton. Dia.: 6.5 cm. The set includes: •1 2 balls (4 blue, 4 ruby red and 4 anthracite) 71 265 8100 Set of 12

Manufacturer: MVS in Motion, see page 240

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

194

More foot and leg trainers online: sport-thieme.com Foot trainers Leg trainers

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Can activate the neuromuscular and sensorimotor system and improve intraand intermuscular coordination. Tiles can be combined in any way you wish. Robust, non-slip and shock-absorbing. Easy to clean. Made of polyurethane. LxW: 50x50 cm. 3.6 kg.

4 Tiles can

be combined in any way you wish Equipment

71 318 8301

Teamsport

01 Artzt Thepro Sensory Flooring

Balls

Foot and Leg Exercisers

Each

Manufacturer: Ludwig Artzt GmbH, see page 240

Set 02 Artzt Thepro Sensory Flooring Athletics

Set components: • 6 Artzt Thepro sensorimotor floor mats 71 318 8314 Set of 6 Manufacturer: Ludwig Artzt GmbH, see page 240

Swimming

04 Sport-Thieme Leg Exerciser foldable Resistance and straps can be adjusted. Digital display shows training time, completed revolutions and calories burnt. Iron frame with rubber feet and PP pedals. LxWxH: 47.5x39x25 cm. 2.2 kg. 71 291 9300 Each

Manufacturer: Holz-Hoerz GmbH, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

straight and angled to the side

05 Sport-Thieme Step “2-in-1” Strengthens legs and glutes. Adjustable, textured pedals. Display shows steps, calories burnt and time. Steel frame. LxWxH: 40x35.5x23 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 6.5 kg. 71 232 6001

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Therapy

07 Sport-Thieme Pebble Mats “Pebble Mix” 06 Sport-Thieme Pebble Mat “Pebble”

Product code 71 377 1206 71 377 1219 71 377 1222

Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Set Components 12 Puzzle Mats: 4 Soft Puzzle Mats, Light Gray, 4 Medium Puzzle Mats, Gray, 4 Hard Puzzle Mats, Dark Gray Puzzle Mats 3 6 12

Product code 71 381 3108 71 377 1219 71 381 3124

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Each Each Each

08 Sport-Thieme Arm & Pedal Bike “Dual Bike” Compact training aid which works the arms, shoulder muscles and legs at the same time. Can be used from a chair, armchair or sofa. The resistance is adjustable with a control knob. Its ease of use makes the bike ideal for older people. Individually adjustable to body size and sitting position. LxWxH: 94x41x43 cm. 71 262 3506

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

195

Service

Finish Soft, Light Grey Medium, Grey Hard, Dark Grey

Set Components 6 Puzzle Mats: 2 Soft Puzzle Mats, Light Gray, 2 Medium Puzzle Mats, Gray, 2 Hard Puzzle Mats, Dark Gray

Leisure Games

Massages and stimulates foot reflex zones. Designed for balance and coordination training. TPR material offers optimal grip on the floor. Can be extended as desired thanks to interlocking design. Easy to clean due to its material properties. Made from thermoplastic rubber (TPR). (LxW): 43x30 cm. 680 g.

Set Components 3 Puzzle Mats: 1 Soft Puzzle Mat, Light Gray, 1 Medium Puzzle Mat, Gray, 1 Hard Puzzle Mat, Dark Gray

Fitness Equipment

For strengthening the leg muscles in cases of knee problems. Anti-slip plate for stable footing. 4-level angle adjustment (8, 16, 23, 30 degrees). Wide standing surface – suitable for hip-width stance exercises. From age 12 and up. Made of birch wood. LxWxH: 45x51x28 cm. Supports up to 150 kg. 5.7 kg. 71 342 6207 Each

4 Different step settings possible –

Gymnastics Equipment

03 Pedalo Leg Exerciser Leg Trainer “Knee Fit”

Balance Cushions Our choice

ø 33 cm

ø 36 cm

4 Great prop for

fun coordination and fitness training – whatever your age Smooth variant: smooth on both sides

Smooth variant: smooth on both sides

01 Sport-Thieme Balance Cushion “Gymfit 33” Promotes balance, coordination and a healthy posture. PVC. 33 cm in diameter. Max. load: 150 kg. Available with two smooth surfaces for a massage effect. Air pressure can be adjusted via needle valve. See table for versions and prices.

02 Sport-Thieme Balance Cushion “Gymfit 36” Promotes active and dynamic sitting. Ideal for back problems and tension. Also for fitness, exercising and therapy. Pleasantly smooth surface. Made of PVC. Hxdia.: 6x36 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Adjustable air pressure. See table for versions and prices. ø 33 cm

ø 36 cm

ø 39 cm

4 Incl. exercise poster featuring lots

of different therapeutic exercises 05 Togu Dynair Ballkissen “33 cm” Top rated sport-thieme.com

03 Togu Dynair Ballkissen “Senso Plus 39 cm” Extra-large ball cushion for even more comfort. Ideal for back training, fitness exercises, rehabilitation and therapy. Can be used on either side: one side has soft nubs the other side is smooth. Ryton. With needle valve for adjusting the air pressure. Incl. exercise instructions. See table for versions and prices. Our choice!

Brand Diameter/height Max. load One side with nubs Blue Red Black Terracotta Green Turquoise Pink Multicoloured Seagrass Misty Mountain Aubergine Basalt Anthracite Manufacturer

196

01 “Gymfit 33” balance cushion Sport-Thieme ø 33/6 cm 150 kg — 71 299 5306 — — — — — — — — — — — 71 299 5319 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 “Gymfit 36” balance cushion Sport-Thieme ø 36/6 cm 150 kg — 71 317 0902 — — — — — — — — — — — 71 317 0915 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Togu Dynair Ballkissen “Senso XL 36 cm” Soft nubs on one side and smooth on the other. Trains upright posture and back muscles. Nubs can be used to massage and stimulate blood circulation and metabolism. Ryton. With needle valve. Incl. exercise poster. See table for versions and prices. 03 "Senso Plus 39 cm" Dynair Ballkissen Togu ø 39/7 cm 300 kg

04 "Senso XL 36 cm" Dynair Ballkissen Togu ø 36/7 cm 500 kg

•

71 205 2700 71 205 2713 71 205 2726 — — — — — — — — — — Each

71 203 4111 71 203 4108 71 203 4124 — — — — — — 71 203 4140 — 71 203 4166 — Each

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

Space-saving alternative to a large ball. Ideal as a wobbly cushion for back exercises, workouts, fitness, therapy and rehabilitation. Used as a sitting cushion, it keeps the discs moving and exercises the muscles in the spine. Ryton. 33 cm in diameter. Max. load: 200 kg. Adjustable air pressure. Incl. exercise poster. See table for versions and prices.

05 “33 cm” Dynair Ballkissen Togu ø 33/7 cm 200 kg — 71 128 3017 71 128 3033 71 128 3059 71 128 3004 71 128 3062 71 128 3046 — 71 128 3020 — — — — — Each

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

More choice available online at: sport-thieme.com Balance cushions

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sensorimotor Function 4 Highly effective muscle trai-

ning for the hands, forearms, feet and lower legs 71 199 3804

Each

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Jakobs GmbH, see page 240

02 TheraBeans Therapy Bean Bundle “Complete”

Set

Complete set, 02 Equipment

The hygienic plastic beans offer balanced resistance. This makes TheraBeans perfect for use in therapy and rehabilitation for muscle weakness, relaxation, enhancing circulation, massage, increasing the metabolic rate and for sensory motor exercises. You will need at least 15 kg (= 3 packs = 25 litres) for training. Without acrylic box. Can be machinewashed at 30°C and disinfected. Amount delivered: 5 kg = approx. 8 litres.

Teamsport

01 TheraBeans Therapy Beans “5 kg”

Acrylic box filled with 30 kg of TheraBeans. For arm and lower leg exercises. LxWxH: 50x40x40 cm. 71 199 3888 Each Manufacturer: Jakobs GmbH, see page 240

Athletics

Stone beans

Micro Glass Beans

Glass beans

Swimming

04 AFH Webshop Grip-Strength Cones “Deluxe”

03 AFH Webshop Therapy Beans

5 kg 71 347 8211

Each

Glass Beans 71 373 5204

Each

Micro Glass Beans 71 373 5103

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: AFH Webshop, see page 240

Even more choice available online at: sport-thieme.com

Fitness Equipment

Promotes everyday movements and sensitivity. Made of fired clay or glass. For heat and cold therapy. • 2.5 kg (about 2.6 litres) • 5.0 kg (about 5.3 litres) Stone Beans

Gymnastics Equipment

Made of polypropylene (PP). Suitable for various exercises to improve hand movements and grip function. Diameter, bottom: 7.4 cm. Diameter, top: 3.7 cm. Height: 17.5 cm. 79 g (each). 71 375 1901 Set

Movement therapy

4 Can be folded

up compactly

Therapy

4 With heating

function

More sensorimotor products online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

upper and lower back, and thighs

to save space. With mains adapter (230 V / 12 V). Surface cover made of 100% polyamide, black, LxWxH: 168x57x4 cm, approx. 1.4 kg. Warning! Not suitable for people with pacemakers. 71 195 7105

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

197

Service

Sensorimotor function

This massage mat is versatile. The control panel can be used to control 10 motors in 4 different massage areas (head, upper and lower back, and thighs) using 5 different programmes. Intensity can be set to 3 levels. Heating can be switched on if required. After use, simply roll it up and store it away

4 10 motors massage your head,

Leisure Games

05 Sport-Thieme Massage Mat “Wellness”

Sensory Motor Skills and Massage It also promotes body awareness and concentration and can help individuals to relax and fall asleep. The pressure can be easily adjusted with the hand pump. Even fully inflated, the pressure vest can easily and inconspicuously be worn under clothing. With pump. 80% nylon, 20% elastane. • X XS – age: 4–7 years, height: 110–134 cm, waist: 50–65 cm • X S – age: 8–10 years, height: 128–152 cm, waist: 60–75 cm • S – waist: 72–85 cm, chest: 77–90 cm, height: 154–166 cm • M – waist: 75–92 cm, chest: 85–102 cm, height: 164–178 cm • L – waist: 80–100 cm, chest: 90–110 cm, height: 176–192 cm

01 Stimove Weighted Cuddly Toy “Dog Cloe” Provides restless children with sensory input to help them calm down and is given to them for concentration issues and restlessness. Light brown. Outer material: 100% polyester. Filling: A mix of sand, polypropylene (PP) beans, and cotton. LxWxH: 37x24x11 cm. Approx. 2.27 kg. 71 263 0508 Each Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Megaform, see page 240

02 Squease Pressure Vest For people with sensory disorders. When the vest is inflated, it becomes tighter. This creates firm pressure on the user’s upper body, similar to a hug, which can be helpful in reducing stress and anxiety, and combatting sensory hypersensitivity and overload.

XXS 71 253 3243

Each

XS 71 253 3230

Each

S/M 71 253 3256

Each

L/XL 71 253 3269

Each

Manufacturer: Squease BV, see page 240

04 Sport-Thieme Massage Stick “Duo” Stick with two large, rotating massage balls attached to it. Can also be used as a foam roller. Plastic. Massage ball diameter: 9 cm. L, stick: 43 cm.

4 Promotes fine motor skills 4 Helps improve focus

71 184 1709

03 Tangle Tactile worm “Jr. Textured”

Double your sense of well-being with this double massage ball. Whether at home, in the office or during exercise, this plastic ball will relax your muscles and may encourage circulation. It is also an ideal tool in therapy to improve perception or for grip strengthening exercises. Length: 15 cm, 150 g, blue. 71 383 4103 Each

Spiky rollers for massaging. With rounded spikes and flexible material, the air-filled Bodyrolls adapt themselves perfectly to the body, stimulating reflex zones in a soothing way and encouraging circulation. ø 5 cm, L: 15 cm. 71 125 7915 Pair

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

A tactile experience for the hands – the quirky, twisted worm made of ABS plastic offers a variety of surface textures. LxWxH: 6x4.5x6 cm. 45 g. Random colour selection. 71 330 3304 Each Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Megaform, see page 240

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Massage Ball “Duo”

06 Sport-Thieme Massage Roller “Bodyrolls”

07 Sport-Thieme Acupressure Set “Relax” 07

4 Perfect for relaxation 4 Gentle massage and

stimulation

Acupressure mat and pillow with spikes for stimulating acupressure. For stimulating reflex zones in the back as well as the cervical and neck spine areas. Outer material: cotton cover with plastic spikes. Foam insert. Cover washable by hand at 30 °C. Incl. transport bag with drawstring. Set contents • 1 Sport-Thieme acupressure pillow: LxWxH: approx. 23x23x8 cm • 1 Sport-Thieme acupressure mat: LxWxH: 68x48x2.5 cm • 1 transport bag, 100% cotton. Blue 71 388 4108 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

198

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sport-Thieme Support Cushions

Teamsport Equipment

AI-generated

04 Pillow

Don’t forget to order: Therapy bands, from page 160 Exercise mats, from page 148

Athletics

05 Cuboid

07 Leg support

Swimming

06 Wedge

01 Half-roll

01–07 Sport-Thieme Support Half-Roll

03 Bobath roll

06 Wedge 07 Leg support

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

02: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 05: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

03: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 06: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

Service

01: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 04: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 07: Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Blue 71 219 6116 71 219 6217 71 262 6912 71 219 6318 71 219 6611 71 219 6712 71 262 7016 71 262 5414 71 219 6813 71 219 5719 71 219 5810 71 219 5865 71 219 5878 71 219 5911 71 219 6015 71 219 6419 71 262 5515 71 262 7117 71 219 6914 71 219 7018 71 219 7119 71 219 6510 71 219 7210

Leisure Games

04 Pillow / tummy support (curved) 05 Cuboid / posture support

White 71 219 6103 71 219 6204 71 262 6909 71 219 6305 71 219 6608 71 219 6709 71 262 7003 71 262 5401 71 219 6800 71 219 5706 71 219 5807 – – 71 219 5908 71 219 6002 71 219 6406 71 262 5502 71 262 7104 71 219 6901 71 219 7005 71 219 7106 71 219 6507 71 219 7207

Support cushions

Therapy

02 Roll

Size 40x12x6 cm 50x18x9 cm 50x24x12 cm 60x25x12.5 cm 40x12 cm 50x18 cm 50x24 cm 60x15 cm 60x25 cm 100x20 cm 100x30 cm 100x40 cm 100x50 cm 120x40 cm 150x50 cm 40x30x9 cm 25x15x5 cm 50x25x5 cm 50x40x20 cm 50x45x40 cm 60x50x40 cm 45x35x12/2 cm 45x42x20 cm

Even more choice available online at: sport-thieme.com

Fitness Equipment

Very good storage properties due to the high-quality polyether foam used. Hygienic – easy to clean and disinfect. Covered with skin-friendly artificial leather (upper material: 100 % polychloride), with zip. See table for available versions. Variant 01 Half-roll

Gymnastics Equipment

02–03 Rolls

199

Therapy Supplies and Tapes

01 Sport-Thieme Support Roll For exercising and as a Bobath support cushion. For automatic leg responses, as well as head and core body control. Washable tarpaulin cover (100% polyester). Very firm (polyether foam) core.

4 Firm foam 4 Suitable for use in Bobath therapy 4 With hygienic cover

100 cm, 30 cm 71 127 5807

Each

100 cm, 40 cm 71 127 5810

Each

100 cm, 50 cm 71 127 9506

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

04 Saehan Goniometer “360-D1” 360-degree goniometer for measuring joint mobility in 1-degree increments. Can be used with just one hand without having to change position. Transparent plastic. • 15 cm – WxHxD: 17.7x3.5x0.2 cm • 20 cm – WxHxD: 20.5x8.2x0.2 cm • 30 cm – WxHxD: 31.7x12.7x0.4 cm 15 cm 71 297 5001 Each

02 AFH Webshop Massager ring set “Combo-Mix” Wellness for your fingers. Massage rings for the reflex zones in the fingers. Made of elastic spring steel. Set includes: • 4 ArthroRoller TS: ø (outer/inner): approx. 20–25/8–14 mm • 4 ArthroRoller TS Intense: ø (outer/inner): approx. 25–30/7–11 mm • 1 ArthroRoller TS Hand: ø (outer/inner): approx. 65/35 mm Mix Set 1 71 388 5909 Manufacturer: AFH Webshop, see page 240

Set

03 SportsMed Sports Tape Suitable for stabilising joints (ankles, wrists, knees, fingers). Highly adhesive, high tensile strength but still easy to tear. Roll length 10 m. See table for available versions. Width 2.5 cm 3.8 cm 5 cm

Product code 71 142 6276 71 142 6205 71 142 6289

Each Each Each

20 cm 71 297 5014

Each

30 cm 71 297 5027

Each

Manufacturer: MVS in Motion, see page 240

More goniometers online: sport-thieme.com Goniometers

Manufacturer: Weisweiler Verbandstoffe, see page 240

05 Sport-Thieme Back Trainer “Edgar” For spine disc relief and for stretching and relaxing different muscle groups. Birch plywood. Polygrip cover (outer: 100% polyester). LxWxH: 125x73x46 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Approx. 13 kg. Incl. exercise book with 75 detailed and illustrated exercises (in German). 71 195 0801 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 For fitness and

rehabilitation

4 With soft mat Top rated sport-thieme.com 125x73x46 cm

200

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Therapy Supplies and Treatment Tables

01 Teamsport

01 AFH Parffino Refill Pack “Wax Granules” Sufficient for a complete filling of a paraffin bath. Made from high-quality, cosmetic-grade paraffin. Solidification point: approx. 49°C. Colored granules in 6 resealable bags, each weighing 454 g. Aloe Vera 71 393 6346 Set of 6

4 Easy dosing thanks to

Set of 6

lozenge form

Attention! Do not use near naked flames or heaters; not suitable for microwave use or consumption. People with sensitive skin, open wounds or skin diseases or pregnant women should consult a doctor before use. Avoid any contact with the eyes. Manufacturer: AFH Webshop, see page 240

Manufacturer

Manufacturer: Lojer Oy, see page 240

MDR

75 cm 71 388 0500 71 388 0513 71 388 0526 71 388 0539 71 388 0542 71 388 0555 71 388 0568 71 388 0571 71 388 0584 71 388 0597 71 388 0601 Each

03 M

MDR

03 Lojer Electric therapy couch “Kinos X5”, 5-piece

More therapy tables online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

04 Erler Zimmer Traction belt For use with a sling table and therapy couch. Designed to secure body parts. Features a convenient metal quick-release buckle. Made from polyethylene (PE). Dimensions LxW: 200x5 cm. Weighs 300 g. 71 381 9803

Accessories for all therapy tables

Each

Service

Therapy tables

electric assistance

4 MDR medical device

Manufacturer: Erler-Zimmer GmbH, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

Leisure Games

Manufacturer: Lojer Oy, see page 240

4 Easy mobility with

Therapy

5-section electric treatment table with a powder-coated steel frame. Couch dimensions LxW: 203x65 cm, featuring 55 mm thick foam padding. Upholstered in durable faux leather. Equipped with a scissor lift system. Height adjustable from 46 to 95 cm. Backrest can be adjusted between 0 and 70 degrees, with footrails on both sides of the therapy couch. Headrest includes a U-shaped breathing slot and can be seamlessly adjusted from -90 degrees to +35 degrees using a gas spring. Weighs 109 kg. Supports up to 210 kg. 71 388 4502 Each

Titanium

Fitness Equipment

65 cm 71 388 0308 71 388 0311 71 388 0337 71 388 0324 71 388 0340 71 388 0353 71 388 0366 71 388 0379 71 388 0382 71 388 0395 71 388 0409 Each

Gymnastics Equipment

Colour Silver Falls Beach Titanium Carbon Sapphire Lagoon Pistachio Plum Sunrise Space

4 For even more treatment options 4 MDR medical device

Swimming

5-section therapy table with electric height adjustment from 45 to 92 cm. Head section includes a U-shaped face opening. Infinitely adjustable from -90 degrees to +35 degrees. Comes with armrest. Leg section adjustable from -12 degrees to +70 degrees. Powder-coated steel frame. Upholstered with easy-care faux leather that is resistant to disinfectant, blood and urine. Treatment surface LxW (65/75 cm): 202x65/202x75 cm. Supports up to 210 kg. 95 kg. See table for available versions.

Athletics

02 Lojer Electric therapy couch “Capre F5”, 5-piece

Equipment

Unscented 71 393 6359

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

201

Practice Equipment and Massage Tables

01 Ferrox Parallel Support Bars “Foldable”

This parallel bar can be adjusted sideways to a width of 18 cm for easy storage. Height adjustable from 75–108 cm. Bar length: 250 cm 71 385 4701 Each

MDR

Bar length: 350 cm 71 385 4903

4 Compact storage 4 MDR medical device

Each

Manufacturer: Ferrox, see page 240

MDR

4 MDR medical device

02 Ferrox Parallel Support Bars “Wooden Beams”

4 Rails with Easy-Click System,

height adjustable

Rails made of tulip-tree wood. Epoxy resin-coated steel frame. LxW, assembled: 300x65 cm. LxW, folded: 350x35 cm. Height adjustable from 75–108 cm. Max. load: 140 kg (70 kg per rail). 71 385 4307 Each Manufacturer: Ferrox, see page 240

03 Restpro Portable Massage Table “Alu” All tables are easy to transport.

4 Can be set to 10 different heights 4 Max. load: 250 kg 4 With armrests

Find more massage tables online: sport-thieme.com Massage tables

Lightweight yet extremely sturdy portable massage table. Aluminium frame. 4-cm-thick foam padding with durable vinyl cover. Height adjustable from 57–78 cm. Incl. head- and armrests, nose slot and carry case. LxW: 192x70 cm (with head- and armrests: 220x95 cm). Max. load: 250 kg. 13 kg. 71 275 4505 Each Manufacturer: Restpro, see page 240

04 Restpro Portable Massage Table “VIP 2”

4 Max. load: 250 kg 4 Hard-wearing leatherette

More equipment for practices and parallel support bars online at: sport-thieme.com Equipment for practices

The table features rounded padding made of durable rigid foam as well as standard foam that supports the body without exerting too much pressure. Upholstered in hard-wearing SkinTouch imitation leather. Aluminium headrest with nose slot and armrests. Max. load: 250 kg, LxWxH: 192x70x63–84 cm without supports, case size 95x70x23 cm, 16 kg. Black. Incl. carry case. 71 275 4518 Each Manufacturer: Restpro, see page 240

202

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Therapy Tables and Swivel Stools Desktop angle can be freely adjusted from 0–90 degrees

Desktop angle can be freely adjusted from 0–90 degrees

Teamsport

Available with sharp or rounded corners

Equipment

Optionally with adjustable wheels

01 Möckel Multi-Adjustable Desk “ergo EP 2”

Each

Castors with brakes 71 196 1212

Each

100x70 cm Height-adjustable feet 71 196 1241

Each

Castors with brakes 71 196 1254

Each

Manufacturer: Möckel Feinmechanik, see page 240

120x80 cm Tabletop with sharp corners 71 196 6640 Each Tabletop with rounded corners 71 196 6653 Each Manufacturer: Möckel Feinmechanik, see page 240

More ergonomic desks online at: sport-thieme.com Ergonomic desks

Gymnastics Equipment

White Black Blue

A multi-functional desk for therapists, clinics and practices. Can be used whilst standing or seated. Foldable for compact storage. Stable positioning of the desktop thanks to braked scissor hinges. Adjustable screw feet for uneven surfaces. The height of the desk can be adjusted from 72–122 cm, and the angle of the work surface from 0–90 degrees. Light grey.

Swimming

• Tabletop (LxW): 80x60 cm. Overall LxWxH: 80x60x68–98 cm.

Height-adjustable feet 71 196 1209

02 Möckel Multi-Adjustable Desk “ergo S 72”

Athletics

Optimal ergonomics achieved through seamless adjustment of height and tilt of the work surface. Frame crafted from powdercoated steel tubing (Light Grey RAL 7035), available with optional screw-in feet or lockable castors. Tabletop made from melamine-coated chipboard. Infinite height adjustment: 68–98 cm using a gas spring. Tabletop tilt from 0–85 degrees. 45 kg.

• Tabletop (LxW): 100x60 cm. Overall LxWxH: 100x70x68–98 cm. 80x60 cm

White Black Blue

Aqua blue Black Fitness Equipment

04 Mayer Swivel Stool “Expert”, with Saddle Seat 05 Mayer Swivel Stool “Physio” Practice stool with durable faux

Each

Black 71 307 0710

Each

Black 71 307 1117

Each

Aqua blue 71 193 2560

Each

Blue 71 307 1133

Each

Black 71 193 2573

Each

Blue 71 307 0736 Manufacturer: Mayer Sitzmöbel, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Manufacturer: Mayer Sitzmöbel, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

203

Service

Manufacturer: Mayer Sitzmöbel, see page 240

White 71 307 1104

Can be adjusted to any height between 39 and 50 cm. Sturdy stool with star-shaped base and 5 easy-running castors. Diameter of seat: 40 cm. Upholstered in imitation leather (top: 3% polyurethane, 81% PVC; underside: 16% polyester). Plastic frame. Max. load: 100 kg.

06 Mayer Swivel Stool “Classic”

Leisure Games

A practical stool that should not be missing from any practice. With a round padded seat, height adjustable from 46-56 cm, with edging leather for protection. Cover: textile backed synthetic leather, white. 71 191 8003 Each

Swivel stool for 3D seating comfort with lever release, promoting active and dynamic sitting. Seat cover made of synthetic leather. Surface: 100% vinyl. Underside: 100% polyester knit. Aluminium five-star base with castors for hard floors. Seat Ø 47.5 cm. Base Ø 52 cm. Height adjustable: 53–72.5 cm. Max. load capacity: 120 kg. 5.5 kg.

Therapy

03 Mayer Swivel Stool “Allround”

leather cover that can be disinfected. Equipped with 5 hard floor castors and a star-shaped base for stable support. Infinitely height-adjustable courtesy of the high gas lift. Cover made from faux leather, with an upper surface of 100% polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Seat height: 53–72.5 cm, seat width: 42 cm. Supports up to 120 kg. Weighs 4.8 kg. White 71 307 0707 Each

Coordination Training

Beginners | Professionals | Competitive Sports

Let our handy guide help you choose the right equipment for you:

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Beginner

Ideal for beginners, children and adults

Blue Green

4 Maximum

Pro, Training

Professional products for fitness training and therapy

load 120 kg

01 Sport-Thieme Therapy Balance Board “Balance” Trains coordination, balance and body reaction. Ideally suited to use in preparation for various sports. Plastic. Hxdia.: 8.5x39 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. With instructions (in German).

Set 02 Sport-Thieme Therapy Balance Board Set

Blue 1 71 235 3409

Each

Items included: • 1 Sport-Thieme therapy balance board (blue or green) • 1 non-slip underlay Blue 1 71 137 3400 Set of 2

Green 1 71 235 3412

Each

Green 1 71 137 3413

Set of 2

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Pro, Competitive

Professional products designed for competitive sports Whether it’s for beginners or professionals, fitness training or therapy: we offer a wide range of training and therapy aids.

For more products of various difficulty levels, visit: sport-thieme.com Coordination training

03 Togu Balance Step “Aero-Step” For improving coordination and proprioception in rehabilitation, injury prevention, medical training therapy (MTT) and during general workouts. Air pressure can be adjusted using the needle valve. Surface features medium-sized nubs. Made of Ryton. LxWxH: 46x32x8 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. exercise poster. 1 See table for available versions. Colour Blue Green Red

Product code 71 218 2504 71 218 2517 71 218 2520

Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

04 Togu Balance Step “Aero-Step XL” Enlarged step and support surfaces for greater exercise variety. Non-slip surface with nubs. Made of Ruton. LxWxH: 51x37x8 cm. Includes air pump and exercise poster. Supports up to 150 kg. Air pump included. 1 See table for available versions. Colour Green Blue Silver-grey

Product code 71 188 0016 71 188 0029 71 188 0032

Each Each Each

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

The footboard is positioned on a ball

4 Trains multiple reactionary

movements at the same time, as it can move in all directions

06 Sensosports Balance Board “Sensoboard” Examples of applications available online: sport-thieme.com 71 217 0914

204

Extra-wide to improve sensorimotor functions and proprioception. Promotes quick reactions. Moves in all directions, forcing the athlete to keep their balance. The rubber bands on the sides pull the foot board

05 Sport-Thieme Balance Board “Fit” Twisting movements will make you stronger and improve your balance. Also suitable for press-ups and squats. Various exercises possible for a full-body workout. Stabilises your core. Made of ABS plastic. LxWxH: 65.5x28.4x7 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. 1 71 270 6900 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

back into its initial position. Difficulty level can be adjusted by removing some of the rubber bands or by making them tighter. The “Essential” variant is made of untreated wood, making it suitable for indoor use only. The “All-Round” board, which is oiled, can be used inside and out. LxWxH: 80x52x14 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. Approx. 15 kg. Essential 3 71 217 0914 Each All-Round 3 71 217 0901

Each

Manufacturer: Sensosports, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Large

Red, easy Green, medium Blue, difficult

Small

Balls

Coordination Training

Beginner | Pro | Training | Competitive Sports

More info on page 204

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Teamsport

4 Hand-drawn and painted

01 Sport-Thieme Balance Board “Cork Surfer”

Each

4 Extremely robust

4 Milled marking indicates

the centre

02 Togu Balance Board The fitness disc for gym use. Available in three difficulty levels based on the different lengths of the coloured half ball underneath. Extremely robust, specially hardened plastic. Dia.: 40 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. Easy, red 1 71 129 9609 Each

High, blue 3 71 129 9625

Perfect for any type of surface as with slip- and abrasion-resistant plastic-coated hemisphere. 10-year guarantee! 3

Each

71 129 5838

4 For challenging tricks, effective

creativity

4 Slackline to go

Fitness Equipment Equipment

Each

workouts and fun games

4 Improves posture, fitness and

Gymnastics Equipment

Roots Rocker Travel 3 71 316 9126

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Swimming

04 Gibbon Giboard

Each

03 Sport-Thieme Sport Balance Board “Pro”

Each

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

Bonzo Classic 3 71 316 9113

resistant, plastic-coated hemisphere 4 Non-slip surface

Medium, green 2 71 129 9612

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Portable skateboard-design frame. Loose spring effect for tricks and demanding workouts. Modular system for easily attaching 1 or 2 lines without a ratchet. For indoor and outdoor use and any age group thanks to low line height. FSC-certified beechwood. Polyester line. LxWxH, board: approx. 106x28x14 cm. LxW, line: 140x5 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. Approx. 3.5 kg. Incl. tensioning sticks, cork pads and access to Gibbon app. Caesar Jib 3 71 316 9100 Each

4 With a non-slip, abrasion-

Athletics

Large 2 71 376 0808

10-year guarantee

Equipment

Enhances coordination skills and fitness. Trains balance and flexibility. Increases core strength and body stability. Activates synapses – improving muscle coordination. Material Balance Board/Roller: Birch Wood/Cork. Dimensions Balance Board/ Cork Roller Small: 75x30x1.50 cm/10x33 cm. Weight Balance Board/Cork Roller: approx. 1.8 kg/0.8 kg. Dimensions Balance Board/Cork Roller Large: 80x40x1.50 cm/10x45 cm. Weight Balance Board/Cork Roller: approx. 2.8 kg/1.1 kg. Small 2 71 376 0811 Each

Caesar Jib Bonzo Classic Roots Rocker Travel

Manufacturer: ID Sports GmbH, see page 240

Therapy Leisure Games

05 4 Develops depth perception,

reactions and balance

More training and therapy aids online at: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Whole-body training aid for stabilisation, strength and stretching exercises whilst standing, seated and exercising on all fours. Ideal for gait training. Birch plywood. c sport-thieme.com

LxWxH: 150x45x19 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 22 kg. 3 71 128 4238 Each Manufacturer: Holz-Hoerz GmbH, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

205

Service

Coordination training

05 Pedalo Sprung Balance Board “150”

Slacklines Top rated sport-thieme.com

02 Gibbon Slackline “Classic Line”

4 Incl. bag 4 Very tear-resistant 4 Suitable for all training levels

01 Sport-Thieme Slackline Set “Balance” All-round slackline in trusted Sport-Thieme quality. Everything you need to get started right away. Flexible line made of 100% polyester with safety loops. W: 5 cm. Ratchet to adjust length. Breaking load: 40 kN. Incl. ratchet with ratchet strap (L: 2 m), carrying bag and tree protectors.

15 m 71 217 1500

Set

25 m 71 217 1513

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Fun way to improve coordination and fitness in any garden, park, by the lake or indoors. Made of 100% polyester with safety straps. L (slackline): 12.5/22.5 m. W: 5 cm. Length can be individually adjusted using the ratchet (L: 2.5 m). Breaking load: 40 kN. Incl. ratchet cover as well as ratchet with ratchet strap. 15 m 71 214 1608 Each 25 m 71 214 1611

Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A0647130007 Manufacturer: ID Sports GmbH, see page 240

4 With stretch band and handles for added versatility

4 Length of 03 and 04 can be set to 2 or 3 m

03 Gibbon Slackrack “Fitness” Fun and highly effective full-body workouts. Combines slackline balance training with fitness exercises. For indoor and outdoor use. Also suitable for rehabilitation and therapy. Rubber feet. Adjustable length: 2 or 3 m. WxH: 36x30 cm. Max. load: approx. 120 kg. Approx. 27 kg. Incl. stretch band and handles for even more exercise possibilities, fitness line and training plan (in German). 71 216 3420

Each

Manufacturer: ID Sports GmbH, see page 240

04 Gibbon Slackrack “Classic” For leisure use inside and out. Replaceable rubber feet. Lacquered steel frame. Neoprene fall protection. L: 2 or 3 m. WxH: 36x30 cm. Max. load: approx. 100 kg. Approx.

30 kg. Incl. “Classic” slackline, ratchet with safety mechanism, protective caps, assembly instructions (in German) and access to Gibbon app. 71 273 1201 Set Manufacturer: ID Sports GmbH, see page 240

06 Erzi Slackspot “Basic”

05 Erzi Slackspot “Double” Same as the brand’s “Basic” variant but longer as with an additional spot, allowing 2 children to balance at the same time. Improves balance and motor skills, while also encouraging teamwork. LxWxH: 253x18x11 cm.

206

Safe children’s indoor slackline. Promotes moving with confidence and motor skills. Fall protection not required due to low height. With stopper base. Adjustable line tensioning. Birch plywood. LxWxH: 135.5x18x11 cm. Max. load: 60 kg. 6.6 kg. Incl. slackline. For children aged 3+. 71 228 8909 Each Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Erzi, see page 240

Max. load (per section): 60 kg. Approx. 10 kg. Incl. slackline. For children aged 3+. 71 228 8912 Each Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Erzi, see page 240

More slacklines and slack spots online: sport-thieme.com Slackline Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

FP SF

4 Thick frame cover for increased safety 4 Individual bungee cords 4 Bungee cord suspension for low-impact, back-friendly

01 Sport-Thieme “Fix Pro” and “Flex Pro” Trampolines

Our choice Exclusive to Sport-Thieme Teamsport

exercises Fix Pro

For improving your sense of balance, coordination and fitness. Individual bungee cords can be quickly attached. For indoor use. Incl. instruction manual with hand tool, plastic hooks, bungee cords and frame cover. “Flex Pro” features folding ‘spider legs’ and is therefore easy to stack. “Fix Pro” comes with screw-on legs for compact storage. FP SF See table for available versions.

Balls

Sport-Thieme Trampolines

Fitness and Rehabilitation Sports | Fitness and Sports | Rehabilitation Sports

Screw-on legs Folding legs

Equipment

More options available online: sport-thieme.com

01 4 Flex Pro: with unique folding

Flex Pro

mechanism for improved stability

Fitness trampolines

Athletics

Metallic green Champagne

03 Sport-Thieme Trampoline “Kidz”

02 Sport-Thieme Therapy Trampoline “Thera-Tramp”

01 Fix Pro

01 Flex Pro

Sport-Thieme Up to 120 kg

03 Kidz Sport-Thieme 10–80 kg

10–60 kg

02 Thera-Tramp Sport-Thieme 60–100 kg

FP SF

Families, cardio and fitness

Children’s physio, nurseries and sensory integration Padded all around Particularly safe, also suitable for anxious children

Physiotherapy and rehabilitation

Great all-rounder Bungee cords can be replaced individually, can be adjusted to suit user weight Easy to store, spider legs for increased stability, stackable Screw-on Folding Soft to sporty/firm Bungee cords Black Blue 125 cm 100 cm 100 cm 140 cm 125 cm 140 cm 34.5 cm 34.5 cm 31.5 cm 35 cm 31.5 cm 34.5 cm 11 kg 10 kg 7.5 kg 10 kg 9 kg 12 kg – – – – – – – – – – – – 71 319 9510 71 319 9611 71 319 9712 71 319 9217 71 319 9318 71 319 9419

Each –

–

Each –

Each Each

–

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A 014121 0183 REV. 00

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

– Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Very soft and joint-friendly Improved safety due to securely attached frame cover, individually changeable bungee cords Screw-on Extra-soft Bungee cords Black Colours below Colours below Colours below 118 cm 118 cm 118 cm 30 cm 30 cm 30 cm 15 kg 15 kg 15 kg Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional 71 263 1804 71 263 1817 71 263 1820 Metallic green Metallic green Metallic green 71 263 1833 71 263 1846 71 263 1859 Champagne Champagne Champagne Each – Each

Each – Each

–

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

Service

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A 014121 0183 REV. 00

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Screw-on Soft Bungee cords Black Lime green 128 cm 38 cm 10 kg – Optional 71 262 6505

100–160 kg

Leisure Games

Checked by / Certificate No. Manufacturer

Trampolines

Therapy

Legs Bounce Suspension Trampoline bed Frame cover Outer diameter Frame height Weight Handrail Step Product code

Browse our entire range, incl. models by various brands, online at: sport-thieme.com

Fitness Equipment

Special features Advantages

This mini trampoline’s frame and bungee cords are fully covered with soft foam padding. 31 bungees provide pleasantly soft rebound and a high level of elasticity. Excellent addition for soft-play areas. Steel tubing. Easy-care leatherette cover. Upper: 100% polyester. Diameter of trampoline bed: 88 cm. SF See table for available versions.

Gymnastics Equipment

Soft bungee cord suspension and padded cover. Screw-on legs with rubber caps for increased stability. Full frame cover sewn to trampoline bed. Prevents user from sliding between the trampoline bed and the frame. Tubular steel frame. P See table for available versions. Trampoline Brand User weight Suitable for

Swimming

Soft bungee cord

207

211

Niklas Bögelsack, high school teacher for Physical Education and Geography, and certified A-license fitness trainer “As a physical education teacher, I experience every day how children grow through diverse movement experiences and discover new strengths within themselves. It is particularly rewarding to witness their development and see how they come together as a group and support each other. The varied tasks and shared successes constantly provide me with new motivation.”

Psychomotricity Obstacle courses and play tunnels Cooperation and team games Parachutes and dance bags Pedalo Roller boards Balancing Bean bags and sport tiles Building and play blocks 208

Our choice

209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216

Sport-Thieme Scooter Boards “Ergo”, Page 213

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Teamsport

Sport-Thieme obstacle courses

Equipment

Sport-Thieme obstacle courses tempt anyone to join in on the fun. They can be used in a multitude of ways, including for balance tracks and to create play and exercise areas. The equipment allows children to discover and process the signals around them while playing, helping them to develop their balance, perception and motor functions. Suitable for all ages!

Sets

Balls

Sport-Thieme Obstacle Courses and Play Tunnels

02 Athletics

Swimming

03 Sport-Thieme Obstacle Course “Basic”

02 Sport-Thieme Obstacle Course “Standard” A 52-piece set for even more versatility when building your own obstacle courses. The set includes: • 12 gym sticks in assorted colours, 100 cm long • 8 bases • 12 gymnastics hoops in assorted colours (3 of each diameter: 50, 60, 70 and 80 cm) • 20 swivel brackets 71 135 7400 Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More products, incl. suitable accessories, available online at: sport-thieme.com Obstacle courses

Therapy

04 LAP Play Tunnel “Spiral”

ø 60 cm

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: L.A.P., see page 240

300

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com

4 With transparent

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

Service

strip so children can look out

Play tunnels

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Leisure Games

For the play area or as a challenging addition to an obstacle course. With transparent strip to give the kids a view. Hardwearing and weatherproof. For indoor and outdoor use. Folds down. 100% nylon. 300 cm long, dia.: 60 cm. Incl. storage bag. 71 135 6612 Each

Fitness Equipment

Contains all the essentials required for an obstacle course The set includes: • 4 gym sticks in assorted colours • 3 flat gymnastics hoops (one of each diameter: 40, 50 and 70 cm) • 4 swivel brackets • 2 yellow multipurpose cones • 2 red multipurpose cones 71 197 2186 Set

Gymnastics Equipment

01 Sport-Thieme Obstacle Course “Multi-Aktion”

Great-value 34-piece set to get started. The set includes: • 12 gym sticks in assorted colours, 120 cm long • 8 bases • 1 gymnastics hoop, dia. 50 cm • 12 swivel brackets • 1 half-hoop 71 135 5433 Set

209

Cooperation Games Recommended by dakp “The “Rondo” is heaps of fun. We use it to develop team spirit, perception and imagination. You should give it a go!”

01 Sport-Thieme Tube Sheet “Rondo” Great for group games. Moving as a team increases the spatial experience and encourages being creative. 91% polyamide, 9% elastane. The variant with a circumference of approx. 4 m can accommodate 5–10 people, the 7.5-m sheet is designed for 15–20. Washable at 40°C. Circumference approx. 4 m, red 71 129 0048 Each Circumference approx. 7.5 m, blue 71 255 5704

Red, circumference of approx. 4 m Blue, circumference of approx. 7.5 m

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

03 Sport-Thieme Tug-of-War Rope “Outdoor”

02–03 02 Sport-Thieme Tug-of-War Rope Outdoor, Competition Weatherproof competition tug-of-war rope made of tear-proof polypropylene with black end caps. Red marking at the middle of the rope. White 4-m marking and yellow 5-m marking on either side of the central mark. Suitable for use by 17 pairs of people. Tensile strength approx. 14,000 daN. L: 33.5 m, dia.: 35 mm. 71 124 9242

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For outdoor sports and leisure. Includes a red marker indicating the centre of the rope. Durable with plastic end caps for extra strength. Made of weather-resistant polypropylene (PP) in a hemp-like appearance. ø: 12 mm. L: 8 m. 480 g. 8 m, 12 mm 71 124 9255 Each 10 m, 20 mm 71 124 9200

Each

12 m, Ø 25 mm 71 124 9213

Each

14 m, ø 28 mm 71 124 9226

Each

23 m, ø 30 mm 71 124 9239

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

2 of each

1 of each

Yellow Orange Red Purple Green Blue

Yellow Orange Red

Purple Green Blue

04 Sport-Thieme Skipping Ropes “Jumping Bands” Non-elastic bands with a loop at each end. Suitable for a myriad of games and exercises to develop coordination and motor skills. Great for large groups and classes. Set of 12 jumping bands (6 pairs) in different colours. 100% polypropylene. LxW: 196x2.5 cm. L, loops: 30 cm. 71 254 8803 6 pairs Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

210

Recommended by dakp “The jumping bands are excellent for a range of psychomotor learning activities. They are hard-wearing, can be used for a variety of games, and come in bright colours – tempting anyone to join in on the fun.”

05 Spordas Partner Running Bands Race bands for fun team games. Promotes team spirit. Easy to put on and take off thanks to hook-and-loop fasteners. Rubber bands with soft fabric sleeve. 100% polyester. LxW: 50x4 cm. 71 283 0504 Set of 6 Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. Manufacturer: Megaform, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

01 Sport-Thieme Parachute “Standard”

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Each

6m 71 268 9438

Each

7m 71 268 9441

Each

Equipment

Each

5m 71 268 9425

Teamsport

Popular for group games, sports and leisure activities. With sewn-on loops. 100% nylon. Max. load: 10 kg – cannot be used for transporting heavy items or people. Comes in a pack sack. 3m 71 268 9409 Each 4m 71 268 9412

Balls

Parachutes and Dance Sacks

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240 Athletics

For more game ideas, visit: sport-thieme.com Psychomotor skills

Recommended by dakp

4 Pleasantly soft

Swimming

“A large, colourful parachute is a must-have for any teacher. It can be used for a variety of games to improve motor function skills and is popular with people of all ages and abilities.”

Recommended by:

and easy to swing Gymnastics Equipment

02 Sport-Thieme Dance Sack Makes dance and exercising even more fun! Dance sacks encourage experimenting, promote creativity and lead to a new level of self-awareness. They allow dance and theatre groups to explore new ideas. Highly elastic, hygienic fabric with a practical zip. 91% polyamide and 9% elastane. S: for nursery children up to 140 cm tall. L: for children between 140 and 160 cm tall. XL: universal, for user heights of 160–190 cm. See table for available versions. L 71 230 3303 71 230 3316 71 230 3329 71 230 3332 Each

XL 71 230 3404 71 230 3417 71 230 3420 71 230 3433 Each

Therapy

S 71 264 6002 71 264 6015 71 264 6028 71 264 6031 Each

Fitness Equipment

Size Blue Yellow Green Red

Zipper

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Leisure Games

02 4 Translucent and

breathable

4 With highly flexible

hems

View the Sport-Thieme “Ultraviolet” dance sack online at: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Service

71 230 3534

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

211

Pedalo Pedal Racers

5-year guarantee

Top rated sport-thieme.com Pedalo “Skaty”

Circus barrel

Wawago

Even more Pedalo products available online at: sport-thieme.com Pedalo

4 Smooth running for optimal

amplitude of movement

4 For indoor and outdoor use Made in Germany

01 Pedalo Pedal Racer “Classic” The Pedalo for beginners. With large double wheels as well as non-slip and waterproof (30-cm-long) foot boards. LxWxH: 47x37x22 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. 5-year guarantee! With black tyres 71 129 6206

Each

With grey tyres 71 129 6222

Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Holz-Hoerz GmbH, see page 240

A version for every purpose:

4 For up to

4 Medium-

4 Feels like riding

3 people

length

a unicycle

02 Pedalo Pedal Racer “Sport” The original – moves like a unicycle. Max. load: 120 kg. 5-year guarantee! With black tyres 71 129 6307 Each

03 Pedalo Pedal Racer “Combi”

04 Pedalo Pedal Racer “Family” Find your rhythm as a team. The two adjustable supports provide an additional hold and make movement easy. Standing surface 100x14 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. 5-year guarantee!

Each

The Pedalo for two with extra-large footplates (60x14 cm). LxWxH: 64x38x22 cm. Suitable for all ages. Supports up to 200 kg. Without telescopic supports. 5-year guarantee! 71 129 7300 Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Holz-Hoerz GmbH, see page 240

With grey tyres 71 129 6323

212

71 198 1706

Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

10-year guarantee

Made in our own factory

Original Sport-Thieme roller boards For school sport and psychomotricity

01 4 Tip-proof 4 With shaped recesses

4 For 2 users

Recommended by: dakp

deutsche akademie aktionskreis psychomotorik e.V.

4 With finger protection 4 With protective corners

02 Sport-Thieme Roller Board “Special”

01 Sport-Thieme Roller Board “Ergo”

Made of plywood. With protective plastic corners and caps. Single castors. LxWxH: 61x35x14 cm. 10-year guarantee! See table for versions and prices.

LxWxH: 62x35x9 cm. Supports up to 120 kg. Approx. 4 kg. 10-year guarantee! See table for versions and prices. 01 “Ergo” 4 swivelling castors Recessed grips Hand protection 62x35x9 cm approx. 4 kg 120 kg 10 years 71 128 8504 Each

02 “Special” 4 swivel castors Protective corners and caps Particularly safe Dimensions: 62 x 35 x 9.5 cm Weight: approx. 4.5 kg Load capacity: 120 kg Warranty: 10 years 71 128 5475 Each

03 “Jumbo” 4 Double Swivel Wheels – For 2 Children 80x35x9 cm approx. 5 kg 120 kg 10 Years 71 127 9102 Each

Checked by / Certificate No.

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03134.Z01

Manufacturer

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Roller board Castors Special features Benefit Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Load capacity Warranty Item number

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

03 Sport-Thieme Roller Board “Jumbo” The roller board for 2 people. Useful for developing balance, motor skills and dexterity. With rounded edges, moves in all directions on 4 quiet, ball-bearing-mounted double swivel castors. 80x35 cm. 10-year guarantee! See table for versions and prices.

Sport-Thieme roller board “Standard” and other roller boards and accessories online: sport-thieme.com Roller boards

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

213

Sets

Balancing

Build N' Balance Planning, building, balancing. The different elements can be connected in a variety of ways. Imagination is the only barrier when it comes to building balance walkways and courses. The difficulty level can be adjusted to meet the needs of the child. The slopes, steps, levels and platforms can be set at the various heights of 10, 17 and 24 cm. The system is very sturdy and can support user weights of up to 100 kg.

01 Gonge Build N’ Balance Set “Balance Paradise” One of the most versatile and varied balance walkways! The set includes: • 3 beams • 3 logs • 6 high pylons • 3 low pylons • 1 platform • 1 rocking board • 1 slackline 71 216 3518 Set of 18 Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Gonge, see page 240

River stones, 6-piece set

Top rated sport-thieme.com

03 Hilltops, 5-piece set

5-piece set consisting of 4 river stones and 1 hidden spring stone

04 04 Gonge Balance Stepping Stones “Hidden Spring Stone” 02 Gonge Balance Stepping Stones “River Stones” The ground is made of lava so you have to jump from stone to stone. Children improve their coordination, learn to judge distances and lose any fear of jumping over ditches and other objects. Non-slip with rubber edges underneath. Set with 3 large and 3 small stones in 6 colours. Max. load: 100 kg. Multicoloured 71 134 3003 Set Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Gonge, see page 240

03 Gonge Hilltops A new challenge: jumping from peak to peak. Also a great addition to the river stones. The set includes 5 hilltops in 3 heights (8.5, 17 and 25.5 cm). Max. load: 100 kg. For children aged 2+ and adults. 71 134 3016 Set of 5 Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Gonge, see page 240

214

A real challenge for little acrobats: amongst the 4 rigid river stones there is 1 flexible spring stone. Concealed steel springs inside give the stone its dynamism. If kids step onto the stone, their body has to work against the springy movements to maintain their balance. The set includes 5 stones (all 10 cm high). River stones can support up to 100 kg. The spring stone can support up to 50 kg. 71 266 0309 Set of 5 Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Gonge, see page 240

05 Gonge Balance Stepping Stones “River Stones” Suitable from the age of 2. Plastic with non-slip rubber pads. Max. load: 100 kg. The set includes: •1 Gonge balancing stones set “River Stones” •1 Gonge hilltops set 71 134 3087 11-piece set Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Gonge, see page 240

The new spring stone:

• S oft and flexible base • S olid peak

06 Gonge Build N’ Balance Set “Adventure”

The set includes: • Gonge hilltops • Gonge set with hidden spring stone 71 266 1009 Set of 10 Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Gonge, see page 240

More Build N’ Balance sets and features available online at: sport-thieme.com Build N’ Balance

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sport-Thieme Beanbags and Sports Tiles Recommended by:

Sport-Thieme beanbags 01

4 Choice of 120 g

02 Dried bean filling

01 Fine, flat plastic granulate filling

01–02 Sport-Thieme Beanbag “Classic”

See table for available versions.

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that my be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Weight Size, approx. Blue Yellow Green Red

71 124 7507 Each

4-piece set (1 of each colour)

71 129 9205 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Manufacturer

71 124 7608 Each

71 124 7800 Each

4 Included in all 33-piece sets 4 Now also available for individual

purchase

03 Sport-Thieme Storage Bag “Round” With carrying handle for ease of transport. Polyester. Net inserts provide good ventilation. Hxdia.: 21x28 cm. 71 129 8811 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

71 129 9218 Each

Also take a look at: Active School Page 224–225

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Sport-Thieme sports tiles

Swimming

32-piece set (8 of each colour) incl. storage bag 03

71 124 7709 Each

02 Sport-Thieme “Classic” beanbags 120 g 500 g 15x10 cm 20x15 cm 71 126 6708 71 126 6809 71 126 6711 71 126 6812 71 126 6724 71 126 6825 71 126 6737 71 126 6838 Each Each

All 4 shapes are available in all 4 colours.

04–05

Fitness Equipment

4 Pleasant carpet surface 4 Rubber underside 4 For a range of different games

Gymnastics Equipment

Top rated sport-thieme.com Astrid wrote: “The carpet tile does what it says on the tin, offering great fun to individuals of all ages.”

Athletics

01 Sport-Thieme washable beanbags 500 g 120 g 20x15 cm 15x10 cm 71 126 6304 71 126 6405 71 126 6418 71 126 6317 71 126 6421 71 126 6320 71 126 6434 71 126 6333 Each Each

Equipment

Pleasant to the touch and very durable. Soft bag made of 100% cotton (195 g/m²). Filled with either natural dry beans or plastic granulates.

Teamsport

and 500 g

4 Pleasantly soft 4 Easy to grab

Set

4 Flip side can be used

for sliding

Shape Dimensions Blue Red Green Orange

The set includes: • 24 tiles See table for available versions.

Triangle 30 cm (each side) 71 205 2407 71 205 2410 71 205 2423 71 205 2436 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Set Component

24 Sport Tiles: 1 square per colour, 2 circles per colour, 1 triangle per colour, 2 rectangles per colour 71 201 5301 Article Number Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

06 Sport-Thieme Beanbags “Soft” Offers countless opportunities to enhance motor skills. The air-filled squares made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC) are water-resistant, hygienic, and suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. LxHxW: 12x12x2.5 cm. 100 g. 71 342 5204

Set of 4 Service

Manufacturer

Rectangle Square Circle 40x30 cm 30x30 cm dia. 30 cm 71 199 7255 71 205 2205 71 205 2306 71 199 7268 71 205 2218 71 205 2319 71 199 7271 71 205 2221 71 205 2322 71 199 7284 71 205 2234 71 205 2335 Each Each Each

05 Sport-Thieme Sports Floor Tiles

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

Leisure Games

Safe for jumping thanks to non-slip underside. Pleasant carpet surface (100% polyamide). When turned over, the mat can be used as a “sliding mat”. Also makes a comfy pad to sit on. Edging prevents fraying, washable at 30°C. 5 mm thick. See table for available versions.

Blue Yellow Green Red

Therapy

1 of each

04 Sport-Thieme Sports Tiles Bean Bag “Shapes”

215

Sets

Building Blocks Top rated sport-thieme.com

5 of each

02 BlockX Foam Blocks “Basic Set in a Carrying Bag”

AI-generated

01 Sport-Thieme Foam Building Blocks “Giant Cube” Promotes creativity and spatial awareness. Can be combined with the giant building blocks. Durable foam core (RG 25/50) made of polyurethane (PU) with a skinfriendly soft mat cover, 87% polychloride, 13% polyester. Overall dimensions: 120x120x120 cm. Shipping weight: 80 kg. Set components: •4 cubes, LxWxH: 60x60x60 cm •4 cubes, LxWxH: 30x30x30 cm •2 cuboids, LxWxH: 120x30x30 cm

4 Can be wiped clean

•4 cuboids, LxWxH: 60x60x30 cm •2 cuboids, LxWxH: 60x30x30 cm 71 129 4402

16-piece set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Find the right cover online: sport-thieme.com 71 129 4503

Multifunctional set of 20 foam blocks – 5 in each of the following colours: red, yellow, green and blue. Incl. practical bag for transport and storage. Versatile blocks for old and young alike: can be used as building blocks, hurdles, targets, kickboards, slalom courses, etc. Whether indoors, outdoors or in the water – the flexible material allows for injury-free play and training. Ideal for developing motor skills, improving coordination and encouraging creativity. Easily fits into any equipment cupboard. Size of each block: 50x15x9 cm, size of bag: 60x60x45 cm. Total weight: 3 kg. 71 186 5556 Set of 20 Manufacturer: Jäger Sport Spiel, see page 240

Small set: 10 pieces

03 Weichelt Foam Building Blocks “Giant” Children will have great fun with these blocks: playing creatively or using them for role play. They measure 30 cm and all blocks combine together in any way. Foam core, cover made of durable material (87% polychloride, 13% polyester) in imitation-leather quality. A must-have for any nursery, primary school and children’s play area. Small set 71 127 9610 Set of 10

Large set: 21 pieces

Matching covers online: sport-thieme.com 71 129 1517

Large set 71 127 9607

Set of 21

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Andreas Weichelt GmbH, see page 240

4 For creative and imaginative games 4 Hard-wearing and easy to clean 4 For building, climbing and play

04 Sport-Thieme Foam Building Blocks “Play Land”

Ball pits in various shapes online: sport-thieme.com Ball pits

The versatile module for climbing, jumping, crawling and hiding. Imitation leather cover, outer material: 100% polychloride. Set includes: • 1 arch, 120x60x30 cm • 1 wedge, 60x60x60 cm •1 cylinder, 120x30x30 cm • 1 tunnel, 80x60x60 cm • 2 hexagonal prisms, 60x30x60 cm, inner ø 30 cm • 2 U-shapes, 60x30x60 cm • 2 mats, 160x60x6 cm 71 206 9210 Set Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

216

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Udo Nickel, occupational therapist, owner and managing director of the Resonanz Akademie Teamsport

“Occupational therapy helps and supports people of all ages who are restricted in their activities. Helping them to improve their ability to look after themselves, be productive and lead a happy life is fulfilling and very motivational – it's something that l enjoy every day.”

Equipment Athletics Swimming Gymnastics Equipment Fitness Equipment Equipment Therapy

Sensory Stimulation Sensory Integration Ceiling Mounts Fun & Therapy Balls Snoezelen Trolley Snoezelen

Sport-Thieme Sensory Tunnel “Comfy”, Page 218

218–220 220 220 221 222

Leisure Games

Our choice

Service

For advice and to place an order:

+49 5357 181 503

info@sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/

217

Sensory Integration

Rolling-bar slide Page 135

Crash mats Page 147

Platform swings Page 219

Everything for Sensory Integration In psychomotor development, there is a link between children's mental development and their perception and motor skills. That's why movement activities in kindergartens, primary schools, and clinics are essential for children's holistic development. Here, abilities such as balance, coordination, concentration, and fine motor skills are enhanced.

All sensory integration items online: sport-thieme.com Sensory Integration

01 4 Provides sensory

deep pressure

4 For Sensory Inte-

gration

4 To crawl through,

roll in, and hide

01 Sport-Thieme Sensory tunnel “Comfy III” Aids in Sensory Integration for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, Cerebral Palsy Syndrome, or Down Syndrome. • Filling: Chopped polyurethane (PU) foam pieces.

• Outer Material: Oxford fabric (100% polyester). • Dimensions (LxWxH): 80x85x60 cm. • Diameter (outer): 80 cm. • Diameter (inner): 50 cm. 71 343 2307 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Each

02 Sport-Thieme Play Barrel “Maxi” Creative games, balance training and coordination – the play barrel makes it all possible! Sit on top of it, roll inside it, crawl through it, dive over it. Also ideal for developing psycho-motor skills and therapy. Foam core covered with skin-friendly material (100% polychloride), no risk of injury. L: 100 cm, inner ø 43 cm. 71 128 3408 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 Extra soft trampoline mat 4 Ideal for therapy use and SI

03 Trampoline “Känguru”

Collapsible legs

218

Super elastic trampoline with professional swing and bounce characteristics. The rubber suspension cords make it particularly low impact. Simply fold it together for storage. Particularly safe, as trampoline bed and cover are securely joined together. Size of trampoline bed: 120x180 cm. Size when folded up: 240x180x15 cm. Suitable for children aged 3 or more and adults. 71 127 6204 Each Manufacturer: Neusport Turn- und Sportgeräte, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Sensory Integration 01 Sport-Thieme Suspended Swing “Gravity”

Equipment

For adults 71 127 1935

Teamsport

For use in nurseries, schools, sports clubs and other establishments. Suitable for swinging, rocking, turning and “flying”. With ropes and two suspension straps. Cover made of lined canvas (100% cotton). • F or Children: Dimensions (LxW): 98x75 cm. Suitable Height: Approximately 100–150 cm. Supports up to 100 kg body weight. • F or Adults: Dimensions (LxW): 153x79.5 cm. Suitable Height: Approximately 150–200 cm. Supports up to 200 kg body weight. For children 71 127 1922 Each Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03129. Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Ceiling mounting

Athletics

Ceiling mounting Page 220 or online: sport-thieme.com

For adults

01 4 Max. load of 100 and 200 kg 4 For swinging, rocking and

spinning

Swimming Gymnastics Equipment Fitness Equipment

AI-generated

4 Also padded on the sides 4 Can be suspended by 1, 2 or 4

4 Develops coordination and balance 4 Complete with 4 suspension ropes

points

Ideal for developing the vestibular system. Extra-soft, padded round platform swing without any sharp edges. The edge has additional foam padding. With a durable synthetic-leather (87% polychloride, 13% polyester) cover. Dia.: 100 cm, 8 cm thick. Includes four 3.5-m height-adjustable ropes and snap hooks. Suitable for hanging from 1, 2 or 4 points. Particularly stable. Max. load: 120 kg. 71 174 5304 Each

Extra soft, padded sensory integration swing with additional edge padding. Ideal for developing the vestibular system. Skin-friendly, washable cover made of durable synthetic leather (87% polychloride, 13% polyester). LxW:82x82 cm, 8 cm thick. Includes four 3.5-m height-adjustable ropes and snap hooks. Suitable for hanging from 1, 2 or 4 points. Particularly stable. Max. load: 120 kg. 71 175 9105 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

Swinging on this ergonomic, firmly padded seat helps tone the muscles, and promotes coordination and balance. The swing can be used lengthways or sideways. Turned upside down, it forms a large rocking board. With high-quality, skin-friendly, artificial leather cover (upper material: 100% polychloride). Complete with 4 suspension ropes and snap hooks. Approx. 130x30x15 cm. 71 174 8101

Each

Approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.03129. Z01 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

219

Service

03 Sport-Thieme Platform Swing “Quadrat”

04 Sport-Thieme Riding Seat Swing “Pony” Leisure Games

02 Sport-Thieme Platform Swing “Circle”

and snap hooks

Therapy

AI-generated

Sensory Integration, Ceiling Mounting, and Fun & Therapy Balls Top rated sport-thieme.com

New 4 Ideal for nurseries,

schools and therapeutic facilities 4 Available in two sizes

Kids Maxi

01 Sport-Thieme Tyre Swing “Rainbow” Swinging fun in all directions, including rotations around the user’s own axis. Easy suspension using the included, lengthadjustable loop ropes and carabiners on a ceiling cross or other suspension devices. Inner tube with cover made of 100% polyamide. Circumferential zip. •K ids: ø outer approx. 95 cm, inner approx. 50 cm. Load capacity up to 80 kg. Suspension height: 1.60–2.30 m •M axi: ø outer approx. 135 cm, inner approx. 83 cm. Load capacity up to 100 kg. Suspension height: 1.90–2.60 m Kids 71 174 0918

Each

Maxi 71 174 0921

Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

All Sensory Integration products online: sport-thieme.com Sensory Integration

Suspended Ceiling Installation

02 New! Sport-Thieme Ceiling Mount “Premium” Steplessly adjustable rail system for 1-, 2-, and 4-point suspensions. Highly durable and low-maintenance due to single-point suspensions. Suitable for concrete ceilings and suspended ceilings. Made of metal. LxWxH (direct mounting): 190x190x4 cm. Single rail element: 85.5x4.1x4.1 cm. Approximately 11/24/27/30 kg. Includes 5 single-point suspensions and suspension elements (depending on the variant). Direct Installation 71 397 7806

Each

For suspended ceilings, up to 20 cm 71 397 7819

Each

For suspended ceilings, up to 40 cm 71 397 7822

Each

For suspended ceilings, up to 60 cm 71 397 7835

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Fun and Therapy Balls

4 Latex-free

4 For kneading, grip exercises

and relaxation

04 Buschwusch Anti-Stress Ball

03 Goki Anti-Stress Balls For kneading, grip exercises and for relaxation. Balloon-rubber shell. Filled with corn flour. 6-cm-diameter balls: approx. 125 g. 4-cm-diameter balls: approx. 62 g. From 3 years. 6 cm 71 189 1108 Set of 12 4 cm 71 189 1111

Set of 30

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Children under 8 years of age may suffocate on uninflated or burst balloons. Adult supervision is necessary. Keep uninflated balloons out of the reach of children. Remove burst balloons immediately. Use a pump for inflating the balloons. Made from natural latex rubber, which can cause an allergic reaction. Manufacturer: Gollnest & Kiesel GmbH, see page 240

220

Eye-catching fun mop ball for beginners to throw, catch and juggle with. Made of soft silicone threads (latex-free). Designs will vary, dependent on stocks. 7-cm-diameter ball: 40 g. 9-cm-diameter ball: 50 g. 11-cmdiameter ball: 140 g. Mini ball, 7 cm 71 251 5928 Each Midi ball, 9 cm 71 251 5915

Each

Maxi ball, 11 cm 71 251 5902

Each

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sports Unlimited, see page 240

05 Togu Ball “Rainbow” Lightweight exercise and motor skills ball with needle valve. Can also be used in water. Matt and smooth plastic surface in bright colours. 18 cm 71 109 1205

Each

21 cm 71 109 1218

Each

24 cm 71 109 1221

Each

Manufacturer: Togu GmbH, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Teamsport

Our choice

Balls

Snoezelen Trolley

01 4 Only a power outlet is required for operation

Equipment Athletics

02 Swimming Gymnastics Equipment Fitness Equipment

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Great accessory so the Snoezelen trolley can be equipped with a bubble tube. Designed for all conventional tubes with a diameter of 15 cm or 20 cm and a height of up to 150 cm. Includes a base plate on which to put the tube, a bracket that will prevent the tube from tipping over and all fixings required. 71 181 5766 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

02 Sport-Thieme Bubble column holder for Snoezelen Trolley

sport-thieme.com/ Therapy

221

Service

Snoezelen

The trolley’s compartments, drawers and doors are well thought-out and offer plenty of space for all essential Snoezelen equipment and patient files. Thanks to integrated power outlets, only a single socket is required to use the trolley. Once it is equipped with the items of your choice, you can start Snoezelen sessions straight away – without having to set up and connect equipment every time. The contents and bubble tube bracket, 2|, must be ordered separately (the bracket is required to equip the trolley with a bubble tube). Maple decorative trim. WxDxH: 70x50x110 cm. Wheel diameter: 12.5 cm. 71 181 5708 Each

Leisure Games

Discover the full Snoezelen range online: sport-thieme.com

Accessory

Therapy

01 Sport-Thieme Snoezelen Trolley

Snoezelen 01

Sport-Thieme beanbags – designed for daily use

Relax Indoor XXL

Sport-Thieme beanbags are made for intensive use in large organisations. They are all super comfy as they’re filled with EPS microbeads, meaning that the beanbags can perfectly mould to the user’s body. Both the cover as well as the inner feature a zip so that the microbeads can be refilled if required.

More bean bags online: sport-thieme.com

Relax Indoor XL

Bean bags

03 Relax Outdoor

01–02 Sport-Thieme Beanbag “Relax Indoor”

03 Sport-Thieme Beanbag “Relax Outdoor”

Robust beanbag for indoors, great for schools and other establishments. Extra-large size makes it perfect for relaxing. Moulds to the body, providing

optimal sitting comfort. The cover and inner both have a zip. See table for available versions.

A beanbag for outdoor use. Ideal for establishments such as schools, clubs and leisure centres. The cover features a zip and is made of durable,

01 Relax Indoor XXL Indoors 100% PES with PVC coating 100% PES EPS microbeads 175x135x30 cm Approx. 7.4 kg

02 Relax Indoor XL Indoors 100% PES with PVC coating 100% PES EPS microbeads 140x110x30 cm Approx. 4.1 kg

Model For use Outer cover material Insert material Filling Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight

Aqua Cherry Lime Night White

Manufacturer

71 285 2704 71 285 2733 71 285 2720 71 285 2717 71 285 2759 Each

splash-resistant imitation leather. Adapts perfectly to the body and provides exceptional seating comfort. Thanks to the zip, the inner can be easily removed. See table for available versions. 03 Relax Outdoor Outdoors Artificial leather (83% PVC, 15% PES, 2% PU) 100% PES EPS microbeads 75x75x110 cm Approx. 4.7 kg White 71 285 2544 Dark Blue 71 285 2502 Grey 71 285 2515 Red 71 285 2528 Dark Green 71 285 2531 Each

71 285 3026 71 285 3039 71 285 3000 71 285 3013 71 285 3042 Each

Aqua Cherry Lime Night White

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 With 85 mm standard

lens or 63 mm wide-angle lens 4 With mounting plate – can be installed almost anywhere in the room 04 Eurolite Mirror Ball A very important item for SNOEZELEN. It creates a warm, magical atmosphere. The ball is rotated by a motor (please order separately, see below). 20 cm 71 169 8015 Each 30 cm 71 169 8028

Each

40 cm 71 169 8031

Each

Manufacturer: Steinigke Showtechnic GmbH, see page 240

222

05 Sport-Thieme Sensory Projector Operates almost silently thanks to LED technology. 20W LED lamp for spaces up to 36 m². 40W LED lamp for spaces over 36 m². Low energy consumption and minimal heat output. Highquality design with an integrated motor for effect wheels. Seamlessly adjustable speed and direction. Adjustable inclination for floor, wall, or ceiling mounting. Housing made of

powder-coated aluminium. LxWxH: 40.3x16.1x25.2 cm. 4.6 kg (20W)/4.8 kg (40W). 20 W LED with standard lens 71 192 1508 Each 40 W LED with standard lens 71 192 1511 Each 20 W LED with wide-angle lens 71 192 1524 Each 40 W LED with wide-angle lens 71 192 1537 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Don’t forget to order: Compatible effect wheels with mesmerizing designs online: sport-thieme.com 71 196 4426

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls Teamsport

Equipment Athletics Swimming

Laurin Matthies, Project Management employee, with Sport-Thieme since 2023

You can find our entire range of products for leisure-time fun online at: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: thieme.com

+49 5357 181 503

info@sport-

sport-thieme.com/

223

Service

Leisure games

Active schools 224–225 Play ideas 226 Boules, frisbees, and flying discs 227 Racket games, throwing objects, and stilts 228 Aggression relief 229 Children’s vehicles 230 Scooters, kickboards, and boards 231 Outdoor trampolines 232 Billiards 233 Table football and air hockey tables 234 Darts 235

Leisure Games

This catalogue contains a selection of our most popular products.

Leisure Games

Therapy

More than 20,000 products online

Gymnastics Equipment Fitness Equipment Equipment

“I love playing sport in my free time. That's why active games are my focus. Quality equipment is crucial for a successful recreational game. After all, having the right gear is vital to make sure you have fun.”

Active Schools Letters A–Z (26-piece set)

40 cm

30 cm

16 cm

50 cm

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Numbers 0–10 (11-piece set)

4 “Elephant” skin 4 Available in 4 sizes and 4 colours

01 Sport-Thieme Marking Cones “Marked” Available with letters or numbers. Made of break- and impact-resistant polyethylene. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. LxWxH: 14x14x23 cm. Weight per cone: approx. 85 g. Numbers 0–10 71 337 7404

11-piece set

Letters A–Z 71 337 7417

26-piece set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Volley Foam Dice Foam dice with strong “elephant” skin (PU coating). Therefore durable, washable and

can be disinfected. For schools, nurseries, activity centres, etc. See table for versions and prices.

Size 16 cm 30 cm 40 cm 50 cm

Green 71 135 2522 71 135 2229 71 135 2320 71 135 2421

Blue 71 135 2506 71 135 2203 71 135 2304 71 135 2405

Manufacturer

Red 71 135 2519 71 135 2216 71 135 2317 71 135 2418

ach E ach E Each Each

Manufacturer: Horst Hanus, see page 240

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Includes 4 cones each in red, blue, yellow, and green

Includes 1 giant foam dice

Yellow 71 135 2535 71 135 2232 71 135 2333 71 135 2434

03 Sport-Thieme Games Mat “4 must go in” Extra-large board game designed for both indoor and outdoor use. Suitable for up to 4 players. Comes with 1 game mat: 100% polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Dimensions: LxW: 149x149 cm. Includes 4 cones (Height: 8 cm). Also features 1 giant foam dice (Sides: 15 cm). 71 347 0800 Each Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Find even more game ideas online at: sport-thieme.com Active schools

04 Street Racket Racquet Game Set “School Sport”

2x 24x

1x 24x 36x 224

Ideal racquet game for active schools – children and teens understand quickly how it is played. What’s more, it doesn’t require a special court or accessories such as posts, etc. The set includes: • 24 wooden Street Racket racquets • 24 Street Racket balls (dia. 7 cm) • 12 packs of 3 pieces of chalk • 12 set cards • 1 sports bag 71 280 5405 Set Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: MTS Sportartikel, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

The Sport-Thieme games bin

Infinite variety – perfect for active breaks 1x

4 Lockable 4 Incl. lock with two keys

Set

1x 4x

5x 3x

3 of each

1x 5x

05 Sport-Thieme Games Bin “Active Breaks” It has been proven that after having an active break, children can concentrate much better in class. The Sport-Thieme games bin contains everything you need for an active break. Thanks to the wide selection of items included, there’s something for every child. The set includes: •1 Sport-Thieme games bin •5 Sport-Thieme “Tennis” foam balls •5 Sport-Thieme multipurpose foam balls •5 Sport-Thieme cotton skipping ropes, 2.5 m •1 Sport-Thieme Double Dutch skipping rope •6 Sport-Thieme marking cones •1 Londero wooden boccia game •3 Sport-Thieme “Play” hand shuttlecocks •4 Sport-Thieme “School” badminton racquets •1 set of Sport-Thieme shuttlecocks For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

•5 Sport-Thieme “Flying Flipper” throwing discs •6 Sport-Thieme air-filled tennis rings •1 Sport-Thieme “Premium” parachute, 100% polyamide •1 Volley foam dice •6 Sport-Thieme “First Step” paddle bats •3 Sport-Thieme “Sticky” hook-and-loop games •3 Sport-Thieme “Catch” balls •1 set of Forchtenberger Puzzle & Spiele “Howling” tubes •2 Sport-Thieme “Beginner” table tennis bats •1 2 Donic Schildkröt “Jade” table tennis balls •6 Sport-Thieme speed ropes 71 132 3724

Set

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

3 of each

Playing without boundaries The Sport-Thieme games bins are great for a multitude of fun activities. Children can skip by themselves, play badminton with a partner or make waves in a group using a parachute. Active breaks allow children to use their time in a meaningful and enriching way. The Sport-Thieme Games Bin individually and other Games Bin sets available online: sport-thieme.com Games bins

sport-thieme.com/ Leisure Games

225

Game Ideas – the Classics!

01 Sport-Thieme Dance Hoop A popular toy for inside and out. Whether they're hooping by themselves or with friends, kids always find new ways to use the hoop. Made of plastic, fluted. 20 mm thick. See table for available versions.

Please note! Due to their design and properties, hula hoops and dance hoops cannot be used as gymnastics hoops.

Sport-Thieme Dance Hoop Red Blue Green Yellow Orange Price per piece

140 g, 60 cm

160 g, 80 cm

71 323 0709 71 323 0712 71 323 0725 71 323 0738 71 323 0741 Each

71 323 0800 71 323 0813 71 323 0826 71 323 0839 71 323 0842 Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

4 High load capacity 4 With handles 4 Strong tarpaulin base

04 Sport-Thieme Jumping Sack Children's

03 Sport-Thieme Jumpsies Set of 6 jumpsies for fun breaks. Develops sense of rhythm and coordination. For individuals and groups. Rubber with PET surface. L: approx. 5 m. Can be stretched to approx. 10 m. 71 191 8726 Set of 6 Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For children of all ages. Great for schools and activity centres. Washable and robust. Can be used over and over again. With 2 handles. 100% cotton sack with strong tarpaulin base (100% polyester). Diameter: approx. 30 cm. Approx. 60 cm high 71 133 8401 Each Approx. 80 cm high 71 133 8414

Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

With folding legs

Can easily be converted into a carry case

4 For indoor and outdoor use 4 High-quality Cornhole games for

tournaments

02 Sport-Thieme Cornhole Set “Tournament” For competitions. With folding legs. Easy to convert into a case for effortless transportation. The set includes: • 2 wooden boards – LxWxH (folded in/out): 90x60x9.5/25 cm, each. 4 kg each. • 8 beanbags – LxW: 15x15 cm, each. Cover made of 100% cotton. 400 g each. Bean Bags 71 331 9505 Set Throwing Bags Plastic 71 331 9518

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More game ideas online: sport-thieme.com Game Ideas

Browse our entire range online at: sport-thieme.com Throwing games

05 SportFit Harness and Reins Double For partner games, races and role play in nurseries and primary school. Develops social and communication skills. With practical snap hook. Size can be adjusted. Made of nylon. L, reins: 100 cm. Chest: 65 cm. Approx. 0.5 kg. 71 330 2907 Each

06 05

06 Pedalo Harness “Pferd”

4 Suitable for partner, competitive

and role play games in nurseries and primary schools 4 With easily detachable hook-andloop fastening 226

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. Manufacturer: BLS, see page 240

For partner games, races and role play. Also a great accessory for “Sulki”. For nursery and primary school children. Leather with easily detachable hook-and-loop fastening. 71 129 2507 Each Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. Manufacturer: Holz-Hoerz GmbH, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Boule and Frisbees Blue Yellow

Teamsport Equipment

01 Frisbee Throwing Disc “Pro Classic” Softer than a classic Frisbee and particularly pleasant to throw and catch. Suitable for a variety of throwing techniques such as backhand, forehand, bounce, side and curve. Plastic. Dia.: 23.5 cm. 130 g. Blue 71 287 8502 Each

For use in sports halls and other indoor areas. 1 white jack and 12 boccia balls (6 red and 6 blue), all made of polyurethane and filled with plastic granulate. Supplied in a handy carry bag. Ball diameter: approx. 8–8.5 cm. Approx. 250–270 g. 71 133 7466 Each

Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Invento GmbH, see page 240

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Athletics

Yellow 71 287 8515

02 Sport-Thieme Boccia “Indoor”

Find more Boccia balls online: sport-thieme.com Boccia

Swimming

Blue Yellow Green Red

Gymnastics Equipment

FD 175: ø approx. 27.5 cm

4 Extremely safe 4 Waterproof

03 Sport-Thieme Throwing Disc “Competition”

4 For beginners and pros alike 4 A great game disc for ultimate 4 Excellent flight characteristics

04–05 Sport-Thieme Throwing Disc “Soft”

More frisbees online: sport-thieme.com Frisbees

Excellent flight characteristics, even when it’s windy. Pleasant to throw and catch. Made of closed-cell soft PE foam. Diameter: 21 cm. 108 g. See table for available versions. Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Therapy

Whether for beginners, advanced players or pros – this disc is an appealing product thanks to its high quality and stable flight characteristics. FD 125: approx. 25 cm in diameter, 125 g. FD 175: approx. 27.5 cm in diameter, 175 g. See table for available versions.

Fitness Equipment

FD 125: ø approx. 25 cm

Set Frisbee

Material Dimensions Weight Blue Yellow Green Red

Plastic ø 27.5 cm 175 g 71 316 7508 71 316 7511 71 316 7524 71 316 7537 Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

05 Sport-Thieme Frisbees Set “Soft”

Schools, clubs, leisure Very safe as so soft Water-resistant Closed-cell foam ø 21 cm 108 g 71 132 5515 71 132 5528 71 132 5531 71 132 5544 Each

Schools, clubs, leisure Very safe as so soft Waterproof Closed-cell foam ø 21 cm 108 g 71 385 2705 Set Components: 1 “Soft” No. 05 frisbee each in Blue, Yellow, Green, Red Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

sport-thieme.com/ Leisure Games

Service

Manufacturer

Plastic ø 25 cm 125 g 71 195 5008 71 195 5011 71 195 5024 71 195 5037 Each

04 Sport-Thieme Frisbee “Soft”

Leisure Games

For use Special Feature

03 Sport-Thieme Frisbee “Competition” FD-175 FD-125 Competition, clubs Schools, leisure, clubs Ideal for Ultimate

227

Racket Sports, Throwing Objects and Stilts

02 Sport-Thieme Catching Game “Scoop”

01 Sport-Thieme Hook-and-Loop Game “Sticky” Ball catch game with 2 neoprene hook-andloop mitts and a ball. Mitts can easily be secured to hand using the hook-and-loop straps. Diameter: 18 cm. 75 g per pair. 71 318 9304 Each Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Ball catch game for any age. Ideal for nurseries, schools and leisure centres. Can be used inside and out. Plastic. Scoop, LxWxH: 41x12x15 cm. Ball dia.: 9.5 cm. For 2 players. Assorted colours. 71 134 0408 Set

Juggling Items Online: sport-thieme.com

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Juggling

Mezo Disk: ø 38 cm

Classic Disk: ø 29 cm

04 Spordas Paddles “BoundaLoon” 03 Ogo Sport Return-the-Ball Game “Sports Disk” Racquets, catapults and throwing discs in one. The larger Disks make it easier for children to hit the ball. Includes 2 PU foam Disks with a bi-elastic nylon net (3 cm thick, 35 cm in diameter, 167 g), a mop ball made of soft rubber threads (dia.: 6.5 cm) and playing instructions.

Mezo, 38 cm diameter 71 134 3641

Set

Classic, 29 cm diameter 71 134 3638

Set

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: MTS Sportartikel, see page 240

Set of 6 BoundaLoons in different colours. With 2 ‘handles’. Foam-covered metal ring with fine-mesh, trampoline-effect net. Dia.: 43.2 cm. For all ages. Can be played solo or in a team. Balls must be ordered separately. 71 134 4729 Set of 6 Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Megaform, see page 240

Easy height adjustment

05 Sport-Thieme Hand Shuttlecock “Play”

06 Indiaca Hand Shuttlecock “Tournament”

For children aged 3 and more. Versatile. Played using your hand. With turkey feathers. Foam rubber base. L: 28 cm. Base dia.: 6 cm. 71 319 0904 Each

Fast shuttle with excellent flight properties. For competitions and leisure use. Imitation leather (100% polyester) with dyed turkey feathers. From 8 years. L: 24 cm. Base dia.: 7.5 cm. 55 g. 71 133 8111 Each

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Manufacturer: Tunturi New Fitness B.V., see page 240

Discover more trending sports, like Hobby Horsing and Spikeball, online: sport-thieme.com

228

07 Sport-Thieme Stilts “Children” Short stilts made from solid beech wood for children aged 6 and up, suitable for those with a height of up to approximately 150 cm. The handles can be easily adjusted to 31 and 41 cm. Equipped with non-slip rubber caps. Profile: 35x35 mm. Length: 140 cm. Supports up to 90 kg.

Hobby horsing

71 134 2505

Spikeball

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Pair

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Anti-Aggression Bats

Balls

Aids to Reduce Aggression Top rated sport-thieme.com

Children and adults alike can safely release built-up frustration with the padded bats.

Teamsport Equipment Athletics

aggression

of injury) and are extremely durable thanks to their strong workmanship. Ideal for use by therapists (in family therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy etc.) and in sports clubs. They are also increasingly being used in schools for preventing violence. L: 56 cm, ø 15 cm, 520 g. Blue. 71 132 8934 Each Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Padded sumo wrestler suits online: sport-thieme.com 71 132 8992

Fitness Equipment

Gymnastics Equipment

Many people find it difficult to express themselves in words, and therefore cannot release any tension they have. In such cases these anti-aggression bats let you release built-up anger physically yet safely. The bats consist of a washable, blue, 100% cotton cover and a wooden stick with padded handle. They are designed for exercises to release any anger or aggression (without risk

Swimming

01 Sport-Thieme Anti-Aggression Bats “Fairness”

4 Washable cover 4 Padded grip 4 Perfect for getting rid of any

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Sport-Thieme Anti-Aggression Bats “Mini”

Additional items for relieving frustration available online: sport-thieme.com

For children 71 132 8918

Each

For teens and adults 71 132 8905

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Leisure Games

229

Service

Relieving frustration

04 Sport-Thieme Belly Bumper “Fun” Great anger management toy. Can also be used just for fun. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Plastic ring with 2 handles and high-performance valve. Must be inflated with a compressor. • Variant for children – outer/inner diameter: approx. 78/28 cm, 4 kg • Variant for teens and adults – outer/inner diameter: approx. 100/39 cm, 5.3 kg

Leisure Games

Foam core with soft red fleece cover (100% polyester, can be washed at 40°C). Padded handle. Total length 52 cm, ø 11 cm, weighs 280 g. Red. 71 132 8963 Each

Children and teenagers can get rid of any aggression using this anti-aggression tree trunk which teaches them to deal with conflicts fairly and to release built-up anger physically yet safely. PU foam with 100% polyester cover. 2 handle straps for slipping your hands into. L: 110 cm, ø 25 cm, weighs 2 kg. 71 132 8950 Each

Therapy

03 Sport-Thieme Anti-Aggression Bats “Tree Trunk”

Children’s Vehicles Sand Dark grey Blue Khaki green

Top rated sport-thieme.com

4 Quick and easy to fold up 4 Max. load: 80 kg

01 Big Boby Car “Neo” Plastic ride-on car with safety knee recess, foot rests and non-slip seat. Wide, abrasion-resistant soft plastic tyres. H, seat: 19 cm. Tyre dia.: 15 cm. LxWxH: 57x30x39 cm. 3.5 kg. Max. load: 50 kg. For children aged 1–5. 71 292 8803 Each

Blue 71 271 4729 Each Khaki green 71 271 4761 Each Manufacturer: Beachwagon Strollers B.V., see page 240

04 Jaalinus Tricycle With additional frame for another passenger and non-slip footboard. W, handlebars: 59 cm. H, seat: 34 cm. Tyre dia. (front/ rear): 27/22 cm. LxWxH: 101x59x61 cm. 14.8 kg. Max. load: 100 kg. For children aged 4–8. 71 284 1700 Each Manufacturer: A. Winther A/S, see page 240

More Jaalinus children's vehicles online: sport-thieme.com Jaalinus

06 Rabo Recumbent Tricycle “Circlecart” The child ‘pedals’ with their hands to move forwards, backwards or around bends. With rubber safety caps to prevent fingers from getting trapped. H, seat: 14 cm. Tyre dia.: 25 cm. LxWxH: 86x79x33 cm. Max. load: 75 kg. 11 kg. For children aged 4+.

05 Rabo Tricycles Trike “Trike”

Robust tricycle. Powder-coated frame, fork and handlebars for increased protection against corrosion and light scratches. Max. load: 75 kg. • Small – W, handlebars: 45 cm. H, seat: 28 cm. Tyre dia. (front/rear): 22/16 cm. LxWxH: 68x45x54 cm. 6.9 kg. • Medium – W, handlebars: 52 cm. H, seat: 35 cm. Tyre dia. (front/rear): 27/22 cm. LxWxH: 79x52x60 cm. 8.1 kg. Small, 2–4 years 71 284 1508 Each

A classic for crèches, nurseries and schools. Develops motor skills and strengthens leg muscles. Safe, wide tyres for any surface. Tyre dia. (front/rear): 20/16 cm. •1 –4 years – H, fork: 48 cm. W, handlebars: 42 cm. H, seat: 27 cm. LxWxH: 60x46x47 cm. Max. load: 25 kg. 7 kg. • 3–7 years – H, fork: 62 cm. W, handlebars: 45 cm. H, seat: 34 cm. LxWxH: 75x55x60 cm. Max. load: 75 kg. 9 kg. 1–4 years 71 259 3438 Each

Medium, 3–6 years 71 284 1511 Each

3–7 years 71 259 3441 Each

Manufacturer: A. Winther A/S, see page 240

Manufacturer: Rabo Tricycles A/S, see page 240

07 Rabo Balance Bike “Zippl”

08 Sport-Thieme Go-Kart “Sport F schwarz”

With soft, puncture-proof EVA tyres for increased comfort. Double bearings. Ergonomic seat. H, fork: 52 cm. W, handlebars: 36 cm. H, seat: 38–51 cm. Tyre dia.: 27 cm. Max. load: 75 kg. • 3–6 years – LxWxH: 92x45x51 cm. 7 kg. • 4–7 years – LxWxH: 98x45x51 cm. 8 kg. 3–6 years 71 259 3311 Each

71 259 3467 Each

4–7 years 71 259 3324 Each

Manufacturer: Rabo Tricycles A/S, see page 240

230

Lightweight, fold-flat pull-along cart. With quick-to-remove, puncture-proof wheels. Easy to manoeuvre. Dimensions when fully assembled (LxWxH): 95x65x61 cm. LxWxH when folded: 103x55x18 cm. 13.6 kg. Max. load: 80 kg. Powder-coated metal frame. Closed-cell EVA foam tyres. Soft polyester lining. Sand 71 271 4703 Each Dark grey 71 271 4716 Each

Manufacturer: BIG Spielwarenfabrik GmbH, see page 240

03 Jaalinus Tricycle “Firetruck”

02 Beach Wagon Company Pull-Along Cart “Lite”

Robust go-kart for daily use. Suitable for children from age 5 up to adults. Designed for users up to 200 cm tall. Seat shell made of durable polypropylene (PP). Wheels made of steel with rubber pneumatic tires. Forward drive only (freewheel F) for minimal maintenance. The handbrake acts on both rear wheels. Supports up to 100 kg. LxWxH: 150x80x80 cm. 48.5 kg. 71 316 9416 Each Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic. Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Scooters and Boards

Teamsport

02 Bike Helmets online: sport-thieme.com

Equipment

Bike helmet

Athletics Swimming

01 Micro Scooter “Maxi Deluxe ECO”

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic. Manufacturer: Micro Mobility Systems D GmbH, see page 240

02 Schildkröt Scooter “Kickless”

03 Schildkröt Scooter “Master 2.0”

Stunt scooter with an aluminium deck in a 3-part box construction. LxW, deck: 50x11 cm. Handlebar height (fixed): 84 cm. W, handlebars: 54 cm. With 10-cm PU wheels (hardness grade 88A). ABEC-9 ball bearings. Foot brake on rear wheel. 3.3 kg. Max. load: 100 kg. 71 281 6500 Each

High-quality aluminium scooter with lowered and large grip-tape deck (43x16 cm). Handlebars can be adjusted to four different heights (approx. 85–100 cm). W, handlebars: 47 cm. With 20-cm PU wheels. ABEC-7 ball bearings. Foot brake on rear wheel. With folding stand. 4.5 kg. Max. load: 100 kg. 71 319 6407 Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic. Manufacturer: MTS Sportartikel, see page 240

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic. Manufacturer: MTS Sportartikel, see page 240 Fitness Equipment

Ash Blue Pearl Pink

Gymnastics Equipment

Gets children moving. Made from aluminium. Footboard crafted from recycled ocean plastic. LxW (deck): 33x14.2 cm. Handlebar height (adjustable): 68-92 cm. W (handlebar): 27 cm. Wheel ø (front/rear): 120/80 mm made of polyurethane (PU). Equipped with a rear foot brake. Supports up to 50 kg. 2.75 kg. 71 374 4303 Each

Back Graffiti

Ocean Drive Therapy

04 Puky Scooter “R 07L”

05 Schildkröt Waveboard “Good Vibes” Waveboard with low net weight and excellent riding characteristics. Large plastic decks with non-slip nubs (LxW: 79.5x22 cm). With 80-mm PU wheels. ABEC-7 ball bearings. 2.1 kg. Max. load: 80 kg. Graffiti 71 281 6803 Each

Pastel Pink 71 388 5619 Each

Ocean Drive 71 281 6829 Each

Ramps

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic. Manufacturer: Puky GmbH, see page 240

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic. Manufacturer: MTS Sportartikel, see page 240

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Leisure Games

231

Service

Mobile ramps online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Leisure Games

Sporty scooter for children. With pneumatic rubber tyres. Height-adjustable handlebars (78–90 cm). W, handlebars: 50.3 cm. Non-slip deck (LxW: 36.7x11.9 cm). Tyre dia.: approx. 30 cm. V-brakes at the rear. Stand. LxH: 116x78/90 cm. 6.4 kg. Max. load: 100 kg. Slate Blue 71 388 5606 Each

Outdoor Trampolines Blue Grey

4 Max. load 800 kg 4 3 versions available for each 4 Now also in grey/orange

More outdoor trampolines online: sport-thieme.com Outdoor trampolines

For your safety For home use only! The Eurotramp in-ground trampolines featured on this page are not suitable for public playgrounds, nurseries, schools and other organisations.

4 Complies with DIN EN 1176-1, therefore

suitable for supervised public areas

02 Akrobat Trampoline “Gallus Inground” Professional in-ground trampoline. Can be used all year round. Complies with DIN EN 1176-1. Trampoline bed is flush with the ground. Tubular metal frame. 30-mm-thick frame padding made of closed-cell PE foam with PVC cover. All-round protective net (PVC). With built-in door. Air-permeable polypropylene trampoline bed. Not suitable for public playgrounds. Safety net height: 165 cm (smaller variant) and 180 cm (for the larger models). Max. load: 100, 125 and 135 kg respectively.

232

Green-Yellow Grey-Black

Green/yellow 305 cm 71 276 6209

Each

366 cm 71 276 6225

Each

427 cm 71 276 6241

Each

Grey-black 305 cm 71 276 6212

Each

366 cm 71 276 6238

Each

427 cm 71 276 6254

Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Manufacturer: Akrobat d.o.o, see page 240

03 Berg Trampoline “Champion” with Deluxe Safety Net Protective padding with a 30 mm thick foam layer over the top rail and a 30 mm thick foam layer over the springs. Jumping mat with special spring eyelets for the TwinSpring Gold system. Easily accessible, safe, and selfclosing entrance with a clearly visible white-edged band. Sturdy frame made of strong tubes

with a high tube thickness: ø 42 mm, wall thickness 2 mm. 330 cm 71 195 5747

Each

430 cm 71 195 5763

Each

Manufacturer: Berg Toys, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Darts Soft-tip darts

12 dart holders

Ring for missed shots

Swimming

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

2-hole segments

Athletics

71 250 9554

Bright LED displays

Equipment

• For 1–16 players •R ing for catching missed shots •D ifferent playing modes: teams of 2 or 4, single player vs computer • Train against the computer at 5 difficulty levels • A variety of functions and easy to use •4 1 games including 6 types of cricket •Q uick Select: the most popular games can be selected at the press of a button • I nnovative LED display with name and point display as well as game name • 8 bright, easy-to-read LED displays for players and points • S eparate, improved score display for cricket • Professional double bullseye •2 -hole segments •A djustable sound and speech •1 2 holders for darts and space for accessories •O riginal tournament size •W xH: 51x67 cm Accessories: •2 4 soft-tip darts •2 20-V adapter

Teamsport

01 Kings Dart Electronic dartboard “Pro Tournament”

Extra compartments for accessories

Gymnastics Equipment

Steel darts

Accessory

Set 02

Fitness Equipment

04 Kings Dart Dart-Set “Tournament”

02 Kings Dart Steel-Tip Darts “Tournament”

71 251 0314

Set of 50

03 Kings Dart Dartboard Stand Replacement Leg “Flex Pro”

71 251 6918

Simply fold out the legs, lock them in place and hang up any conventional electronic or steel-dart board. Stable stand. Made of metal. LxWxH (base): 70x70x70 cm. Max. height: 1.90 m. Approx. 6 kg. Each

Set

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Additional soft and steel dart accessories online: sport-thieme.com

Individual set components online: sport-thieme.com

Darts

Dart accessories

Service

71 352 8903

Set includes: •1 Kings Dart steel-tip dartboard “Professional”: ø: 45 cm. Thickness: 4 cm. 5 kg •1 Kings Dart dart surround: LxW: 72x72 cm. 1 kg •1 Kings Dart dart mat “Tournament Pro”: LxW: 300x66x0.5 cm. 2.41 kg

Leisure Games

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Therapy

50 tournament-quality steel darts. With non-slip shark-textured grip section and a hardened, chromed steel tip. L: approx. 15 cm, approx. 20 g. The silver-coloured aluminium shaft is equipped with rubber O-rings to prevent unwanted loosening. With original Kings Dart flights.

The dart set offers a solid basic kit for demanding dart players. The tournament dartboard is built to WDF standards and made from compressed sisal fibers with an ultrathin 0.7 mm spider field divider. It features a double-sided dart surround made of plastic. The dart mat is made of 100% polyamide, with a non-slip latex underside and a printed throw line for the correct distance to the dartboard according to the rules.

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Leisure Games

233

Pool Our choice Incl. counters

Chrome-effect corners

Quiet ball return

01 Automaten Hoffmann Pool Table “Club Pro III” Excellent tournament pool table ideal for use in pubs, clubs, and recreational facilities. Features a 3-piece slate surface with a 25 mm thickness, set within a wooden frame. Easy cloth fitting without glue using a stapler. Solid natural rubber cushions ensure optimal rebound characteristics. The table is equipped with easily accessible levelling feet for perfect alignment after setup. • 7 ft: LxW of playing surface: 198x99 cm. Outer dimensions: 228x129x80 cm. Approx. 230 kg

• 8 ft: LxW of playing surface: 224x112 cm. Outer dimensions: 254x142x80 cm. Approx. 270 kg • 9 ft: LxW of playing surface: 254x127 cm. Outer dimensions: 284x157x80 cm. Approx. 360 kg 7 ft (playing field 198x99 cm) Blue, European Speed 71 381 5117 Each

8 ft (playing field 224x112 cm) Blue, European Speed 71 381 4710

Each

9 ft (playing field 254x127 cm) Blue, European Speed 71 381 8611

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Explore other options and different cloth and table colours online: sport-thieme.com 71 383 7317 71 383 7506

Accessory

Set

Mahogany Black White Gray

10x

1x 1x

12 pieces

1 Set

03 Bison Wall-Mounted Cue Rack For compact storage of billiard cues, billiard balls, and billiard triangle. Made of wood. With metal score counters, the scores are always visible. LxWxH: 84x71x6.8 cm. Mahogany 71 351 9400 Each Black 71 351 9413

Each

White 71 351 9426

Each

Grey 71 351 9439

Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

02 Stradivari Pool Table Accessory Pack “Special with Game Aid” The high-quality set includes everything you need to start playing on your pool billiard table right away. Includes an aid for tricky billiard shots. Set Contents: • 2 Automaten Hoffmann two-piece maple cues, length: 140 cm • 10 hard screw-on tips • 1 set of Automaten Hoffmann pool balls Pool Sport ø 57.2 mm • 1 Automaten Hoffmann wooden triangle with gliders

234

• 12 Sportime blue billiard chalks • 1 brush • 1 “Pool Billiard” game rules • 1 Stradivari small brass bridge • 1 Stradivari stick for aids, wooden stick with metal thread 71 352 2413 Set Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

More billiards products and accessories online: sport-thieme.com Billiards

Mahogany

04 Sportime WallMounted Cue Rack These flexible plastic clips keep the cues securely in place. Made of distortion-free, solid hardwood. Screws for wall mounting included. 2-piece cue rack. Cues 6 12

Product code 71 350 9917 71 360 4003

Each Each

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balls

Table Football and Air Hockey Tables Ideal for competitions 01 Garlando Football Table “Master Class Evo Indoor”

Teamsport Equipment

4 Extremely robust workmanship 4 Playing field covered with

toughened safety glass

Each

Safety 71 266 5014

Each

Manufacturer: Winsport GmbH, see page 240

Athletics

For indoor use in youth centres, schools, clubs and public organisations. • With tempered safety glass cover • C abinet: 25-mm-thick melamine-coated MDF •A ssembled size: “Professional” – 144x125x93.5–96.5 cm, 92 kg; “Safety” – 144x110x93.5–96.5 cm, 92 kg • Player rods: 16-mm, chrome-plated hollow rods in ball bearings, wall thickness: 2.2 mm; “Safety” with telescopic rods • Playfield: 120x70 cm, laminated with raised plastic corners • Legs: 9x9 cm, metal, silver finish, with height adjustment feature • Goal boxes: with cover plate and ball return system – no balls can go missing Professional • B alls included: 10 nylon balls, dia: 34 mm, 71 266 5001 22 g

02 Sport-Thieme Concrete football table “Outdoor”

Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: 1359901REV00 Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Green Blue Anthracite

4 Polymer concrete production

10-year guarantee

residues are being reused

(Excluding damages from vandalism)

Fitness Equipment

Each

Anthracite 71 135 9927

Gymnastics Equipment

Blue 71 135 9914

Swimming

Robust table for playgrounds and public places. Made of acrylic concrete, it is weatherproof and maintenance-free. 10-year materials guarantee, however damage caused by vandalism is excluded. The players are made of hard plastic internally mounted on 16-mm-thick V2A rods, pitch lines are wear-resistant. The acrylic concrete base can be anchored to the ground. Playing field 140x80 cm. Comes with counters. LxWxH: 140x120x90 cm, approx. 340 kg. 10-year guarantee! Green 71 135 9901 Each

03 Sportime Air Hockey Table “Blizzard”

4 Scratch-resistant high-gloss surface 4 Overhead score counter with sound effects 4 Reinforced rebound rails c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Leisure Games

Service

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Leisure Games

Manufacturer: Sport-Thieme, see page 240

Therapy

Classic air hockey table for the ultimate playing experience! The elegant chrome-effect PVC trim is the icing on the cake of the black body. Reinforced plastic rebound rails ensure fast games. The red pucks glide effortlessly across the hard 91x102-cm playfield, just like on ice, thanks to an even cushion of air. A high-performance fan (220 V / 108 W) pushes the air through thousands of small holes in the surface and guarantees lasting enjoyment. The U-shaped, professional, electronic score counter keeps track of the game even when things really start to heat up. Four red pushers are included. With height-adjustable feet. Incl. 4 pushers (dia.: 95 mm) and 6 pucks (dia.: 75 mm). Dimensions (LxWxH): 213x122x81 cm. 114 kg. 71 363 6015 Each

235

General Terms and Conditions for www.sport-thieme.co.uk Sport-Thieme GmbH, Helmstedter Straße 40, D-38368 Grasleben, Germany, registered in Braunschweig under company registration number HRB 100733, VAT Reg.no. GB239 8970 48, and legally represented by the Managing Directors, Maximilian Hohe and Michael Egerer, accepts your order on the basis of the following General Terms and Conditions (T&Cs). 1. Conclusion of contract Clicking on the “Add to cart” button in our online shop places your selected product(s) in the virtual shopping basket. Clicking on the shopping trolley symbol takes you to the virtual shopping basket. Here you can review your order, delete products or amend quantities. Clicking on “Proceed” starts the order process that you complete by clicking on “Buy now” in the final step. In doing so, you are submitting a legally binding contractual offer regarding the product(s) in the shopping basket. You will automatically be informed by email that we have received your order and the message will also include the details of your order. This email does not constitute acceptance of your offer. We will only store this contract text until acceptance of the sales contract and thereafter it will no longer be possible to retrieve it. If you would like to retain a copy of the contract text for yourself, please save a copy of our acknowledgement email. Assuming no contract has been concluded between you and us, the prices stated are subject to change and are subject to prior sale. When paying via PayPal, credit card or advance payment / prepayment, the sales contract shall be concluded upon issue of your payment order. When paying on account or by cash on delivery, the sales contract shall be concluded when we confirm your order. This happens no later than five days from receipt of the order either through the sending of an ‘order confirmation’ in writing, notification of delivery or through the delivery of the goods; during this time, you are bound to your order. 2. Delivery date and shipping Unless stated otherwise in the product description, your items will be delivered within two weeks. The delivery date is calculated from the date upon which you receive our order confirmation. If you are paying in advance, the term of delivery starts 3 days after payment leaves your bank account. For freight shipments, you are required to inform us prior to dispatch of any known restrictions that will affect the delivery vehicle. All freight items are always delivered at least to the curbside at the address provided by you. If assembly has been agreed, the assembly site must be accessible and prepared for assembly. Special structural conditions must be declared prior to assembly. We are entitled to engage subcontractors. In case of any damage during transit, please inform us within 24 hours of the receipt of goods. Sport-Thieme insures all deliveries. Our customer service will be happy to help, telephone: +49 5357 181 305 or send an email to: aftersales@sport-thieme.de.

Orders placed in this shop, www.sport-thieme.co.uk, can only be delivered to addresses of mainland UK. We do not deliver to islands, the Channel Islands or Isle of Man. If you would like to place an order for these delivery addresses, please contact us directly. Our customer service will be glad to help. 3. Prices All prices stated are in GBP and include statutory VAT. For deliveries within the UK, there is a minimum order value of GBP 150.00.

commercial use nor for your own business purposes and you are resident within the European Union, you have the statutory right to withdraw from your contract, in accordance with Sections 312g and 355 of the BGB (German Civil Code). Details of how to do so follow at the end of these T&Cs. Irrespective of all statutory return and cancellation rights, we also offer all customers a 100day returns guarantee, without them having to provide a reason, in accordance with the following terms and conditions.

4. Delivery charges

The returns period begins following complete delivery of the goods. In order to qualify for this guarantee, it is sufficient to send the items on time. For those items that cannot be sent by post (e.g. bulky items), a written return request will suffice. The request for return must be addressed to: Sport-Thieme GmbH, Helmstedter Straße 40, 38368 Grasleben, Deutschland, Fax: +49 5357 970 305, Email: aftersales@sport-thieme.de. The return address is: Sport-Thieme GmbH, Dammühlenweg 53, 39340 Haldensleben, Deutschland.

If it is beneficial and cost effective to speed up deliveries, we will make partial deliveries to ensure that you receive your items as quickly as possible. Particularly when some items require a longer delivery time than the rest of the order.

You are liable for the cost of returns or return postage. We can refuse to refund the purchase price until we have received the returned goods. We can demand advance payment of the transport costs before we take back items that cannot be sent by post.

You can find the delivery charges, the delivery type (Standard postal service or freight shipment) as well as their shipping weight in each item description under the “Delivery” link. Products that are not subject to shipping costs are marked with ‘Free shipping’. If these products are ordered along with other products that are subject to shipping costs, only the fees applicable to these products are charged.

Excluded from this returns guarantee are items that are damaged or items that show signs of use beyond what would be expected when ascertaining the quality, features and functionality of the item. The returns guarantee also excludes items that have been specially made (bespoke) or items where the seal has been broken.

For orders below GBP 150.00 a surcharge of GBP 5.00 applies. Minimum order quantities are displayed on our order forms and are automatically displayed for orders placed online. The ‘order value’ is the value of the actual order and does not include service charges and delivery costs.

Shipping costs are only charged once per order, even if the order is to be delivered in more than one shipping. If an order is to be delivered to more than one address, shipping costs will be charged for each address. 5. Payment Paying for goods ordered is convenient and easy. Payment can be made by the following payment methods. In order to hedge our credit risk, we reserve the right to restrict the payment methods that we offer based on the respective credit rating. Following an online order or if requested, the invoice will be emailed straight to your inbox. a. Credit card Your credit card will be debited with the amount of the invoice when the order is placed. As we do not save any credit card data, we must request that you supply the information with every new order. b. Payment in advance Once the order is confirmed, you can transfer the amount due to the following account. For time of dispatch, please refer to Section 2 of these T&C. The bank details are as follows: Sport-Thieme GmbH Commerzbank AG IBAN: DE 59 2698 1062 0300 3802 00 BIC: DRESDEFF200 c. PayPal 6. Legal right of withdrawal and voluntary right to return If you are neither purchasing the goods for

7. Defects If the goods are defective, then your statutory rights will apply subjekt to clause 8, the exercise of which shall be free of charge. If you do receive a defective item, despite our comprehensive quality controls, our customer care team will be happy to help you. Small deviations in the shape and colour of models, especially in subsequent deliveries and arising from technical changes undertaken in the course of further development, are not defects. There is no right to claim us for damages or faults arising from incorrect operation or usage, or for use of force or natural wear and tear after receipt of goods. 8. Liability Customer claims for compensation are not accepted. Exceptions to this are where loss of life, injury to body or health or a breach of contractual obligations have occurred as well as liabilities for other damages, due to wilful or grossly negligent acts by us, our legal representatives or vicarious agents. Essential contractual commitments are those necessary to ensure the fulfilment of the contract aims. In the case of a negligent breach of contractual duties, our liability is limited to foreseeable damages typical of the contract concerned. The restrictions mentioned in paragraphs 1 and 2 also apply in favour of our legal representatives and agents should claims be brought directly against them. The provision of the product liability law remains unaffected.

the purpose of reselling are excluded from our guarantee. We generally grant a 3-year guarantee, unless otherwise stated on the item. Guarantees do not restrict statutory rights, in particular those relating to supplementary performance, abatement, cancellation and compensation, the exercise of which shall be free of charge, and apply from the time the goods are handed over to the customer until the time the guarantee expires. In the case of a guarantee claim, the customer is entitled to return the item to the address in section 6 at our cost. We will decide whether the item is to be repaired or replaced. The guarantee does not apply to wear and tear of products or to items that have been damaged by the customer. We provide the guarantee: Sport-Thieme GmbH, Helmstedter Straße 40, D-38368 Grasleben, Germany. 10. Retention of title The items remain our property until full and final payment has been received (including shipping costs). Customers are not permitted to sell on the items until full payment has been made. If the customer has purchased the items for commercial use or for his own business purposes, then the resale of goods is permitted within the normal course of business. However, all receivables from this resale shall transfer to us up to the amount of the invoice value of our claim. We hereby accept this transfer. The purchaser shall remain entitled to collect these amounts even after the transfer has been made. Our entitlement to collect these claims ourselves remains unaffected. However, we will not enforce these rights if the purchaser is not in payment arrears to us. 11. Protective rights We retain the intellectual property rights and copyrights on all products, images and other documents that we deliver. Their use by a third party is subject to our approval. 12. Alternative dispute conditions in accordance with Section 36 of the German Consumer Dispute Resolution Act (VSBG) We are not obliged and are fundamentally unwilling to participate in a dispute resolution procedure. 13. Other terms and conditions Should any of our terms and conditions be rendered invalid, all other terms and conditions remain valid. We hereby reject the customer’s terms and conditions. The place of jurisdiction is our company business address if the customer is a merchant, a legal entity under public law, a special fund under public law or if the customer is not resident within the European Union. We have the right to bring a claim at the customer’s place of general jurisdiction. This agreement is governed by German law with the exclusion of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. In dealings with end users within the European Union, the laws at the end user’s place of residence may also apply, providing that they are compulsory consumer rights provisions. - Sport-Thieme GmbH -

9. Guarantee conditions Commercial buyers who purchase the goods for

Instructions on withdrawal Right of withdrawal You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. To exercise the right of withdrawal, you must inform us (Sport-Thieme GmbH, Helmstedter Str. 40, D-38368 Grasleben, Germany, telephone: +49 5357 181 305; fax: +49 5357 970 305, email: aftersales@sport-thieme.de) of your decision to withdraw from this contract by an unequivocal statement (e.g. a letter sent by post, fax or e-mail).You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it is not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it is sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.

236

Effects of withdrawal If you withdraw from this contract, we shall reimburse to you all payments received from you, including the costs of delivery (with the exception of the supplementary costs resulting from your choice of a type of delivery other than the least expensive type of standard delivery offered by us), without undue delay an in any event not later than 14 days from the day on which we are informed about your decision to withdraw from this contract. We will carry out such reimbursement using the same means of payment as you used for the initial transaction, unless you have expressly agreed otherwise; in any event, you will not incur any fees as a result of such reimbursement. We may withold reimbursement until we have received the goods back or you have supplied evidence of having sent back the goods, whichever is the earliest. You shall send back the goods or hand them over to us, without undue delay and in any event not later than 14 days from the day on

which you communicate your withdrawal from this contract to us. The deadline is met if you send back the goods before the period of 14 days has expired.

You may opt to use a model withdrawal form which is available on our homepage at sport-thieme.co.uk/service/terms-andconditions or below.

You will have to bear the direct cost of returning the goods that can be sent by post. You will have to bear the direct cost of returning for items that cannot be sent by post. The costs of returning items that cannot be sent by post are estimated to be a maximum of around 139 euros for a shipping weight of up to 39 kg and for higher weights, up to a maximum of around 4,10 euros per kg. The shipping weight is included in the product description under the “Delivery” link.

Please note that you have no right of withdrawal for the following contracts: • Contracts for the delivery of goods that are not ready-made and have been made to measure or clearly to your specific requirements. • Contracts for the delivery of sealed goods that have had their seal broken after delivery and cannot be returned for hygiene reasons or for the protection of health. • Contracts for the delivery of sound or video recordings or computer software in sealed packaging where the seal has been broken after delivery.

You are only liable for any diminished value of the goods, resulting from the handling other than what is necessary to establish the nature, characteristics and functioning of the goods.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Below, we inform you pursuant to Art. 13 GDPR and Art. 14 GDPR about the processing of personal data carried out by Sport-Thieme GmbH.

If our own creditworthiness system does not provide a result that sufficiently safeguards our credit risk, we obtain a credit report from consumer credit agencies. For this purpose, we transfer your data to CRIF Bürgel GmbH, Leopoldstraße 244, 80807 Munich, Germany, in order to check your creditworthiness. We also receive information about the statistical probability of a payment default (score values), which is calculated on the basis of scientifically recognised mathematical-statistical procedures. The credit check may result in not all payment methods being available. In this case, you have the right to manual review, to state your own position and to contest the decision.

For postal advertising mailings, we take into account existing advertising blocks and objections to direct advertising. Where applicable, we also compare the address lists used with the Robinson list before a mailing. You may object to data processing for the aforementioned purposes at any time, separately for the respective communication channel and with effect for the future, without incurring any costs other than the transmission costs according to the basic rates. An email to info@sport-thieme. com or a postal letter to the contact details stated above is sufficient for this purpose. If you object, the affected contact address will be blocked for further advertising-related data processing. We point out that, in exceptional cases, advertising material may still be sent temporarily even after receipt of your objection. This is technically due to the necessary lead time for advertising campaigns and does not mean that we are not implementing your objection. Thank you for your understanding.

You additionally have a right to object under the conditions of Art. 21(1) GDPR on grounds relating to the particular situation of the data subject. This general right to object applies to all data processing described here that is carried out on the basis of Art. 6(1)(f) GDPR. In the event of your objection, we will no longer process your personal data unless we can demonstrate compelling legitimate grounds for the processing that override your interests, rights and freedoms, or the processing serves the establishment, exercise or defence of legal claims. Where we process your personal data for direct marketing purposes, you have the right pursuant to Art. 21(2) GDPR to object at any time to the processing of personal data concerning you for such advertising purposes; this also applies to profiling insofar as it is related to such direct marketing. In the event of your objection, we will no longer process your personal data for these purposes.

Therapy

Model withdrawal form

Name of consumer(s): _____________________________________

Ordered on: (*): / Received on: (*):

Address of consumer(s):

Signature of consumer(s) (only if this form is notified on paper)

Date:

___________________________________

_____________________________________

___________________________________

Leisure Games

To Sport-Thieme GmbH, Helmstedter Str. 40, 38368 Grasleben, Germany Fax: +49 5357 970 305, aftersales@sport-thieme.de I/We* hereby give notice that I/we* withdraw from my/our* contract of sale of the following goods* / for the provision of the following service

Fitness Equipment

4. Newsletter dispatch On our order form, we offer you the option of subscribing to our newsletter. In the newsletter sent to you, we receive, among other things, delivery and read confirmations as well as information about the links you clicked on in our newsletter. Your user behaviour within the newsletters we send and on our website is evaluated and assigned to your email address/your user profile within our database. By creating a personal user profile, we aim to align our advertising approach with your interests and optimise our offers on our website for you. Processing at this point is based solely on your consent (Art. 6(1)(a) GDPR). You may withdraw the consent you have given

6. Your rights In addition to the right to withdraw the consents you have given us, you are entitled to the following further rights pursuant to Art. 15 to Art. 20 GDPR if the respective statutory requirements are met: Right of access to your personal data stored by us; right to rectification of your data; right to erasure of your data stored by us, unless statutory or contractual retention periods or other statutory obligations or rights to further storage must be observed; right to restriction of the processing of your data if you dispute the accuracy of the data, the processing is unlawful but you oppose its erasure, the controller no longer needs the data but you require them for the establishment, exercise or defence of legal claims, or you have objected to processing pursuant to Art. 21 GDPR; right to data portability, i.e. the right to receive selected data stored by us about you in a commonly used, machine-readable format, or to request transmission to another controller. Right to lodge a complaint with a supervisory authority. As a rule, you can contact the supervisory authority of your usual place of residence or workplace, or of our company headquarters.

Gymnastics Equipment

In the event of a payment delay, and provided that the other statutory requirements are met, we transmit the necessary data to a company commissioned with asserting the claim. The legal bases for this are both Art. 6(1)(b) and Art. 6(1)(f) GDPR. The assertion of a contractual claim is to be regarded as a legitimate interest within the meaning of the latter provision.

If you have concluded a contract with us, we list you as an existing customer. In this case, we process your postal contact details, even without specific consent, in order to send you information about new products and services by this means. We process your email address, even without specific consent, in order to send you information about our own similar products.

Swimming

Unless we use your contact details for advertising purposes (see 3. below), we store the data collected for contract processing until the expiry of statutory and/or possible contractual warranty and guarantee rights. After this period has expired, we retain the information required under commercial and tax law for the legally stipulated periods (usually seven years from the end of the financial year). If you are entitled to a guarantee under our General Terms and Conditions, we point out that some items have a guarantee period that may exceed the statutory retention periods.

If your credit rating reaches a certain threshold, we can offer you all payment methods. If the rating is below this value, we may not be able to offer you certain payment methods, such as purchase on account. The scoring methods used are reviewed regularly to ensure fair and appropriate decisions.

The duration of data storage for advertising purposes depends on the type and scope of our previous business relationship. At SportThieme, we also follow the principle of no longer using data for advertising purposes no later than five years after your last contact with us.

5. Contacting us If you contact us, we ask you, depending on the content of your enquiry, to provide the data that are at least necessary to process your request. Depending on the content of your enquiry, this processing is based on your consent (Art. 6(1)(a) GDPR), contract performance or the implementation of pre-contractual measures (Art. 6(1)(b) GDPR), compliance with our legal obligation, e.g. in warranty cases (Art. 6(1)(c) GDPR), or our legitimate interest in targeted and service-oriented communication, including arranging direct contact with third parties, e.g. manufacturers (Art. 6(1)(f) GDPR).

Athletics

We pass on details of your delivery address to a logistics company commissioned by us for shipping purposes. If items are delivered to you directly by the manufacturer (so-called drop shipment), the manufacturer receives details of the delivery address for shipping purposes. For freight shipments, the email address and telephone number are additionally forwarded in order to coordinate the details of delivery. The forwarding takes place solely for the purpose of organising and carrying out the delivery; the data are deleted again after delivery has been completed, unless the parties carrying out the transport are themselves required to retain them.

Our credit check is carried out automatically according to a points system (scoring). The above-mentioned data are evaluated according to certain criteria. Current or repeated payment defaults, outstanding claims or negative entries in public registers lead to a lower credit rating. Positive payment experiences, on the other hand, have a favourable effect.

If you have expressly given us your consent to the use of your telephone number for advertising purposes pursuant to Section 174(1) TKG in conjunction with Art. 6(1)(a) GDPR, we also process your telephone number for advertising purposes.

at any time with effect for the future. A brief notice by email to info@sport-thieme.com is sufficient for this purpose, or you can click the “Unsubscribe” link at the end of each newsletter.

Equipment

1. Data processing when concluding a contract For contract processing purposes (legal basis: Art. 6(1)(b) GDPR), all data required for performance are processed (first name, last name, where applicable company/institution/function, billing and delivery address, invoice and payment data, email, telephone number). If external service providers are also involved in processing the contract, e.g. payment service providers, your data will be passed on to them to the extent required in each case. Depending on the service provider used, data may be processed outside the EU. If there is no adequate level of data protection in the recipient country, we ensure, together with our service providers, that an adequate level of data protection is guaranteed, for example by concluding the European Commission’s standard contractual clauses. If you wish to inspect the existing safeguards or have questions about individual recipients, you can contact us at info@sport-thieme.com.

3. Data processing for advertising purposes Our own marketing purposes and those of third parties constitute a legitimate interest pursuant to Art. 6(1)(f) GDPR. For this purpose, we process first name, last name, address and, where applicable, institution/club. We transmit these data to third parties (advertisers) only if you have expressly given us your consent to do so.

Teamsport

The controller within the meaning of the GDPR is Sport-Thieme GmbH, Helmstedter Straße 40, 38368 Grasleben, Germany. You can reach the Data Protection Officer of the Thieme Group at the above address, adding “Data Protection Department”, or by email at info@sport-thieme.com.

2. Creditworthiness If we provide goods or services in advance, e.g. in the case of a sale on account, we carry out a credit check to safeguard our legitimate interest, Art. 6(1)(f) GDPR, and to protect against credit risk. For this purpose, we have set up our own scoring procedure. Scoring means creating a forecast of future events based on collected information and past experience. On the basis of the information provided about you or, where applicable, data already stored by us, you are assigned to statistical groups of persons that had similar entries in the past. The underlying procedure used is a well-founded, long-established, mathematically and statistically proven method for forecasting risk probabilities. In addition, we also use specific creditworthiness information that we have collected about you in the course of our previous business relationship with you, e.g. your payment behaviour.

Balls

Data Protection Information – version dated 11 June 2026

(*) Delete as appropriate _____________________________________

Service

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Service

237

Index A–J —————— A ——————

Activity course................................................ 209 Acupressure.................................................... 198 Additional weights........................................ 189 Adhesive tapes..................................................39 Aero-Steps....................................................... 204 Air pumps.......................................................... 34 AirTracks......................................................114,115 Amplifier.......................................................... 108 Anti-aggression bats..................................... 229 Anti-stress balls..............................................194 Aqua: - comfy floats...................................................101 - fitness.................................................... 106–108 - jogging belt.................................................. 106 - jogging dumbbells.......................................107 - steps............................................................... 108 - swim rings......................................................102 - tennis rings..................................................... 95 Aqua jogging: - dumbbells......................................................107 - gloves............................................................. 106 Arm pull training equipment...................... 104 Arm trainer.......................................................195 Athletics: - accessories..................................................... 88 - high jump.................................................. 90–91 - hurdles............................................................ 89 - javelin...............................................................93 - long jump and triple jump..........................92 - measuring and marking.............................. 86 - shot put........................................................... 94 - starting blocks............................................... 88 - stopwatches....................................................87 - throwing training.......................................... 95

—————— B ——————

Baby and children‘s swimming aids..... 97–98 Back trainer..................................................... 200 Badminton: - balls, rackets.................................................. 69 - learning systems........................................... 69 - posts................................................................ 68 - rackets............................................................. 69 Balance beam............................................117,133 Balance spinners........................................... 205 Balance training................. 155,156,163,204,205 Balance: - boards.....................................................204,205 - boards...................................................... 138,155 - course.............................................................138 - cushion....................................................155,196 - hemispheres.................................................156 - pads.................................................................155 - slacklines...................................................... 206 - stairs...............................................................138 - stones.............................................................214 - stretching................................................138,214 - trainer......................................................156,195 Ball barrels.........................................................27 Ball bowls...........................................................35 Ball catching games...................................... 228 Ball compressors............................................. 34 Ball cushion.....................................................196 Ball holders...................................................... 171 Ball nets..............................................................27 Ball pumps........................................................ 34 Ball stop systems..............................................81 Ball storage........................................................27 Ball support nets..............................................27 Ball trolley................................................ 27,74,75 Ballet mirror..................................................... 151 Balls: - ABS power balls..............................................35 - accessories.......................................27,34,74,75 - basketballs................................................ 22,23 - beach volleyballs...........................................25 - footballs.....................................................16–18 - gymnastic balls............................................. 30 - handballs....................................................20,21 - hockey balls................................................... 60 - massage balls.................................................33 - medicine balls................................................32 - multi-balls...................................................... 30 - physio balls.................................................. 220 - Redondo balls.................................................33 - Schleuderball balls.......................................32 - sitting balls......................................................35 - slow motion balls..........................................27 - soft foam balls................................................29

238

- softballs.......................................................... 28 - tennis balls......................................................72 - therapy balls................................................ 220 - throwing balls................................................ 95 - touchball......................................................... 30 - volleyballs................................................. 24,25 Bar struts.......................................................... 121 Barbells.............................................................170 Bars ............................................................ 120,121 Basal stimulation.......................................33,194 Baseball, sets.....................................................61 Basketball: - backboards......................................................52 - balls........................................................ 22,23,30 - baskets.............................................................52 - facilities............................................................53 - sets....................................................................52 Bathing mats....................................................110 Batons................................................................ 88 Batting balls...................................................... 95 Beach volleyball: - balls........................................................ 25,54,55 - facilities............................................................55 - nets................................................................... 54 - posts.................................................................55 Bean bags.........................................................215 Beanbags.......................................................7,222 Belt dimensions............................................... 86 Belts.................................................................... 99 Benches.............................................................. 82 Billiards............................................................ 234 Board games................................................... 224 Bobath rollers..................................................199 Bobby cars....................................................... 230 Boccia................................................................227 Bolster swing...................................................219 Boxing: - bags................................................................. 173 - dummies........................................................ 173 - free-standing punchbag............................. 173 - gloves.............................................................. 172 - punch pads.................................................... 172 - skipping ropes.............................................. 172 - stands............................................................. 173 - training equipment..................................... 172 Bubble columns..............................................221 Buschwusch balls.......................................... 220

—————— C ——————

Cable pull trainer........................................... 189 Calibration aids................................................ 84 Cardio equipment: - crosstrainer...................................................179 - ergometer......................................................178 - indoor cycles..........................................176–177 - rowing machines..........................................183 - treadmills.............................................. 180–182 Carpet tiles.......................................................215 Ceiling brackets...............................................165 Ceiling fixings.................................................. 220 Chairs................................................................ 203 Changing room benches................................. 77 Changing rooms............................................. 109 Chests......................................................... 124,125 Children‘s gymnastics.......................127,134,135 Children‘s tennis facilities.............................. 71 Children‘s trampolines..................................207 Children‘s vehicles................................. 230,231 Chrome dumbbells........................................ 168 Climbing: - boards.............................................................133 - equipment.....................................................133 - facilities..........................................................130 - houses............................................................ 131 - inclines...........................................................136 - ladders.....................................................130,133 - nets..................................................... 127,130,131 - poles...............................................................130 - running boards.............................................133 - triangles.........................................................136 - walls......................................................... 130,131 Cloakroom benches......................................... 77 Combined gymnastics kit.............................133 Combined obstacles................................40,209 Comfyfloats, accessories...............................101 Competition hurdles....................................... 89 Components, modules..................................216 Compresses........................................................79 Compression vests........................................ 198 Cones.................................................... 40,197,209 Coordination ladders.......................................41

Coordination training............................ 163,205 Crawl tunnel.................................................... 209 Cubes......................................................... 199,224 Cuboids.............................................................199 Cue holder....................................................... 234 Cushions....................................................198,199

—————— D ——————

Dance bags....................................................... 211 Dance hoops............................................ 226,227 Darts, accessories...........................................233 Dip bars.............................................................163 Dip parallel bars............................................ 164 Dip stations......................................................163 Display systems................................................ 80 Distance measuring devices......................... 86 Diving accessories.................................... 98,104 Double dimpled cushion............................. 204 Dumbbells....................................................... 168 Dumbbells........................................................169 Dumbbells: - bars..................................................................170 - benches..........................................................185 - plates..............................................................170 - rack.................................................................. 171 - stand............................................................... 171

—————— E ——————

Emergency kit....................................................79 Equipment trolleys......................................74,75 Ergometer.........................................................178 Ergonomic tables........................................... 203 Event modules.................................................103 Exercise balance beam.................................. 117

—————— F ——————

Fascia rollers....................................................153 Field markings.................................................. 84 Fins .................................................................. 104 First aid: - compresses......................................................79 - cooling bandages...........................................79 - kit .....................................................................79 - tape................................................................ 200 Fitness: - ABS power balls..............................................35 - Aero steps..................................................... 204 - bands....................................................... 160,161 - barbell bars...................................................170 - dumbbell rack............................................... 171 - dumbbells...............................................168,169 - hand trainer.................................... 158,194,197 - kettlebells......................................................169 - skipping ropes............................................. 150 - speed ropes.................................................. 150 - stepper.......................................................... 204 - weight plates................................................170 Fixpoint.............................................................. 84 Floor coverings................................................145 Floor gymnastics mats..................................145 Floor markings..................................................39 Floor protection mats.................176,177,181,183 Floorballs, accessories.............................58–60 Flying swings....................................................219 Foam balls..........................................................19 Foam building blocks...................... 140,141,216 Football pitch goals......................................... 43 Football: - accessories................................................ 38,39 - balls....................................................... 16–19,28 - football pitch goals...................................... 43 - goals........................................................... 43–49 - mini goals.................................................. 42,43 - training aids................................................... 40 Footballs....................................................... 26,29 Free kick walls...................................................42 Free-standing punchbags............................. 173 Frisbees.................................................... 226–228 Full-size football goals................................... 49 Fun noodles.....................................................101 Functional training..................................163,164 Futsal balls.........................................................18

—————— G ——————

Game post systems.....................................56,57 Game scoreboards........................................... 80 Games bins............................................... 218,225 Games sets.......................................................225 Go-karts........................................................... 230 Goal nets............................................................. 51 Goalkeeper masks............................................61

Goals: - football goals...........................................44–49 - football pitch goals...................................... 43 - full-size football goals................................. 49 - mini football goals....................................... 46 - youth football goals......................................47 Grip cone..........................................................197 Gym chalk, containers...................................120 Gym wall: - combinations......................................... 130,131 - elements........................................................130 Gymnastics: - aids................................................................. 140 - balance beams............................................. 117 - balls................................................... 30,31,33,35 - bean bags......................................................215 - benches..........................................................126 - climbing nets............................................127,13 - climbing poles..............................................130 - clubs............................................................... 150 - construction kits.............................124,125,133 - dance bags.................................................... 211 - equipment...............................................118,119 - floor gymnastics mats.........................144,145 - gym chalk.......................................................120 - gymnastics clubs......................................... 150 - horizontal bars............................................. 141 - horses.......................................................118,119 - inclined boards.............................. 128,129,133 - jumping and gymnastics stools...............138 - mats........................................................142–149 - parallel bars.................................................. 121 - pole steps......................................................130 - poles.............................................................. 150 - pull-up bar.............................................128,129 - rollers............................................................. 200 - ropes.............................................................. 150 - sandbags........................................................194 - soft floor mats..............................................147 - springboards, accessories.........................116 - stools.............................................................. 151 - trapeze trestles...................................... 134,135 - trapeze vaulting boxes........................138,139 - trestles............................................................119 - tyres.........................................................150,166 - vaulting boxes......................................122–125 - wall bars..........................................128–130,133

—————— H ——————

Hammocks........................................................219 Hand pumps..................................................... 34 Hand trainer...................................29,158,194,197 Handball: - balls........................................................ 20,21,28 - goals.................................................................. 51 Handcart.......................................................... 230 Handstand grips.............................................120 Handstand trainer..........................................120 Harnesses........................................................ 226 High jump..................................................... 90,91 High jump crossbars....................................... 90 High jump mat...................................................91 High jump rope................................................ 90 Hockey: - balls.................................................................. 60 - goals............................................................ 42,59 - nets................................................................... 60 - sticks................................................................ 60 - sticks................................................................ 60 Hook-and-loop balls..................................... 228 Horizontal bars................................................130 Hula hoops............................................... 226,227 Hurdles...................................................40,89,216

—————— I ——————

Inclined boards...............................................133 Inclined mats............................................138,139 Indiaca.............................................................. 228 Indoor cycles.............................................176,177 Indoor footballs................................................18

—————— J ——————

Javelins, accessories.................................. 93,94 Judo mats......................................................... 174 Juggling cloths................................................ 150 Jump crossbars................................................. 90 Jump equipment...............................................91 Jump pit cover............................................. 92,93 Jump stretch.................................................... 160 Jumping aids................................................ 92,94 Jumping and gymnastics stool....................138

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Jumping bands................................................210 Jumping cushion.............................................147 Jumping strength trainer................................42

—————— K ——————

Kettlebells..................................................169,171

—————— M ——————

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

c sport-thieme.com

—————— W ——————

Wall bars............................................ 128–133,162 Wall brackets...................................................165 Wall rails............................................................ 56 Wall shelves..................................................... 171 Water play equipment...................................103 Water trampolines......................................... 108 Waveboards......................................................231 Wedge cushions..............................................199 Wedges.......................................................138,139 Weight sleds...................................................... 88 Weight training grips.................................... 190 Weight vest.......................................................167 Weighted animals.......................................... 198 Weighted cuffs.................................................167 Wet marking trolleys....................................... 83 Wheels.............................................................. 230 Wooden stool.................................................. 151 Writing boards...................................................78

—————— Y ——————

Yoga blocks......................................................153 Yoga mats.........................................................153 Youth football goals.........................................47

sport-thieme.com/ Service

Service

Padlocks..............................................................75 Parallel walking bars..................................... 202 Pedalos..............................................................212 Pezzi balls...........................................................35 Physio balls........................................................35 Pickle balls.........................................................70 Pilates................................................................154 Pillar protection pad.................................. 55,56 Platform swings..............................................219 Platforms................................................... 134,135

Table football..................................................235 Table football tables......................................235 Table tennis: - bats.............................................................. 62,63 - nets................................................................... 66 - table tops, accessories.......................... 63–67 Tactile perception.......................................... 198 Tape .................................................................. 200 Tchoukball frame.............................................. 51 Teaching aids.....................................................78 Team bands.................................................. 38,39 Team bands.................................................. 38,39 Team bibs...........................................................14 Team games.....................................................210 Team vests.....................................................14,37 Tennis: - balls, rackets...................................................72 - children‘s tennis facility............................... 71 - nets, accessories............................................ 71 - posts................................................................. 71 - rackets..............................................................72 - rings................................................................. 95 - training aids............................................ 41,204 Therabeans.......................................................197

Valve needles.................................................... 34 Vario: - round blocks..........................................138,139 - vaults..............................................................122 - wedges.....................................................138,139 Vaulting boxes........................ 92,94,122–125,138 Vests.................................................................... 98 Volleyball: - balls...................................................24,25,28,29 - beach volleyballs...........................................25 - facilities........................................................... 56 - nets, accessories................................. 54,55,57 - posts, accessories......................................... 56

Leisure Games

—————— P ——————

—————— T ——————

—————— V ——————

Therapy

Obstacle systems........................................... 209 Open-end mini trampoline.................. 112–114 Outdoor volleyball..................................... 54,55

Sack race bags................................................ 226 Sandbags..........................................................194 Schleuderball balls..........................................32 Scoop games................................................... 228 Scooters............................................................231 Scoreboards...................................................... 80 Seat cushions..................................................196 Seating devices.............................................. 203 Semicircular blocks........................................139 Sensoboards................................................... 204 Sensory.............................................................196 Sensory integration..........................135,218,219 Separating lines..............................................110 Shot puts........................................................... 94 Shot puts........................................................... 94 Sitting balls........................................................35 Skipping........................................................... 150 Skipping ropes......................................... 150,172 Slacklines.................................................. 226,227 Slacklines, accessories..........................205,206 Slalom poles......................................................41 Slashpipes....................................................... 166 Slide pads.........................................................158 Slides.......................................................... 134,135 Sling training...................................................165 Slow motion balls.............................................27 Snoezelen.........................................................221 Soccer courts................................................50,51 Soft floor mats................................................147 Soft foam balls..................................................29 Soft footballs.................................................... 28 Soft handballs.................................................. 28 Soft play.....................................................216,218 Softballs..............................................19,28,29,33

Unihockey....................................................58–60

Fitness Equipment

—————— O ——————

—————— S ——————

—————— U ——————

Gymnastics Equipment

Neon rainbow balls....................................... 220 Nets: - balls...................................................................27 - tennis................................................................ 71 - volleyball.............................................. 54,55,57

Racket games........................................... 224,228 Rainbow balls................................................. 220 Recumbent ergometer...................................178 Redondo balls...................................................33 Rehabilitation..................................................212 Reivo: - combi landing mat..................................... 146 - combi reversible mat................................. 146 - round blocks..........................................138,139 - wedges.....................................................138,139 Resistance bands..................................... 160,161 Resistance trainer...........................................163 Reversible vests................................................37 Riding seat swings..........................................219 Ring tennis........................................................ 95 Rings.......................................................... 226,227 Rocking blocks................................................126 Rocking boards................................................ 127 Roller board tracks.................................. 135,136 Roller boards..................................... 132,135,213 Roller slides.............................................. 134,135 Ropes.................................................................210 Ropes.................................................................210 Round blocks............................................138,139 Rowing machines............................................183 Rubber bands................................................. 160 Rubber medicine balls....................................32 Rubber twists.................................................. 226 Rugby.................................................................. 26

Swimming

—————— N ——————

—————— R ——————

Athletics

Marking: - aids..............................................................40,84 - colours............................................................. 83 - cones.........................................................40,224 - strips........................................................... 38,39 - tapes.................................................................39 - trolleys........................................................ 82,83 Martial arts mats............................................ 174 Masks...................................................................61 Massage balls....................................... 30,33,198 Massage rings................................................. 200 Massage rollers.............................................. 198 Massage sticks................................................ 198 Massage tables.......................................... 78,202 Match balls..............................................16–18,27 Material trolleys................................................74 Mats: - apparatus gymnastics mats..................... 144 - floor gymnastics mats........................143–145 - gymnastics mats................................. 148–149 - martial arts mats......................................... 174 - Reivo combi gym mats...............................145 - reversible, vaulting and landing mats... 146 - soft floor mats..............................................147 Measuring devices......................... 86,92,94,200 Measuring tapes............................................... 86 Measuring tapes.......................................... 92,94 Medical supplies............................................79,2 Medicine balls..............................................14,32 Mesh shelf trolley.............................................74 Minitramp................................................. 112–114 Mirror balls.......................................................222 Mirrors............................................................... 151 Mobile swivel board.........................................78 Movebox............................................................163 Movement construction sites.........132,137,216 Movement landscapes.............. 132,136,140,141 Multi-balls......................................................... 30 Multifunctional cones..............................40,209 Multifunctional devices................................187 Multipurpose bars.......................................... 121 Music systems............................................ 80,108

Therapy: - balls.................................................................. 30 - bean bags......................................................215 - couches..........................................................201 - gyroscope...................................................... 204 - kneading........................................................194 - parallel walking bars.................................. 202 - tables............................................................. 203 - Togu Jumper..................................................156 - touchballs....................................................... 30 Throwing balls.................................................. 95 Throwing games..................................... 226–228 Togu Jumper.....................................................156 Touchballs......................................................... 30 Tow ropes.........................................................210 Traction belts...................................................201 Training aids................................... 40,41,86,209 Training equipment.....................................40,41 Training goals................................................... 48 Training hurdles............................................... 40 Training javelins.......................................... 93,94 Training nets...................................................... 51 Training vests...................................................167 Training watches............................................ 109 Trampolines................. 108,112–114,158,207,232 Transport trolleys: - for balls.............................................27,35,74,75 - for equipment............................................74,75 - for minitramps........................................112,113 Trapeze: - bars.................................................................. 127 - trestles............................................................134 - vaulting boxes.......................................138,139 Treadmills................................................ 180–182 Tricycles........................................................... 230

Equipment

Large building blocks....................................216 Lat pull-down devices...................................185 Lat pull-down machines.............................. 188 Lat rowing machines..................................... 188 Leg curl machines.......................................... 186 Leg extension machines.............................. 186 Leg floats......................................................... 106 Leg presses................................................185,188 Leg trainers............................................... 187,195 Leisure games.................................. 210,225–235 Lightweight gymnastics mats......................145 Linking cat ladder...........................................130 Locks....................................................................75 Long jump..................................................... 92,93 Lüne-Combinato.............................................132

Speed ropes.................................................... 150 Spiky massage balls.........................................33 Sports and therapy gyroscope................... 205 Sports field marking trolley.......................... 83 Sports gyroscope....................................204,205 Sports scoreboards......................................... 80 Sports tiles.......................................................215 Spring balance boards................................. 205 Springboards..................................... 112–114,116 Squeeze balls.................................................. 220 Stacking aid........................................................35 Starting blocks, aids....................................... 88 Starting clap boards....................................... 88 Steel tape measure......................................... 86 Step cube component...................................199 Steppers.............................................. 108,157,195 Stepping stones..............................................214 Stilts.................................................................. 228 Stools................................................... 138,151,203 Stopwatches.......................................................87 Storage bags...............................................62,215 Storage for: - balls......................................................... 27,74,75 - comfy floats.................................................. 109 - gymnastic balls.........................................35,75 - gymnastics equipment.............................. 150 Storage stands................................................. 171 Storage trolleys.......................................... 75,101 Street hockey sticks.........................................61 Street soccer......................................................19 Strength equipment........................185–188,191 Stunt scooters.................................................231 Support rings.................................................... 38 Suspension devices..................................159,22 Suspension training.......................................165 Swim fun equipment: - bathing rings.................................................102 - swimming and diving rings........................ 98 - swimming islands and event modules...103 - water floats....................................................102 Swimming: - aids.............................................................97,104 - Aqua Feet...................................................... 106 - Aqua pull straps.......................................... 105 - arm pull training equipment.............104,105 - armbands.........................................................97 - belt................................................................... 99 - boards............................................................ 100 - comfy floats...................................................101 - discs..................................................................97 - diving accessories................................. 98,104 - fins.................................................................. 104 - islands............................................................103 - lines.................................................................110 - paddle............................................................ 105 - pull-Buoy, accessories............................... 104 - rafts.................................................................102 - swim trainer................................................. 105 - swimming caps............................................ 105 - swimming pool equipment...................101,11 - tow ropes...................................................... 105 - tyres................................................................. 98 Swing bars........................................................159 Swing cloths..................................................... 211 Swings...........................................................219,22

Teamsport

—————— L ——————

Play and net posts........................................... 56 Play building elements.................................216 Play rugs.......................................................... 224 Player benches............................................ 82,83 Playground games........................................... 43 Plyometric training...........................................42 Pole vault crossbars........................................ 90 Pommel horses.........................................118,119 Pool noodles....................................................101 Positioning aids.......................................... 199,2 Power stations..........................................187,188 Practice equipment....................................... 203 Practice shot puts............................................ 94 Projectors.........................................................222 Proprioceptive training.........................204,205 Public address systems.................................. 80 Pull-buoy, accessories.................................. 104 Pull-up bars.....................................................163 Pull-up frames..........................................128,129 Pull-up trainers.............................................. 164 Pumps................................................................. 34 Punch pads....................................................... 172 Punching balls................................................. 173 Puzzle mats......................................................195

Balls

Index J–Z

239

Manufacturer Information 3A Composites Kiefernweg 10, 49090 Osnabrück, info@my-airex.com

Erler-Zimmer GmbH Hauptstraße 27, 77886 Lauf, info@erler-zimmer.de

A. Winther A/S Rygesmindevej 2, 8653 Them, win@a-winther.com

Erzi Lengefelder Straße 16, 09579 Grünhainichen, info@erzi.de

Adidas Adi-Dassler-Straße 1, 91074 Herzogenaurach, info@adidas.com

Eurotramp-Trampoline Kurt Hack Zeller Straße 17/1, 73235 Weilheim an der Teck, welcome@eurotramp.com

AFH Webshop Pyrmonter Straße 50, 32676 Lügde, info@premium-therapie.de

Ferrox Via del Lavoro, 9 Z.I., 31013 Codogné (TV), info@ferrox.it

Airkraft Dießemer Bruch 150, 47805 Krefeld, info@airkraft.de

Flexi-Sports Klagenfurter Straße 22, 81669 München, info@flexi-sports.com

Akrobat d.o.o Crmošnjice 5 B, 8000 Novo mesto, info@akrobat.com

Flexible Sports GmbH Am Eichwasen 18, 72401 Haigerloch, info@flexvit.band

Amer Sports Parkring 15, 85748 Garching, customer.service@amersports.com Andreas Weichelt GmbH Ahorner Berg 3, 96482 Ahorn, info@markisen-weichelt.de Aqquatix Srl Via Praimbole 7B, 35010 Limena PD, export@aqquatix.com Arnulf Betzold GmbH Ferdinand-Porsche-Straße 6, 73479 Ellwangen, service@betzold-educational.com Bands & More Kuselbach 12, 72348 Rosenfeld, info@bandsandmore.de Bänfer GmbH Industriestraße 11, 34537 Bad Wildungen, info@baenfer.de Barret S.r.l. Via Marie Curie 6/8, 57023 Cecina (LI), info@barretsport.com Bayerische Maßindustrie Rosengasse 12, 91217 Hersbruck, info@bmi.de Beachwagon Strollers B.V. Gompenstraat 37, 5145 RM Waalwijk, support@bwstrollers.com BECO-Beermann GmbH Bielefelder Straße 54, 32107 Bad Salzuflen, info@beco-beermann.de BenchK ul. Hanasiewicza 15, 35-103 Rzeszów, biuro@benchk.com Berg Toys Stevinlaan 2, 6717 WB Ede, info@bergtoys.com Bernhardt Apparatebau GmbH Bredhornweg 39, 25488 Holm, info@secumar.com BIG Spielwarenfabrik GmbH Werkstraße 1, 90765 Fürth, service@big.de BLS Kopernikusstraße 1, 74670 Forchtenberg, mail@bls.net Burg Wächter GmbH Altenhofer Weg 15, 58300 Wetter, info@burg.biz Circular Sports Flevolaan 60B, 1382 JZ Weesp, info@circulr.eu Dan-Fender Hornsyld Industrivej 37, 8783 Hornsyld, info@danfender.com Derbystar Feldstraße 195, 47574 Goch, info@derbystar.de Dinamica Ballet Carrer de Llull, 53, 08005 Sant Martí, Barcelona, support@dinamicaballet.com ekamed GmbH An der Schelle 2, 31174 Schellerten, info@ekamed.de EPSAN SPORTGERÄTE GmbH Am Müllerberg 1, 38729 Lutter, epsan@t-online.de

240

FTC Functional Training Balanstraße 73, 81541 München, info@perform-better.de Gaugler & Lutz GmbH&Co.KG Habsburgerstraße 12, 73432 Aalen, bestellung@gaugler-lutz.de GEAtape GmbH In der Au 12, 57290 Neunkirchen, info@geatape.de Gollnest & Kiesel GmbH Roseburger Straße 30, 21514 Güster, info@goki.eu Gonge Rygesmindevej 2, 8653 Them, gonge@gonge.com Hammer Sport AG Von-Liebig-Straße 21, 89231 Neu-Ulm, info@hammer.de Happy People GmbH Konsul-Smidt-Straße 8b, Speicher I, 28010 Bremen, info@happypeople.de

L.A.P. Via Enrico Toti 4, 13816 Sagliano Micca BI, info@lap-biella.com L.M. Meijers Kokkelertstraat 6, 6116 AR Roosteren, info@meijers.com Life Fitness Europe GmbH Neuhofweg 9, 85716 Unterschleißheim, vertrieb@lifefitness.com Lojer Oy Putajantie 42, 38200 Sastamala, sales@lojer.com Ludwig Artzt GmbH Schiesheck 5, 65599 Dornburg, info@artzt.eu Lynxsport Gmbh Industriestraße 5a, 77839 Lichtenau, info@lynxsport.eu Manfred Huck GmbH Asslarer Weg 13-15, 35614 Asslar-Berghausen, sales.de@huck.net Mayer Sitzmöbel Am Brunnen 7, 96257 Redwitz-Mannsgereuth, mensch@mayersitzmoebel.de Megaform Rue Haute 177, 4700 Eupen, info@megaform.com Micro Mobility Systems D GmbH Fuhrmannstraße 7, 72351 Geislingen, info@chilli-proscooter.de Möckel Feinmechanik Bornweg 13-15, 35418 Buseck Oppenrod, info@moeckel.com Molten Europe GmbH Wiesenstraße 70 A3, 40549 Düsseldorf, info@molten.de MOOVIQ GmbH Martinstraße 31, 42655 Solingen, info@mooviq.eu

Haspo Sportgeräte GmbH Johannisweg 23/25, 38723 Seesen-Rhüden, info@haspo.de

MTS Sportartikel Hans-Urmiller-Ring 11, 82515 Wolfratshausen, info@mts-sport.de

Helo Sports Schinkelstraße 15, 31137 Hildesheim, info@helo-sports.com

MVS in Motion Krommebeekpark 11, 8800 Roeselare, info@mvs-in-motion.com

Holz-Hoerz GmbH Dottinger Straße 71, 72525 Münsingen, info@pedalo.de

Neusport Turn- und Sportgeräte Alter Flugplatz 32a, 49377 Vechta, info@neusport-vechta.de

Horst Hanus Steinbeisstraße 14, 88353 Kisslegg, info@volley-sportartikel.de

NMC sa Gert-Noël-Straße, 4731 Eynatten, info@nmc.eu

Huck Seiltechnik GmbH Dillerberg 3, 35614 Aßlar-Berghausen, seiltechnik@huck.net ID Sports GmbH Parlerstraße 6, 70192 Stuttgart, info@gibbon-slacklines.com Invento GmbH Klein Feldhus 1, 26180 Rastede, service@invento-hq.com Jäger Sport Spiel Neuer Weg 16/1, 78052 Villingen-Schwenningen, service@blockx.de Jakob Maul GmbH Jakob-Maul-Straße 17, 64732 Bad König, contact@maul.de Jakobs GmbH Am Mittelweg 3, 52388 Noervenich, info@jakobs.de Johnson Health Tech. GmbH Europaallee 51, 50226 Frechen, info@johnsonfitness.eu Joola Tischtennis GmbH Wiesenstraße 13, 76833 Siebeldingen, info@joola.de Kiwisport GmbH Ottostraße 19, 63150 Heusenstamm, order@kiwisport.de KSG Am Bahnhof 5, 49152 Bad Essen OT Rabber, ksg@wvball.de

Novacare Bruchstraße 48, 67098 Bad Dürkheim, info@novacare.de PHM- KFLD 160 Allée des Chappaz, 74370 Argonay, phm@phmsports.com POD International Kapellenweg 31, 83064 Raubling, info@pod.international Polanik Zyczliwa 11, 97-300 Piotrków Trybunalski, info@polanik.com Precor Germany GmbH Mainzer Landstraße 41, 60329 Frankfurt am Main, info.de@precor.com Puky GmbH Fortunastraße 11, 42489 Wülfrath, info@keebike.de Rabo Tricycles A/S Sundsholmen 14, 9400 Nørresundby, info@rabo-tricycles.com RCS Audio Gewerbepark Markfeld 5, 83043 Bad Aibling, info@rcs-audio.com Renew Group Sweden AB Produktvägen 18, 43533 Mölnlycke, info@renew.se Restpro Maskavas Street 418B, 1063 Riga, info@restpro.eu

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sportart 3 GmbH Settmecke Str. 8a, 59846 Sundern, david.ebenig@sportart3.com

tropex-plastics Dirk Voß e.K Sprikernheide 50, 32791 Lage, tropex-plastics-voss@t-online.de

Schlori Schwimmartikel GmbH Am Judensand 57c, 55122 Mainz, mail@schlori-schwimmkissen.de

Sportief BV Industriestraat 7, 6135 KE Sittard, info@sportiefbv.nl

Tunturi New Fitness B.V. Purmerweg 1, 1311 XE Almere, dsa@tunturi.com

Schütt Handelsgesellschaft mbH Temmlerstraße 17, 35039 Marburg, mail@schuett-sport.de

Sports Unlimited Gewerbering 16, 91629 Weihenzell, info@sports-unlimited.de

SECO SIGN GmbH Thalkirchner Straße 210, 81371 München, office@seco-sign.de

Steinigke Showtechnic GmbH Andreas-Bauer-Straße 5, 97297 Waldbüttelbrunn, info@steinigke.de

Select Fabriksparken 46, 2600 Glostrup, select@select.dk

Stramatel ZI de Bel Air, 44850 Le Cellier, stramatel@stramatel.com

Slashpipe Trappenbergstraße 35, 45134 Essen, shop@slashpipe.com Soziale Förderstätten e.V. Fröbelweg 2, 36179 Bebra, zl-bestellung@sfb-ev.de

Sport-Thieme Helmstedter Straße 40, 38368 Grasleben, ccs@sport-thieme.de

THW Sport Equipment GmbH Weidestraße 132, 22083 Hamburg, info@malik-hockey.com Togu GmbH Atzinger Straße 1, 83209 Prien, info@togu.de Trial Via Alexander Fleming 1, 47122 Forlì (FC), trial@trialitaly.eu Trocellen Italia Via Della Chimica, 21/23, 20867 Caponago (MB), info@trocellen.com

Universal Sport GmbH Waldstraße 8, 71101 Schönaich, info@universal-sport.com Victor Marie Curie Allee 4, 25358 Horst, info@victor-europe.com VirginGrip s.r.o. Tisá 396, 40348 Tisá, info@blockids.eu Weidinger GmbH Hertha-Sponer-Straße 1a, 82216 Gernlinden, info@weidinger.eu Weisweiler Verbandstoffe Eulerstraße 9, 48155 Münster, info@weisweiler-verbandstoffe.de Winsport GmbH Waldstraße 21, 86517 Wehringen, info@winsport.de WSVK Oederan GmbH Gewerbestraße 1, 09569 Oederan, info@wsvk.de

Swimming

The entire product range in our online shop

Gymnastics Equipment

If you’re looking for an even wider selection of products for your favorite sport, simply and conveniently order from our online shop. With more than 20,000 sports products, you’re sure to find exactly what you need!

sport-thieme.com

Athletics

Swimming

Gymnastics Equipment

Fitness Equipment

Therapy

Leisure Games

c sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/ Service

Service

Equipment

Leisure Games

Teamsport

Therapy

Balls

Fitness Equipment

Order online now:

You can find the complete range of over 20,000 sports products online: sport-thieme.com

For advice and to place an order: d +49 5357 181 503

Athletics

Spieth Gymnastics GmbH In den Weiden 13, 73776 Altbach, info@spieth-gymnastics.com

Sveltus 31 Rue honoré d'Urfé, 42501 Le Chambon Feugerolles, contact@sveltus.com

ultraMEDIC GmbH Im Bruch 11-15, 56567 Neuwied, info@ultramedic.de

Equipment

Sensosports An der Wann 2, 63589 Linsengericht, info@sensosports.com

Uhlsport GmbH Klingenbachstraße 3, 72336 Balingen, product@uhlsport.com

Teamsport

RFE Europa Ltd. Fahrgasse 5, 65549 Limburg, sales@rfeinternational.com

Balls

Manufacturer Information

241

Personal advice Our experienced team of consultants will be more than happy to help with your order – any matter, big or small. We are here for you. Mon–Fri: 7.30–20.00 (CEST/CET)

+49 5357 181 503

sport-thieme.com Digital Order Form More information on page 13

Excellent service Buy with confidence • Personal advice • Minimum 3-year guarantee • 100-day returns policy

Pay easily and securely • Payment in advance • On account

Additional payment options for online orders:

Approved & certified

• By credit card • By online payment service • By mobile payment service

GEPRÜFT TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

Find out more about delivery times, prices and shipping costs online at: sport-thieme.com/terms-and-conditions

242

Innova DISCatcher Pro 28

Innova DISCatcher Traveler

Available with mountain mount, ground sleeve or concrete foundation for secure outdoor installation in different environments.

2519207

Professional permanent disc golf basket designed for courses, parks and competition play. The robust galvanized steel construction and 28-chain configuration provide excellent durability and reliable disc catching performance.

Mountain

221153S

Ground

221151S Each

Concrete

271861S

www.klubben.no

Portable disc golf basket designed for training, schools and recreational play. Easy one-action setup and foldable construction make it ideal for parks, beaches, campsites and backyard practice. Features 12 steel chains for realistic catching performance and includes a practical carry bag for easy transport and storage

Each

Disc Golf Starter Set Basic

Complete disc golf starter set designed for beginners and recreational play. The set includes three discs – putter, midrange and fairway driver – covering the most important throwing techniques for learning and developing the game. Easy-to-throw discs with good grip and stable flight characteristics make the set suitable for children, youth and adults. Perfect for schools, leisure activities and outdoor recreation. S50006723 Set

Each

www.klubbensport.se

www.klubbensport.fi

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY A DESIRE TO CONTRIBUTE - SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY For 50 years, Klubben AS in Norway has worked to promote activity and the joy of movement. At the same time, we aim to make a positive contribution to people, the environment, and society around us. We are a member of Ethical Trade Norway and certified as an Eco-Lighthouse (Miljøfyrtårn). Since 2011, we have published annual reports on our work related to responsible trade and environmental sustainability. Through this work, we take a systematic approach to ensuring good working conditions throughout our supply chain and to reducing the environmental impact from operations, transportation, and packaging.

K L U B B E N S P O R T.se

K L U B B E N S P O R T.fi

Klubben Hovedkatalog 2026–2027 | Sport, aktivitet og trening